unitymining.files.wordpress.com€¦  · Web viewColor of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size. Generally, rocks ... Sedimentary rocks. Texture. ... rocks

Post on 24-Jun-2018

216 Views

Category:

Documents

0 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

Transcript

Unity University Faculty of Engineering

Department of Mining Engineering

GENERAL GEOLOGY (Geol 2081)

Chapter-3

Minerals and Rocks

Tadesse Alemu Director

Basic Geoscience Mapping DirectorateGeological Survey of Ethiopia

October 2012Addis Ababa

Table of Contents

Table of Contents i

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS 2

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals 2

32 Igneous Rocks 15

321 Origin of Igneous rocks 15

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies 23

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks 29

324 Classification of Igneous rocks 34

33 Sedimentary Rocks 1

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks 1

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks 13

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks 20

34 Metamorphic Rocks 22

341 Definitions of Metamorphism 22

342 Types of Metamorphism 24

343 Grade of Metamorphism 28

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks 31

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks 36

i

3 MINERALS AND ROCKS

The Earth is composed of rocks Rocks are aggregates of minerals Minerals are composed of atoms In order to understand rocks we must first have an understanding of minerals In order to understand minerals we must have some basic understanding of atoms - what they are and how they interact with one another to form minerals

31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals

Definition of a Mineral Naturally formed it forms in nature on its own Solid (it cannot be a liquid or a gas) With a definite chemical composition (every time we see the same mineral it has

the same chemical composition that can be expressed by a chemical formula) and Characteristic crystalline structure (atoms are arranged within the mineral in a

specific ordered manner)

Examples Glass - can be naturally formed (volcanic glass called obsidian) is a solid its

chemical composition however is not always the same and it does not have a crystalline structure Thus glass is not a mineral

Ice - is naturally formed is solid and does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula H2O Thus ice is a mineral but liquid water is not (since it is not solid)

Halite (salt) - is naturally formed is solid does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula NaCl and does have a definite crystalline structure Thus halite is a mineral

Therefore a mineral is a naturally occurring inorganic solid with a definite composition and a regular internal crystal structure

Atomic Chemistry and Bonding

All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of three main particles known as protons neutrons and electrons As summarized in the following table protons are positively charged neutrons are uncharged and electrons are negatively charged The negative charge of one electron balances the positive charge of one proton Both protons and neutrons have a mass of 1 while electrons have almost no mass

2

The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

Elementary particle

Charge Mass

Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

3

third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

Structure of Atoms

Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

4

filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

Types of bonding

Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

5

Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

6

Crystal Structure

Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

7

Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

8

Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

Composition of Minerals

The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

9

7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

Properties of Minerals

Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

10

Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

11

Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

-2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

Silicate Minerals

The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

12

four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3)nn=346

Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

Be3Al2(SiO3)6

Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

(SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

MgSiO3

CaSiO3

Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

13

(b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

Si4O11 Amphiboles

Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

Si4O10 MicasTalc

KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

SiO2

QuartzFeldspars

SiO2

KAlSi3O8

Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

14

32 Igneous Rocks

321 Origin of Igneous rocks

An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

Types of Magma

Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

Viscosity of Magmas

Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

15

lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

Summary TableMagma Type

Solidified Volcanic Rock

Solidified Plutonic Rock

Chemical Composition

Temperature

Viscosity Gas Content

Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

1000 - 1200 oC

Low Low

Andesitic Andesite

Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

800 - 1000 oC

Intermediate

Intermediate

Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

650 - 800 oC

High High

Origin of Magma

In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

16

Origin of Basaltic Magma

Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

Origin of Andesitic Magma

Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

17

Magmatic Differentiation

When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

Distinct Melting Events

One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

Various Degrees of Partial Melting

When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

18

liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

Crystal Fractionation

Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

Bowens Reaction Series

Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

19

Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

20

If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

Magma Mixing

If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

21

Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

Crustal AssimilationContamination

Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

Liquid Immiscibility

Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

22

1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

Combined Processes

As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

Eruption of Magma

When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

23

Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

BA

BA

24

Structures and field relationships

VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

25

Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

26

Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

27

RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

Diverging Plate Boundaries

Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

Converging Plate Boundaries

Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

28

If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

29

In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

30

Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

31

2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

32

Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

33

Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

324 Classification of Igneous rocks

Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

34

by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

35

Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

A

B

C

36

(foid)-bearing Trachyte

(foid)-bearing Latite

(foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

(Foid)ites

10

60 60

35 65

10

20 20

60 60

F

A P

Q

Rhyolite Dacite

Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

Phonolite Tephrite

Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

37

Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

4 General chemical classification

SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

38

o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

39

Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

40

33 Sedimentary Rocks

331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

Carbonate rocks

Bioclastic (organic) rocks

Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

1

1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

CLASTIC ROCKS

Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

2

Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

Cobble Pebble Granule

Gravel

1-2 05-1 025-05

0125-025 0625-0125

Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

Sand

0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

Silt

lt0004 Clay Clay

transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

3

Conglomerate and Breccia

Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

Sandstones

A B

C

4

bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

5

1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

Mudstones

Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

6

ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

CHEMICAL ROCKS

Carbonate sediments

These are represented by limestone and dolomite

Limestones

They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

7

Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

8

iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

Dolomitedolostone

Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

Diagenesis

After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

than most siliciclastic minerals

9

Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

Lacks mud and is grain

supported

Crystalline Carbonates

Mud-supported Grain-supported

Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

(subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

(Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

Packstone Boundstone

Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

include

1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

micrite

Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

10

Evaporitic sediments

These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

Siliceous sediments

Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

variety of chert

Organic sediments

Coals

Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

11

1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

Coal Formation

bull Delta continental environments

bull Carbonized Woody Material

bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

Figure 319 Coal formation process

Oil shale

The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

Types of Oil Shale

Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

12

2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

Volcanoclastic Sediments

bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

particles

bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

corners

13

Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

14

A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

Structures

The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

A Stratification and Bedding

1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

15

Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

100-300

30-100

10-30

3-10

1-3

03-1

lt 03

Massive

Very thickly bedded

Thickly bedded

Medium bedded

Thinly Bedded

Very thinly bedded

Thickly laminated

Thinly laminated

2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

16

3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

B Surface Features

These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

Bed set

Cross beds

Cross bed sets boundary

Graded bed

Upward direction of

the succession

17

ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

Back and forth movement of water

Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

Current or wind direction

Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

18

2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

- Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

- Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

19

333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

Types of depositional environments

Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

Reef Environment

20

Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

21

34 Metamorphic Rocks

341 Definitions of Metamorphism

Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

22

Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

Factors that Control Metamorphism

Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

23

important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

or alteration along cracks

342 Types of Metamorphism

24

There are six types of metamorphism These are-

1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

CONTACT METAMORPHISM

Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

25

REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

26

HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

BURIAL METAMORPHISM

When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

27

343 Grade of Metamorphism

Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

Metamorphic Facies

In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

28

Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

Prehnite-pumpellyite

(with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

not defined

Medium pressure and Medium temperature

Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

not defined

Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

Epidote-amphibolite

hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

29

Pyroxene hornfels

clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

Low pressure and High temperature

Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

Glaucophane schist

glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

clinopyroxene)not known

Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

30

Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

Psammites

Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

31

Limestone or dolostone Marble

Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

Ultramafics Metaultramafics

Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

32

hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

Textural classification

The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

Porphyroblast

33

Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

retaining its crystal shape

Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

- Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

- Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

Metamorphic Fabric

Mineralogical classification

Poikiloblastic

34

The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

Special metamorphic rocks

Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

35

grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

36

Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

37

Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

38

  • Table of Contents
  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
  • 32 Igneous Rocks
  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

    Table of Contents

    Table of Contents i

    3 MINERALS AND ROCKS 2

    31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals 2

    32 Igneous Rocks 15

    321 Origin of Igneous rocks 15

    322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies 23

    323 Textures of Igneous Rocks 29

    324 Classification of Igneous rocks 34

    33 Sedimentary Rocks 1

    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks 1

    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks 13

    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks 20

    34 Metamorphic Rocks 22

    341 Definitions of Metamorphism 22

    342 Types of Metamorphism 24

    343 Grade of Metamorphism 28

    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks 31

    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks 36

    i

    3 MINERALS AND ROCKS

    The Earth is composed of rocks Rocks are aggregates of minerals Minerals are composed of atoms In order to understand rocks we must first have an understanding of minerals In order to understand minerals we must have some basic understanding of atoms - what they are and how they interact with one another to form minerals

    31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals

    Definition of a Mineral Naturally formed it forms in nature on its own Solid (it cannot be a liquid or a gas) With a definite chemical composition (every time we see the same mineral it has

    the same chemical composition that can be expressed by a chemical formula) and Characteristic crystalline structure (atoms are arranged within the mineral in a

    specific ordered manner)

    Examples Glass - can be naturally formed (volcanic glass called obsidian) is a solid its

    chemical composition however is not always the same and it does not have a crystalline structure Thus glass is not a mineral

    Ice - is naturally formed is solid and does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula H2O Thus ice is a mineral but liquid water is not (since it is not solid)

    Halite (salt) - is naturally formed is solid does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula NaCl and does have a definite crystalline structure Thus halite is a mineral

    Therefore a mineral is a naturally occurring inorganic solid with a definite composition and a regular internal crystal structure

    Atomic Chemistry and Bonding

    All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of three main particles known as protons neutrons and electrons As summarized in the following table protons are positively charged neutrons are uncharged and electrons are negatively charged The negative charge of one electron balances the positive charge of one proton Both protons and neutrons have a mass of 1 while electrons have almost no mass

    2

    The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

    Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

    To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

    Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

    Elementary particle

    Charge Mass

    Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

    3

    third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

    Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

    ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

    Structure of Atoms

    Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

    electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

    4

    filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

    Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

    Types of bonding

    Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

    5

    Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

    Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

    Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

    6

    Crystal Structure

    Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

    Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

    7

    Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

    Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

    temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

    Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

    CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

    8

    Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

    Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

    Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

    Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

    can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

    Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

    Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

    Composition of Minerals

    The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

    9

    7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

    Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

    tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

    Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

    Properties of Minerals

    Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

    10

    Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

    Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

    Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

    diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

    volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

    Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

    GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

    water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

    chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

    carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

    11

    Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

    Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

    BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

    in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

    Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

    -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

    Silicate Minerals

    The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

    12

    four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

    Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

    Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

    Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

    Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

    Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

    (SiO3)nn=346

    Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

    Be3Al2(SiO3)6

    Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

    Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

    (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

    MgSiO3

    CaSiO3

    Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

    13

    (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

    Si4O11 Amphiboles

    Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

    Si4O10 MicasTalc

    KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

    Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

    Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

    SiO2

    QuartzFeldspars

    SiO2

    KAlSi3O8

    Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

    14

    32 Igneous Rocks

    321 Origin of Igneous rocks

    An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

    Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

    Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

    The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

    Types of Magma

    Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

    Viscosity of Magmas

    Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

    15

    lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

    Summary TableMagma Type

    Solidified Volcanic Rock

    Solidified Plutonic Rock

    Chemical Composition

    Temperature

    Viscosity Gas Content

    Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

    1000 - 1200 oC

    Low Low

    Andesitic Andesite

    Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

    800 - 1000 oC

    Intermediate

    Intermediate

    Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

    650 - 800 oC

    High High

    Origin of Magma

    In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

    Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

    Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

    16

    Origin of Basaltic Magma

    Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

    The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

    Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

    Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

    Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

    indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

    muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

    Origin of Andesitic Magma

    Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

    17

    Magmatic Differentiation

    When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

    1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

    Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

    Distinct Melting Events

    One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

    Various Degrees of Partial Melting

    When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

    18

    liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

    Crystal Fractionation

    Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

    Bowens Reaction Series

    Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

    Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

    19

    Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

    The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

    The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

    This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

    Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

    In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

    Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

    20

    If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

    If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

    Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

    Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

    Magma Mixing

    If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

    21

    Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

    Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

    Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

    Crustal AssimilationContamination

    Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

    Liquid Immiscibility

    Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

    22

    1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

    Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

    Combined Processes

    As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

    322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

    Eruption of Magma

    When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

    23

    Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

    Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

    Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

    BA

    BA

    24

    Structures and field relationships

    VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

    Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

    Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

    25

    Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

    Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

    Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

    PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

    Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

    26

    Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

    Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

    Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

    Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

    27

    RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

    To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

    Diverging Plate Boundaries

    Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

    Converging Plate Boundaries

    Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

    28

    If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

    If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

    Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

    323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

    The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

    The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

    The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

    The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

    29

    In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

    1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

    2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

    3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

    Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

    30

    Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

    In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

    In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

    Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

    lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

    003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

    31

    2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

    If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

    Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

    approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

    Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

    phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

    then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

    chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

    Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

    Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

    Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

    Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

    Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

    32

    Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

    Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

    Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

    Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

    Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

    Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

    Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

    Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

    Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

    Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

    Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

    Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

    Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

    33

    Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

    Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

    Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

    324 Classification of Igneous rocks

    Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

    Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

    There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

    34

    by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

    The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

    The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

    A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

    Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

    Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

    Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

    35

    Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

    A

    B

    C

    36

    (foid)-bearing Trachyte

    (foid)-bearing Latite

    (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

    (Foid)ites

    10

    60 60

    35 65

    10

    20 20

    60 60

    F

    A P

    Q

    Rhyolite Dacite

    Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

    Phonolite Tephrite

    Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

    2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

    Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

    37

    Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

    4 General chemical classification

    SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

    Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

    general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

    38

    o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

    Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

    Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

    Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

    Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

    Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

    39

    Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

    AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

    Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

    40

    33 Sedimentary Rocks

    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

    Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

    Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

    Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

    recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

    Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

    1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

    bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

    Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

    Carbonate rocks

    Bioclastic (organic) rocks

    Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

    source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

    Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

    Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

    evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

    1

    1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

    3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

    CLASTIC ROCKS

    Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

    Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

    Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

    Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

    Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

    Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

    The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

    Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

    2

    Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

    Cobble Pebble Granule

    Gravel

    1-2 05-1 025-05

    0125-025 0625-0125

    Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

    Sand

    0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

    Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

    Silt

    lt0004 Clay Clay

    transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

    Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

    3

    Conglomerate and Breccia

    Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

    Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

    Sandstones

    A B

    C

    4

    bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

    feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

    bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

    Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

    quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

    feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

    lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

    Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

    5

    1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

    Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

    Mudstones

    Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

    smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

    bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

    bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

    ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

    6

    ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

    ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

    Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

    CHEMICAL ROCKS

    Carbonate sediments

    These are represented by limestone and dolomite

    Limestones

    They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

    Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

    7

    Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

    Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

    Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

    Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

    i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

    ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

    8

    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

    Dolomitedolostone

    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

    Diagenesis

    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

    than most siliciclastic minerals

    9

    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

    Lacks mud and is grain

    supported

    Crystalline Carbonates

    Mud-supported Grain-supported

    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

    Packstone Boundstone

    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

    include

    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

    micrite

    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

    10

    Evaporitic sediments

    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

    Siliceous sediments

    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

    variety of chert

    Organic sediments

    Coals

    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

    11

    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

    Coal Formation

    bull Delta continental environments

    bull Carbonized Woody Material

    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

    Figure 319 Coal formation process

    Oil shale

    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

    Types of Oil Shale

    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

    12

    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

    Volcanoclastic Sediments

    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

    particles

    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

    corners

    13

    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

    14

    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

    Structures

    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

    A Stratification and Bedding

    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

    15

    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

    100-300

    30-100

    10-30

    3-10

    1-3

    03-1

    lt 03

    Massive

    Very thickly bedded

    Thickly bedded

    Medium bedded

    Thinly Bedded

    Very thinly bedded

    Thickly laminated

    Thinly laminated

    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

    16

    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

    B Surface Features

    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

    Bed set

    Cross beds

    Cross bed sets boundary

    Graded bed

    Upward direction of

    the succession

    17

    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

    Back and forth movement of water

    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

    Current or wind direction

    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

    18

    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

    19

    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

    Types of depositional environments

    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

    Reef Environment

    20

    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

    21

    34 Metamorphic Rocks

    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

    22

    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

    Factors that Control Metamorphism

    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

    23

    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

    or alteration along cracks

    342 Types of Metamorphism

    24

    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

    25

    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

    26

    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

    27

    343 Grade of Metamorphism

    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

    Metamorphic Facies

    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

    28

    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

    Prehnite-pumpellyite

    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

    not defined

    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

    not defined

    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

    Epidote-amphibolite

    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

    29

    Pyroxene hornfels

    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

    Low pressure and High temperature

    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

    Glaucophane schist

    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

    clinopyroxene)not known

    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

    30

    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

    Psammites

    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

    31

    Limestone or dolostone Marble

    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

    32

    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

    Textural classification

    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

    Porphyroblast

    33

    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

    retaining its crystal shape

    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

    Metamorphic Fabric

    Mineralogical classification

    Poikiloblastic

    34

    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

    Special metamorphic rocks

    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

    35

    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

    36

    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

    37

    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

    38

    • Table of Contents
    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
    • 32 Igneous Rocks
    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

      3 MINERALS AND ROCKS

      The Earth is composed of rocks Rocks are aggregates of minerals Minerals are composed of atoms In order to understand rocks we must first have an understanding of minerals In order to understand minerals we must have some basic understanding of atoms - what they are and how they interact with one another to form minerals

      31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals

      Definition of a Mineral Naturally formed it forms in nature on its own Solid (it cannot be a liquid or a gas) With a definite chemical composition (every time we see the same mineral it has

      the same chemical composition that can be expressed by a chemical formula) and Characteristic crystalline structure (atoms are arranged within the mineral in a

      specific ordered manner)

      Examples Glass - can be naturally formed (volcanic glass called obsidian) is a solid its

      chemical composition however is not always the same and it does not have a crystalline structure Thus glass is not a mineral

      Ice - is naturally formed is solid and does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula H2O Thus ice is a mineral but liquid water is not (since it is not solid)

      Halite (salt) - is naturally formed is solid does have a definite chemical composition that can be expressed by the formula NaCl and does have a definite crystalline structure Thus halite is a mineral

      Therefore a mineral is a naturally occurring inorganic solid with a definite composition and a regular internal crystal structure

      Atomic Chemistry and Bonding

      All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of three main particles known as protons neutrons and electrons As summarized in the following table protons are positively charged neutrons are uncharged and electrons are negatively charged The negative charge of one electron balances the positive charge of one proton Both protons and neutrons have a mass of 1 while electrons have almost no mass

      2

      The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

      Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

      To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

      Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

      Elementary particle

      Charge Mass

      Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

      3

      third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

      Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

      ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

      Structure of Atoms

      Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

      electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

      4

      filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

      Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

      Types of bonding

      Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

      5

      Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

      Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

      Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

      6

      Crystal Structure

      Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

      Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

      7

      Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

      Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

      temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

      Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

      CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

      8

      Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

      Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

      Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

      Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

      can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

      Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

      Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

      Composition of Minerals

      The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

      9

      7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

      Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

      tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

      Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

      Properties of Minerals

      Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

      10

      Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

      Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

      Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

      diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

      volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

      Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

      GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

      water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

      chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

      carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

      11

      Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

      Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

      BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

      in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

      Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

      -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

      Silicate Minerals

      The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

      12

      four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

      Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

      Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

      Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

      Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

      Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

      (SiO3)nn=346

      Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

      Be3Al2(SiO3)6

      Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

      Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

      (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

      MgSiO3

      CaSiO3

      Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

      13

      (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

      Si4O11 Amphiboles

      Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

      Si4O10 MicasTalc

      KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

      Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

      Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

      SiO2

      QuartzFeldspars

      SiO2

      KAlSi3O8

      Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

      14

      32 Igneous Rocks

      321 Origin of Igneous rocks

      An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

      Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

      Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

      The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

      Types of Magma

      Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

      Viscosity of Magmas

      Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

      15

      lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

      Summary TableMagma Type

      Solidified Volcanic Rock

      Solidified Plutonic Rock

      Chemical Composition

      Temperature

      Viscosity Gas Content

      Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

      1000 - 1200 oC

      Low Low

      Andesitic Andesite

      Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

      800 - 1000 oC

      Intermediate

      Intermediate

      Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

      650 - 800 oC

      High High

      Origin of Magma

      In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

      Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

      Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

      16

      Origin of Basaltic Magma

      Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

      The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

      Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

      Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

      Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

      indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

      muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

      Origin of Andesitic Magma

      Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

      17

      Magmatic Differentiation

      When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

      1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

      Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

      Distinct Melting Events

      One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

      Various Degrees of Partial Melting

      When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

      18

      liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

      Crystal Fractionation

      Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

      Bowens Reaction Series

      Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

      Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

      19

      Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

      The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

      The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

      This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

      Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

      In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

      Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

      20

      If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

      If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

      Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

      Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

      Magma Mixing

      If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

      21

      Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

      Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

      Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

      Crustal AssimilationContamination

      Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

      Liquid Immiscibility

      Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

      22

      1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

      Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

      Combined Processes

      As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

      322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

      Eruption of Magma

      When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

      23

      Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

      Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

      Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

      BA

      BA

      24

      Structures and field relationships

      VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

      Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

      Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

      25

      Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

      Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

      Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

      PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

      Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

      26

      Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

      Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

      Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

      Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

      27

      RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

      To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

      Diverging Plate Boundaries

      Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

      Converging Plate Boundaries

      Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

      28

      If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

      If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

      Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

      323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

      The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

      The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

      The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

      The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

      29

      In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

      1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

      2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

      3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

      Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

      30

      Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

      In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

      In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

      Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

      lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

      003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

      31

      2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

      If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

      Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

      approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

      Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

      phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

      then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

      chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

      Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

      Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

      Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

      Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

      Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

      32

      Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

      Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

      Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

      Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

      Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

      Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

      Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

      Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

      Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

      Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

      Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

      Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

      Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

      33

      Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

      Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

      Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

      324 Classification of Igneous rocks

      Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

      Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

      There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

      34

      by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

      The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

      The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

      A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

      Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

      Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

      Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

      35

      Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

      A

      B

      C

      36

      (foid)-bearing Trachyte

      (foid)-bearing Latite

      (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

      (Foid)ites

      10

      60 60

      35 65

      10

      20 20

      60 60

      F

      A P

      Q

      Rhyolite Dacite

      Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

      Phonolite Tephrite

      Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

      2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

      Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

      37

      Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

      4 General chemical classification

      SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

      Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

      general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

      38

      o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

      Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

      Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

      Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

      Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

      Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

      39

      Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

      AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

      Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

      40

      33 Sedimentary Rocks

      331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

      Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

      Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

      Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

      recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

      Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

      1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

      bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

      Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

      Carbonate rocks

      Bioclastic (organic) rocks

      Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

      source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

      Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

      Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

      evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

      1

      1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

      3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

      CLASTIC ROCKS

      Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

      Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

      Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

      Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

      Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

      Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

      The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

      Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

      2

      Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

      Cobble Pebble Granule

      Gravel

      1-2 05-1 025-05

      0125-025 0625-0125

      Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

      Sand

      0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

      Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

      Silt

      lt0004 Clay Clay

      transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

      Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

      3

      Conglomerate and Breccia

      Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

      Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

      Sandstones

      A B

      C

      4

      bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

      feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

      bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

      Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

      quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

      feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

      lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

      Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

      5

      1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

      Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

      Mudstones

      Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

      smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

      bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

      bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

      ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

      6

      ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

      ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

      Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

      CHEMICAL ROCKS

      Carbonate sediments

      These are represented by limestone and dolomite

      Limestones

      They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

      Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

      7

      Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

      Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

      Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

      Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

      i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

      ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

      8

      iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

      Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

      1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

      2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

      3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

      Dolomitedolostone

      Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

      Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

      Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

      Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

      Diagenesis

      After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

      ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

      ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

      than most siliciclastic minerals

      9

      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

      Lacks mud and is grain

      supported

      Crystalline Carbonates

      Mud-supported Grain-supported

      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

      Packstone Boundstone

      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

      include

      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

      micrite

      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

      10

      Evaporitic sediments

      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

      Siliceous sediments

      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

      variety of chert

      Organic sediments

      Coals

      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

      11

      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

      Coal Formation

      bull Delta continental environments

      bull Carbonized Woody Material

      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

      Figure 319 Coal formation process

      Oil shale

      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

      Types of Oil Shale

      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

      12

      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

      Volcanoclastic Sediments

      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

      particles

      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

      corners

      13

      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

      14

      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

      Structures

      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

      A Stratification and Bedding

      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

      15

      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

      100-300

      30-100

      10-30

      3-10

      1-3

      03-1

      lt 03

      Massive

      Very thickly bedded

      Thickly bedded

      Medium bedded

      Thinly Bedded

      Very thinly bedded

      Thickly laminated

      Thinly laminated

      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

      16

      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

      B Surface Features

      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

      Bed set

      Cross beds

      Cross bed sets boundary

      Graded bed

      Upward direction of

      the succession

      17

      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

      Back and forth movement of water

      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

      Current or wind direction

      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

      18

      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

      19

      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

      Types of depositional environments

      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

      Reef Environment

      20

      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

      21

      34 Metamorphic Rocks

      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

      22

      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

      Factors that Control Metamorphism

      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

      23

      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

      or alteration along cracks

      342 Types of Metamorphism

      24

      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

      25

      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

      26

      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

      27

      343 Grade of Metamorphism

      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

      Metamorphic Facies

      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

      28

      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

      Prehnite-pumpellyite

      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

      not defined

      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

      not defined

      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

      Epidote-amphibolite

      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

      29

      Pyroxene hornfels

      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

      Low pressure and High temperature

      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

      Glaucophane schist

      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

      clinopyroxene)not known

      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

      30

      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

      Psammites

      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

      31

      Limestone or dolostone Marble

      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

      32

      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

      Textural classification

      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

      Porphyroblast

      33

      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

      retaining its crystal shape

      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

      Metamorphic Fabric

      Mineralogical classification

      Poikiloblastic

      34

      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

      Special metamorphic rocks

      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

      35

      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

      36

      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

      37

      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

      38

      • Table of Contents
      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
      • 32 Igneous Rocks
      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

        The simplest atom is that of hydrogen which has one proton and one electron The proton forms the nucleus of hydrogen while the electron orbits around it All other elements have neutrons as well as protons in their nucleus The positively-charged protons tend to repel each other and the neutrons help to hold the nucleus together For most of the 16 lightest elements (up to oxygen) the number of neutrons is equal to the number of protons For most of the remaining elements there are more neutrons than protons because with increasing numbers of protons concentrated in a very small space more and more extra neutrons are needed to overcome the mutual repulsion of the protons in order to keep the nucleus together The number of protons is the atomic number the number of protons plus neutrons is the atomic weight For example silicon has 14 protons 14 neutrons and 14 electrons Its atomic number is 14 and its atomic weight is 28 The most common isotope of uranium has 92 protons and 146 neutrons Its atomic number is 92 and its atomic weight is 238 (92+146)

        Electron orbits around the nucleus of an atom are arranged in what we call shells The first shell can hold only two electrons while the next shell will hold only eight electrons Subsequent shells can hold more electrons but the outermost shell of any atom will hold no more than eight electrons These outermost shells are generally involved in bonding between atoms and bonding takes place between atoms that do not have the full complement of eight electrons in their outer shells (or two in the first shell for the very light elements)

        To be chemically stable an atom seeks to have a full outer shell (ie 8 electrons for most elements or 2 electrons for the very light elements) This is accomplished by lending borrowing or sharing electrons with other atoms Elements that already have their outer orbits filled are considered to be inert they do not readily take part in chemical reactions These noble elements include the gases in the right-hand column of the periodic table helium neon argon etc

        Sodium has 11 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 1 in the third Sodium readily gives up this third shell electron and because it loses a negative charge it becomes positively charged Chlorine on the other hand has 17 electrons 2 in the first shell 8 in the second and 7 in the third Chlorine readily accepts an eighth electron for its

        Elementary particle

        Charge Mass

        Electron -1 ~0 Proton +1 1 Neutron 0 1

        3

        third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

        Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

        ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

        Structure of Atoms

        Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

        electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

        4

        filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

        Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

        Types of bonding

        Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

        5

        Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

        Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

        Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

        6

        Crystal Structure

        Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

        Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

        7

        Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

        Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

        temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

        Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

        CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

        8

        Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

        Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

        Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

        Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

        can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

        Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

        Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

        Composition of Minerals

        The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

        9

        7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

        Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

        tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

        Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

        Properties of Minerals

        Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

        10

        Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

        Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

        Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

        diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

        volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

        Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

        GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

        water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

        chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

        carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

        11

        Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

        Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

        BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

        in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

        Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

        -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

        Silicate Minerals

        The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

        12

        four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

        Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

        Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

        Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

        Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

        Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

        (SiO3)nn=346

        Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

        Be3Al2(SiO3)6

        Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

        Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

        (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

        MgSiO3

        CaSiO3

        Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

        13

        (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

        Si4O11 Amphiboles

        Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

        Si4O10 MicasTalc

        KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

        Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

        Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

        SiO2

        QuartzFeldspars

        SiO2

        KAlSi3O8

        Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

        14

        32 Igneous Rocks

        321 Origin of Igneous rocks

        An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

        Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

        Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

        The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

        Types of Magma

        Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

        Viscosity of Magmas

        Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

        15

        lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

        Summary TableMagma Type

        Solidified Volcanic Rock

        Solidified Plutonic Rock

        Chemical Composition

        Temperature

        Viscosity Gas Content

        Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

        1000 - 1200 oC

        Low Low

        Andesitic Andesite

        Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

        800 - 1000 oC

        Intermediate

        Intermediate

        Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

        650 - 800 oC

        High High

        Origin of Magma

        In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

        Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

        Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

        16

        Origin of Basaltic Magma

        Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

        The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

        Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

        Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

        Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

        indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

        muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

        Origin of Andesitic Magma

        Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

        17

        Magmatic Differentiation

        When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

        1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

        Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

        Distinct Melting Events

        One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

        Various Degrees of Partial Melting

        When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

        18

        liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

        Crystal Fractionation

        Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

        Bowens Reaction Series

        Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

        Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

        19

        Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

        The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

        The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

        This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

        Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

        In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

        Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

        20

        If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

        If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

        Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

        Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

        Magma Mixing

        If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

        21

        Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

        Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

        Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

        Crustal AssimilationContamination

        Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

        Liquid Immiscibility

        Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

        22

        1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

        Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

        Combined Processes

        As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

        322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

        Eruption of Magma

        When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

        23

        Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

        Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

        Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

        BA

        BA

        24

        Structures and field relationships

        VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

        Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

        Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

        25

        Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

        Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

        Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

        PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

        Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

        26

        Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

        Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

        Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

        Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

        27

        RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

        To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

        Diverging Plate Boundaries

        Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

        Converging Plate Boundaries

        Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

        28

        If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

        If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

        Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

        323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

        The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

        The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

        The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

        The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

        29

        In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

        1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

        2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

        3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

        Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

        30

        Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

        In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

        In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

        Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

        lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

        003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

        31

        2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

        If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

        Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

        approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

        Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

        phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

        then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

        chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

        Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

        Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

        Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

        Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

        Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

        32

        Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

        Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

        Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

        Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

        Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

        Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

        Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

        Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

        Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

        Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

        Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

        Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

        Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

        33

        Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

        Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

        Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

        324 Classification of Igneous rocks

        Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

        Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

        There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

        34

        by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

        The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

        The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

        A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

        Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

        Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

        Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

        35

        Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

        A

        B

        C

        36

        (foid)-bearing Trachyte

        (foid)-bearing Latite

        (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

        (Foid)ites

        10

        60 60

        35 65

        10

        20 20

        60 60

        F

        A P

        Q

        Rhyolite Dacite

        Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

        Phonolite Tephrite

        Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

        2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

        Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

        37

        Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

        4 General chemical classification

        SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

        Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

        general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

        38

        o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

        Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

        Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

        Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

        Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

        Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

        39

        Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

        AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

        Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

        40

        33 Sedimentary Rocks

        331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

        Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

        Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

        Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

        recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

        Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

        1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

        bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

        Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

        Carbonate rocks

        Bioclastic (organic) rocks

        Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

        source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

        Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

        Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

        evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

        1

        1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

        3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

        CLASTIC ROCKS

        Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

        Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

        Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

        Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

        Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

        Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

        The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

        Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

        2

        Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

        Cobble Pebble Granule

        Gravel

        1-2 05-1 025-05

        0125-025 0625-0125

        Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

        Sand

        0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

        Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

        Silt

        lt0004 Clay Clay

        transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

        Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

        3

        Conglomerate and Breccia

        Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

        Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

        Sandstones

        A B

        C

        4

        bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

        feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

        bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

        Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

        quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

        feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

        lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

        Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

        5

        1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

        Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

        Mudstones

        Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

        smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

        bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

        bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

        ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

        6

        ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

        ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

        Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

        CHEMICAL ROCKS

        Carbonate sediments

        These are represented by limestone and dolomite

        Limestones

        They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

        Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

        7

        Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

        Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

        Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

        Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

        i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

        ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

        8

        iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

        Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

        1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

        2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

        3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

        Dolomitedolostone

        Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

        Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

        Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

        Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

        Diagenesis

        After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

        ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

        ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

        than most siliciclastic minerals

        9

        Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

        Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

        Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

        Lacks mud and is grain

        supported

        Crystalline Carbonates

        Mud-supported Grain-supported

        Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

        (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

        (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

        Packstone Boundstone

        Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

        calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

        Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

        Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

        Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

        conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

        include

        1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

        1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

        Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

        types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

        Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

        micrite

        Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

        Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

        10

        Evaporitic sediments

        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

        Siliceous sediments

        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

        variety of chert

        Organic sediments

        Coals

        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

        11

        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

        Coal Formation

        bull Delta continental environments

        bull Carbonized Woody Material

        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

        Figure 319 Coal formation process

        Oil shale

        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

        Types of Oil Shale

        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

        12

        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

        Volcanoclastic Sediments

        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

        particles

        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

        corners

        13

        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

        14

        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

        Structures

        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

        A Stratification and Bedding

        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

        15

        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

        100-300

        30-100

        10-30

        3-10

        1-3

        03-1

        lt 03

        Massive

        Very thickly bedded

        Thickly bedded

        Medium bedded

        Thinly Bedded

        Very thinly bedded

        Thickly laminated

        Thinly laminated

        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

        16

        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

        B Surface Features

        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

        Bed set

        Cross beds

        Cross bed sets boundary

        Graded bed

        Upward direction of

        the succession

        17

        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

        Back and forth movement of water

        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

        Current or wind direction

        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

        18

        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

        19

        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

        Types of depositional environments

        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

        Reef Environment

        20

        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

        21

        34 Metamorphic Rocks

        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

        22

        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

        Factors that Control Metamorphism

        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

        23

        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

        or alteration along cracks

        342 Types of Metamorphism

        24

        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

        25

        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

        26

        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

        27

        343 Grade of Metamorphism

        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

        Metamorphic Facies

        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

        28

        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

        Prehnite-pumpellyite

        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

        not defined

        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

        not defined

        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

        Epidote-amphibolite

        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

        29

        Pyroxene hornfels

        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

        Low pressure and High temperature

        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

        Glaucophane schist

        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

        clinopyroxene)not known

        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

        30

        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

        Psammites

        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

        31

        Limestone or dolostone Marble

        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

        32

        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

        Textural classification

        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

        Porphyroblast

        33

        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

        retaining its crystal shape

        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

        Metamorphic Fabric

        Mineralogical classification

        Poikiloblastic

        34

        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

        Special metamorphic rocks

        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

        35

        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

        36

        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

        37

        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

        38

        • Table of Contents
        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
        • 32 Igneous Rocks
        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

          third shell and thus becomes negatively charged In changing their number of electrons these atoms become ions - the sodium a positive ion or cation the chlorine a negative ion or anion The electronic attraction between these ions is known as an ionic bond Electrons can be thought of as being transferred from one atom to another in an ionic bond Common table salt (NaCl) is a mineral composed of chlorine and sodium linked together by ionic bonds The mineral name for NaCl is halite An element like chlorine can also form bonds without forming ions For example two chlorine atoms which each seek an eighth electron in their outer shell can share an electron in what is known as a covalent bond to form the gas Cl2 Electrons are shared in a covalent bond Carbon has 6 protons and 6 electrons 2 in the inner shell and 4 in the outer shell Carbon would need to gain or lose 4 electrons to have a filled outer shell and this would create too great a charge imbalance for the ion to be stable On the other hand carbon can share electrons to create covalent bonds Each carbon atom shares electrons with adjacent carbon atoms In the mineral diamond the carbon atoms are linked together in a three-dimensional framework where every bond is a strong covalent bond In the mineral graphite the carbon atoms are linked together in a two-dimensional hexagonal framework of covalent bonds Graphite is soft because the bonding between these sheets is relatively weak

          Isotopes are atoms of the same element with differing numbers of neutrons ie the number of neutrons may vary within atoms of the same element Some isotopes are unstable which results in radioactivity

          ExampleK (potassium) has 19 protons Every atom of K has 19 protons Atomic number of K = 19 Some atoms of K have 20 neutrons others have 21 and others have 22 Thus atomic weight of K can be 39 40 or 41 40K is radioactive and decays to 40Ar and 40Ca

          Structure of Atoms

          Electrons orbit around the nucleus in different shells labeled from the innermost shell as K L M N etc Each shell can have a certain number of electrons The K-shell can have 2 Electrons the L-shell 8 the M-shell 18 N-shell 32

          electrons = 2N2 where N=1 for the K shell N=2 for the L shell N=3 for the M shell etcA Stable electronic configuration for an atom is one 8 electrons in outer shell (except in the K shell which is completely filled with only 2 electrons) Thus atoms often loose electrons or gain electrons to obtain stable configuration Noble gases have completely

          4

          filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

          Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

          Types of bonding

          Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

          5

          Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

          Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

          Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

          6

          Crystal Structure

          Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

          Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

          7

          Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

          Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

          temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

          Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

          CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

          8

          Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

          Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

          Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

          Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

          can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

          Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

          Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

          Composition of Minerals

          The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

          9

          7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

          Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

          tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

          Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

          Properties of Minerals

          Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

          10

          Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

          Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

          Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

          diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

          volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

          Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

          GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

          water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

          chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

          carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

          11

          Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

          Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

          BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

          in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

          Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

          -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

          Silicate Minerals

          The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

          12

          four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

          Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

          Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

          Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

          Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

          Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

          (SiO3)nn=346

          Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

          Be3Al2(SiO3)6

          Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

          Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

          (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

          MgSiO3

          CaSiO3

          Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

          13

          (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

          Si4O11 Amphiboles

          Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

          Si4O10 MicasTalc

          KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

          Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

          Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

          SiO2

          QuartzFeldspars

          SiO2

          KAlSi3O8

          Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

          14

          32 Igneous Rocks

          321 Origin of Igneous rocks

          An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

          Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

          Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

          The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

          Types of Magma

          Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

          Viscosity of Magmas

          Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

          15

          lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

          Summary TableMagma Type

          Solidified Volcanic Rock

          Solidified Plutonic Rock

          Chemical Composition

          Temperature

          Viscosity Gas Content

          Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

          1000 - 1200 oC

          Low Low

          Andesitic Andesite

          Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

          800 - 1000 oC

          Intermediate

          Intermediate

          Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

          650 - 800 oC

          High High

          Origin of Magma

          In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

          Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

          Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

          16

          Origin of Basaltic Magma

          Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

          The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

          Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

          Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

          Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

          indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

          muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

          Origin of Andesitic Magma

          Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

          17

          Magmatic Differentiation

          When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

          1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

          Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

          Distinct Melting Events

          One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

          Various Degrees of Partial Melting

          When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

          18

          liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

          Crystal Fractionation

          Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

          Bowens Reaction Series

          Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

          Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

          19

          Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

          The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

          The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

          This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

          Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

          In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

          Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

          20

          If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

          If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

          Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

          Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

          Magma Mixing

          If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

          21

          Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

          Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

          Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

          Crustal AssimilationContamination

          Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

          Liquid Immiscibility

          Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

          22

          1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

          Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

          Combined Processes

          As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

          322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

          Eruption of Magma

          When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

          23

          Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

          Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

          Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

          BA

          BA

          24

          Structures and field relationships

          VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

          Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

          Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

          25

          Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

          Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

          Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

          PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

          Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

          26

          Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

          Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

          Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

          Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

          27

          RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

          To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

          Diverging Plate Boundaries

          Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

          Converging Plate Boundaries

          Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

          28

          If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

          If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

          Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

          323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

          The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

          The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

          The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

          The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

          29

          In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

          1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

          2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

          3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

          Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

          30

          Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

          In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

          In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

          Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

          lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

          003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

          31

          2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

          If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

          Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

          approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

          Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

          phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

          then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

          chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

          Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

          Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

          Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

          Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

          Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

          32

          Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

          Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

          Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

          Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

          Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

          Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

          Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

          Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

          Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

          Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

          Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

          Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

          Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

          33

          Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

          Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

          Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

          324 Classification of Igneous rocks

          Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

          Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

          There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

          34

          by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

          The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

          The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

          A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

          Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

          Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

          Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

          35

          Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

          A

          B

          C

          36

          (foid)-bearing Trachyte

          (foid)-bearing Latite

          (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

          (Foid)ites

          10

          60 60

          35 65

          10

          20 20

          60 60

          F

          A P

          Q

          Rhyolite Dacite

          Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

          Phonolite Tephrite

          Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

          2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

          Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

          37

          Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

          4 General chemical classification

          SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

          Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

          general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

          38

          o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

          Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

          Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

          Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

          Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

          Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

          39

          Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

          AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

          Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

          40

          33 Sedimentary Rocks

          331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

          Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

          Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

          Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

          recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

          Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

          1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

          bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

          Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

          Carbonate rocks

          Bioclastic (organic) rocks

          Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

          source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

          Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

          Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

          evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

          1

          1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

          3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

          CLASTIC ROCKS

          Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

          Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

          Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

          Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

          Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

          Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

          The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

          Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

          2

          Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

          Cobble Pebble Granule

          Gravel

          1-2 05-1 025-05

          0125-025 0625-0125

          Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

          Sand

          0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

          Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

          Silt

          lt0004 Clay Clay

          transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

          Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

          3

          Conglomerate and Breccia

          Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

          Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

          Sandstones

          A B

          C

          4

          bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

          feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

          bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

          Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

          quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

          feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

          lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

          Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

          5

          1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

          Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

          Mudstones

          Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

          smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

          bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

          bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

          ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

          6

          ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

          ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

          Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

          CHEMICAL ROCKS

          Carbonate sediments

          These are represented by limestone and dolomite

          Limestones

          They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

          Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

          7

          Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

          Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

          Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

          Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

          i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

          ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

          8

          iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

          Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

          1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

          2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

          3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

          Dolomitedolostone

          Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

          Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

          Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

          Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

          Diagenesis

          After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

          ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

          ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

          than most siliciclastic minerals

          9

          Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

          Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

          Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

          Lacks mud and is grain

          supported

          Crystalline Carbonates

          Mud-supported Grain-supported

          Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

          (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

          (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

          Packstone Boundstone

          Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

          calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

          Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

          Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

          Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

          conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

          include

          1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

          1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

          Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

          types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

          Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

          micrite

          Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

          Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

          10

          Evaporitic sediments

          These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

          Siliceous sediments

          Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

          microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

          areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

          and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

          variety of chert

          Organic sediments

          Coals

          Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

          11

          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

          Coal Formation

          bull Delta continental environments

          bull Carbonized Woody Material

          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

          Figure 319 Coal formation process

          Oil shale

          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

          Types of Oil Shale

          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

          12

          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

          Volcanoclastic Sediments

          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

          particles

          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

          corners

          13

          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

          14

          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

          Structures

          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

          A Stratification and Bedding

          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

          15

          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

          100-300

          30-100

          10-30

          3-10

          1-3

          03-1

          lt 03

          Massive

          Very thickly bedded

          Thickly bedded

          Medium bedded

          Thinly Bedded

          Very thinly bedded

          Thickly laminated

          Thinly laminated

          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

          16

          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

          B Surface Features

          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

          Bed set

          Cross beds

          Cross bed sets boundary

          Graded bed

          Upward direction of

          the succession

          17

          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

          Back and forth movement of water

          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

          Current or wind direction

          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

          18

          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

          19

          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

          Types of depositional environments

          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

          Reef Environment

          20

          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

          21

          34 Metamorphic Rocks

          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

          22

          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

          Factors that Control Metamorphism

          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

          23

          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

          or alteration along cracks

          342 Types of Metamorphism

          24

          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

          25

          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

          26

          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

          27

          343 Grade of Metamorphism

          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

          Metamorphic Facies

          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

          28

          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

          Prehnite-pumpellyite

          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

          not defined

          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

          not defined

          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

          Epidote-amphibolite

          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

          29

          Pyroxene hornfels

          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

          Low pressure and High temperature

          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

          Glaucophane schist

          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

          clinopyroxene)not known

          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

          30

          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

          Psammites

          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

          31

          Limestone or dolostone Marble

          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

          32

          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

          Textural classification

          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

          Porphyroblast

          33

          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

          retaining its crystal shape

          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

          Metamorphic Fabric

          Mineralogical classification

          Poikiloblastic

          34

          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

          Special metamorphic rocks

          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

          35

          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

          36

          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

          37

          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

          38

          • Table of Contents
          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
          • 32 Igneous Rocks
          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

            filled outer shells so they are stable Examples He Ne Ar Kr Xe Rn Others like Na K loose an electron This causes the charge balance to become unequal In fact to become + (positive) charged atoms called ions Positively charged atoms = cations Elements like F Cl O gain electrons to become (-) charged (-) charged ions are called anionsThe drive to attain a stable electronic configuration in the outermost shell along with the fact that this sometimes produces oppositely charged ions results in the binding of atoms together When atoms become attached to one another we say that they are bonded together

            Figure 31 Electron configuration of an atom

            Types of bonding

            Ionic bonding- caused by the force of attraction between ions of opposite chargeExample Na+1 and Cl-1 Bond to form NaCl (halite or salt)

            5

            Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

            Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

            Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

            6

            Crystal Structure

            Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

            Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

            7

            Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

            Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

            temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

            Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

            CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

            8

            Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

            Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

            Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

            Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

            can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

            Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

            Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

            Composition of Minerals

            The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

            9

            7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

            Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

            tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

            Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

            Properties of Minerals

            Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

            10

            Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

            Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

            Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

            diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

            volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

            Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

            GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

            water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

            chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

            carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

            11

            Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

            Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

            BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

            in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

            Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

            -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

            Silicate Minerals

            The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

            12

            four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

            Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

            Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

            Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

            Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

            Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

            (SiO3)nn=346

            Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

            Be3Al2(SiO3)6

            Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

            Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

            (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

            MgSiO3

            CaSiO3

            Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

            13

            (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

            Si4O11 Amphiboles

            Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

            Si4O10 MicasTalc

            KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

            Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

            Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

            SiO2

            QuartzFeldspars

            SiO2

            KAlSi3O8

            Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

            14

            32 Igneous Rocks

            321 Origin of Igneous rocks

            An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

            Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

            Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

            The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

            Types of Magma

            Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

            Viscosity of Magmas

            Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

            15

            lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

            Summary TableMagma Type

            Solidified Volcanic Rock

            Solidified Plutonic Rock

            Chemical Composition

            Temperature

            Viscosity Gas Content

            Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

            1000 - 1200 oC

            Low Low

            Andesitic Andesite

            Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

            800 - 1000 oC

            Intermediate

            Intermediate

            Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

            650 - 800 oC

            High High

            Origin of Magma

            In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

            Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

            Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

            16

            Origin of Basaltic Magma

            Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

            The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

            Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

            Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

            Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

            indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

            muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

            Origin of Andesitic Magma

            Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

            17

            Magmatic Differentiation

            When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

            1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

            Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

            Distinct Melting Events

            One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

            Various Degrees of Partial Melting

            When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

            18

            liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

            Crystal Fractionation

            Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

            Bowens Reaction Series

            Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

            Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

            19

            Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

            The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

            The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

            This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

            Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

            In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

            Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

            20

            If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

            If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

            Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

            Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

            Magma Mixing

            If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

            21

            Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

            Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

            Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

            Crustal AssimilationContamination

            Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

            Liquid Immiscibility

            Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

            22

            1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

            Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

            Combined Processes

            As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

            322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

            Eruption of Magma

            When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

            23

            Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

            Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

            Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

            BA

            BA

            24

            Structures and field relationships

            VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

            Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

            Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

            25

            Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

            Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

            Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

            PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

            Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

            26

            Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

            Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

            Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

            Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

            27

            RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

            To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

            Diverging Plate Boundaries

            Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

            Converging Plate Boundaries

            Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

            28

            If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

            If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

            Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

            323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

            The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

            The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

            The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

            The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

            29

            In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

            1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

            2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

            3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

            Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

            30

            Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

            In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

            In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

            Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

            lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

            003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

            31

            2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

            If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

            Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

            approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

            Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

            phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

            then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

            chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

            Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

            Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

            Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

            Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

            Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

            32

            Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

            Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

            Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

            Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

            Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

            Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

            Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

            Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

            Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

            Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

            Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

            Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

            Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

            33

            Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

            Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

            Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

            324 Classification of Igneous rocks

            Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

            Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

            There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

            34

            by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

            The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

            The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

            A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

            Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

            Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

            Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

            35

            Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

            A

            B

            C

            36

            (foid)-bearing Trachyte

            (foid)-bearing Latite

            (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

            (Foid)ites

            10

            60 60

            35 65

            10

            20 20

            60 60

            F

            A P

            Q

            Rhyolite Dacite

            Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

            Phonolite Tephrite

            Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

            2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

            Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

            37

            Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

            4 General chemical classification

            SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

            Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

            general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

            38

            o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

            Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

            Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

            Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

            Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

            Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

            39

            Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

            AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

            Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

            40

            33 Sedimentary Rocks

            331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

            Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

            Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

            Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

            recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

            Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

            1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

            bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

            Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

            Carbonate rocks

            Bioclastic (organic) rocks

            Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

            source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

            Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

            Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

            evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

            1

            1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

            3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

            CLASTIC ROCKS

            Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

            Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

            Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

            Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

            Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

            Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

            The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

            Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

            2

            Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

            Cobble Pebble Granule

            Gravel

            1-2 05-1 025-05

            0125-025 0625-0125

            Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

            Sand

            0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

            Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

            Silt

            lt0004 Clay Clay

            transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

            Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

            3

            Conglomerate and Breccia

            Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

            Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

            Sandstones

            A B

            C

            4

            bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

            feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

            bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

            Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

            quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

            feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

            lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

            Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

            5

            1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

            Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

            Mudstones

            Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

            smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

            bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

            bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

            ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

            6

            ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

            ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

            Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

            CHEMICAL ROCKS

            Carbonate sediments

            These are represented by limestone and dolomite

            Limestones

            They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

            Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

            7

            Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

            Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

            Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

            Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

            i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

            ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

            8

            iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

            Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

            1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

            2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

            3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

            Dolomitedolostone

            Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

            Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

            Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

            Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

            Diagenesis

            After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

            ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

            ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

            than most siliciclastic minerals

            9

            Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

            Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

            Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

            Lacks mud and is grain

            supported

            Crystalline Carbonates

            Mud-supported Grain-supported

            Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

            (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

            (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

            Packstone Boundstone

            Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

            calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

            Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

            Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

            Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

            conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

            include

            1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

            1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

            Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

            types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

            Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

            micrite

            Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

            Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

            10

            Evaporitic sediments

            These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

            Siliceous sediments

            Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

            microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

            areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

            and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

            variety of chert

            Organic sediments

            Coals

            Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

            11

            1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

            2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

            Coal Formation

            bull Delta continental environments

            bull Carbonized Woody Material

            bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

            Figure 319 Coal formation process

            Oil shale

            The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

            Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

            Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

            Types of Oil Shale

            Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

            12

            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

            Volcanoclastic Sediments

            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

            particles

            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

            corners

            13

            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

            14

            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

            Structures

            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

            A Stratification and Bedding

            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

            15

            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

            100-300

            30-100

            10-30

            3-10

            1-3

            03-1

            lt 03

            Massive

            Very thickly bedded

            Thickly bedded

            Medium bedded

            Thinly Bedded

            Very thinly bedded

            Thickly laminated

            Thinly laminated

            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

            16

            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

            B Surface Features

            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

            Bed set

            Cross beds

            Cross bed sets boundary

            Graded bed

            Upward direction of

            the succession

            17

            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

            Back and forth movement of water

            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

            Current or wind direction

            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

            18

            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

            19

            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

            Types of depositional environments

            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

            Reef Environment

            20

            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

            21

            34 Metamorphic Rocks

            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

            22

            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

            Factors that Control Metamorphism

            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

            23

            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

            or alteration along cracks

            342 Types of Metamorphism

            24

            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

            25

            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

            26

            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

            27

            343 Grade of Metamorphism

            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

            Metamorphic Facies

            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

            28

            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

            Prehnite-pumpellyite

            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

            not defined

            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

            not defined

            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

            Epidote-amphibolite

            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

            29

            Pyroxene hornfels

            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

            Low pressure and High temperature

            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

            Glaucophane schist

            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

            clinopyroxene)not known

            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

            30

            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

            Psammites

            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

            31

            Limestone or dolostone Marble

            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

            32

            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

            Textural classification

            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

            Porphyroblast

            33

            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

            retaining its crystal shape

            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

            Metamorphic Fabric

            Mineralogical classification

            Poikiloblastic

            34

            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

            Special metamorphic rocks

            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

            35

            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

            36

            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

            37

            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

            38

            • Table of Contents
            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
            • 32 Igneous Rocks
            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

              Covalent bonding - Electrons are shared between two or more atoms so that each atom has a stable electronic configuration (completely filled outermost shell) part of the timeExample H has one electron needs 2 to be stable O has 6 electrons in its outer shell needs 2 to be stable So 2 H atoms bond to 1 O to form H2O with all atoms sharing electrons and each atom having a stable electronic configuration part of the time

              Metallic bonding -- Similar to covalent bonding except innermost electrons are also shared In materials that bond this way electrons move freely from atom to atom and are constantly being shared Materials bonded with metallic bonds are excellent conductors of electricity because the electrons can move freely through the material

              Van der Waals bonding -- a weak type of bond that does not share or transfer electronsUsually results in a zone along which the material breaks easily (cleavage) A good example is graphite Several different bond types can be present in a mineral and these determine the physical properties of the mineral

              6

              Crystal Structure

              Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

              Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

              7

              Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

              Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

              temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

              Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

              CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

              8

              Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

              Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

              Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

              Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

              can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

              Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

              Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

              Composition of Minerals

              The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

              9

              7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

              Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

              tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

              Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

              Properties of Minerals

              Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

              10

              Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

              Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

              Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

              diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

              volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

              Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

              GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

              water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

              chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

              carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

              11

              Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

              Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

              BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

              in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

              Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

              -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

              Silicate Minerals

              The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

              12

              four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

              Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

              Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

              Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

              Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

              Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

              (SiO3)nn=346

              Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

              Be3Al2(SiO3)6

              Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

              Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

              (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

              MgSiO3

              CaSiO3

              Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

              13

              (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

              Si4O11 Amphiboles

              Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

              Si4O10 MicasTalc

              KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

              Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

              Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

              SiO2

              QuartzFeldspars

              SiO2

              KAlSi3O8

              Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

              14

              32 Igneous Rocks

              321 Origin of Igneous rocks

              An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

              Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

              Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

              The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

              Types of Magma

              Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

              Viscosity of Magmas

              Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

              15

              lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

              Summary TableMagma Type

              Solidified Volcanic Rock

              Solidified Plutonic Rock

              Chemical Composition

              Temperature

              Viscosity Gas Content

              Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

              1000 - 1200 oC

              Low Low

              Andesitic Andesite

              Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

              800 - 1000 oC

              Intermediate

              Intermediate

              Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

              650 - 800 oC

              High High

              Origin of Magma

              In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

              Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

              Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

              16

              Origin of Basaltic Magma

              Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

              The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

              Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

              Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

              Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

              indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

              muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

              Origin of Andesitic Magma

              Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

              17

              Magmatic Differentiation

              When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

              1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

              Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

              Distinct Melting Events

              One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

              Various Degrees of Partial Melting

              When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

              18

              liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

              Crystal Fractionation

              Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

              Bowens Reaction Series

              Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

              Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

              19

              Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

              The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

              The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

              This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

              Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

              In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

              Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

              20

              If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

              If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

              Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

              Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

              Magma Mixing

              If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

              21

              Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

              Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

              Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

              Crustal AssimilationContamination

              Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

              Liquid Immiscibility

              Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

              22

              1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

              Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

              Combined Processes

              As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

              322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

              Eruption of Magma

              When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

              23

              Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

              Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

              Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

              BA

              BA

              24

              Structures and field relationships

              VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

              Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

              Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

              25

              Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

              Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

              Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

              PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

              Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

              26

              Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

              Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

              Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

              Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

              27

              RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

              To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

              Diverging Plate Boundaries

              Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

              Converging Plate Boundaries

              Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

              28

              If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

              If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

              Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

              323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

              The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

              The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

              The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

              The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

              29

              In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

              1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

              2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

              3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

              Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

              30

              Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

              In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

              In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

              Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

              lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

              003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

              31

              2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

              If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

              Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

              approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

              Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

              phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

              then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

              chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

              Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

              Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

              Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

              Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

              Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

              32

              Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

              Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

              Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

              Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

              Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

              Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

              Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

              Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

              Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

              Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

              Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

              Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

              Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

              33

              Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

              Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

              Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

              324 Classification of Igneous rocks

              Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

              Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

              There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

              34

              by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

              The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

              The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

              A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

              Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

              Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

              Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

              35

              Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

              A

              B

              C

              36

              (foid)-bearing Trachyte

              (foid)-bearing Latite

              (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

              (Foid)ites

              10

              60 60

              35 65

              10

              20 20

              60 60

              F

              A P

              Q

              Rhyolite Dacite

              Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

              Phonolite Tephrite

              Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

              2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

              Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

              37

              Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

              4 General chemical classification

              SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

              Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

              general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

              38

              o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

              Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

              Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

              Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

              Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

              Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

              39

              Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

              AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

              Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

              40

              33 Sedimentary Rocks

              331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

              Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

              Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

              Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

              recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

              Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

              1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

              bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

              Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

              Carbonate rocks

              Bioclastic (organic) rocks

              Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

              source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

              Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

              Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

              evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

              1

              1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

              3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

              CLASTIC ROCKS

              Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

              Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

              Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

              Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

              Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

              Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

              The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

              Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

              2

              Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

              Cobble Pebble Granule

              Gravel

              1-2 05-1 025-05

              0125-025 0625-0125

              Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

              Sand

              0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

              Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

              Silt

              lt0004 Clay Clay

              transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

              Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

              3

              Conglomerate and Breccia

              Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

              Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

              Sandstones

              A B

              C

              4

              bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

              feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

              bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

              Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

              quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

              feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

              lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

              Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

              5

              1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

              Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

              Mudstones

              Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

              smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

              bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

              bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

              ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

              6

              ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

              ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

              Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

              CHEMICAL ROCKS

              Carbonate sediments

              These are represented by limestone and dolomite

              Limestones

              They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

              Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

              7

              Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

              Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

              Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

              Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

              i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

              ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

              8

              iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

              Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

              1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

              2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

              3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

              Dolomitedolostone

              Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

              Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

              Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

              Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

              Diagenesis

              After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

              ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

              ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

              than most siliciclastic minerals

              9

              Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

              Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

              Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

              Lacks mud and is grain

              supported

              Crystalline Carbonates

              Mud-supported Grain-supported

              Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

              (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

              (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

              Packstone Boundstone

              Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

              calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

              Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

              Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

              Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

              conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

              include

              1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

              1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

              Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

              types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

              Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

              micrite

              Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

              Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

              10

              Evaporitic sediments

              These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

              Siliceous sediments

              Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

              microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

              areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

              and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

              variety of chert

              Organic sediments

              Coals

              Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

              11

              1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

              2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

              Coal Formation

              bull Delta continental environments

              bull Carbonized Woody Material

              bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

              Figure 319 Coal formation process

              Oil shale

              The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

              Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

              Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

              Types of Oil Shale

              Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

              12

              2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

              Volcanoclastic Sediments

              bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

              bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

              332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

              TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

              bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

              particles

              bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

              Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

              Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

              Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

              corners

              13

              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

              14

              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

              Structures

              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

              A Stratification and Bedding

              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

              15

              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

              100-300

              30-100

              10-30

              3-10

              1-3

              03-1

              lt 03

              Massive

              Very thickly bedded

              Thickly bedded

              Medium bedded

              Thinly Bedded

              Very thinly bedded

              Thickly laminated

              Thinly laminated

              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

              16

              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

              B Surface Features

              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

              Bed set

              Cross beds

              Cross bed sets boundary

              Graded bed

              Upward direction of

              the succession

              17

              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

              Back and forth movement of water

              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

              Current or wind direction

              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

              18

              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

              19

              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

              Types of depositional environments

              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

              Reef Environment

              20

              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

              21

              34 Metamorphic Rocks

              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

              22

              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

              Factors that Control Metamorphism

              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

              23

              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

              or alteration along cracks

              342 Types of Metamorphism

              24

              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

              25

              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

              26

              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

              27

              343 Grade of Metamorphism

              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

              Metamorphic Facies

              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

              28

              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

              Prehnite-pumpellyite

              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

              not defined

              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

              not defined

              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

              Epidote-amphibolite

              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

              29

              Pyroxene hornfels

              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

              Low pressure and High temperature

              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

              Glaucophane schist

              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

              clinopyroxene)not known

              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

              30

              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

              Psammites

              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

              31

              Limestone or dolostone Marble

              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

              32

              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

              Textural classification

              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

              Porphyroblast

              33

              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

              retaining its crystal shape

              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

              Metamorphic Fabric

              Mineralogical classification

              Poikiloblastic

              34

              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

              Special metamorphic rocks

              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

              35

              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

              36

              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

              37

              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

              38

              • Table of Contents
              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
              • 32 Igneous Rocks
              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                Crystal Structure

                Solids having a regular orderly arrangement of their internal atoms are said to have crystalline structure and are known as crystals Most solid substances including rocks and minerals are made up of aggregates of many small crystals Crystals are characteristically bounded by flat surfaces which are large-scale reflection of the internal arrangement of the atoms in the crystal Study of the arrangement of faces in natural crystals showed that there are six basic groups each with a characteristic symmetry of the faces (Fig 32) Packing of atoms in a crystal structure requires an orderly and repeated atomic arrangement Such an orderly arrangement needs to fill space efficiently and keep a charge balance Since the size of atoms depends largely on the number of electrons atoms of different elements have different sizes Crystal structure depends on the conditions under which the mineral forms

                Figure 32 The six basic systems of crystal symmetry

                7

                Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

                Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

                temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

                Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

                CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

                8

                Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

                Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

                Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

                Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

                can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

                Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

                Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

                Composition of Minerals

                The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

                9

                7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

                Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

                tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

                Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

                Properties of Minerals

                Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

                10

                Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

                Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

                Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

                diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

                volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

                Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

                GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

                water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

                chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

                carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

                11

                Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

                Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

                BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

                in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

                Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

                -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

                Silicate Minerals

                The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

                12

                four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                (SiO3)nn=346

                Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                MgSiO3

                CaSiO3

                Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                13

                (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                Si4O11 Amphiboles

                Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                Si4O10 MicasTalc

                KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                SiO2

                QuartzFeldspars

                SiO2

                KAlSi3O8

                Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                14

                32 Igneous Rocks

                321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                Types of Magma

                Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                Viscosity of Magmas

                Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                15

                lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                Summary TableMagma Type

                Solidified Volcanic Rock

                Solidified Plutonic Rock

                Chemical Composition

                Temperature

                Viscosity Gas Content

                Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                1000 - 1200 oC

                Low Low

                Andesitic Andesite

                Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                800 - 1000 oC

                Intermediate

                Intermediate

                Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                650 - 800 oC

                High High

                Origin of Magma

                In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                16

                Origin of Basaltic Magma

                Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                Origin of Andesitic Magma

                Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                17

                Magmatic Differentiation

                When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                Distinct Melting Events

                One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                18

                liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                Crystal Fractionation

                Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                Bowens Reaction Series

                Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                19

                Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                20

                If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                Magma Mixing

                If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                21

                Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                Crustal AssimilationContamination

                Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                Liquid Immiscibility

                Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                22

                1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                Combined Processes

                As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                Eruption of Magma

                When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                23

                Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                BA

                BA

                24

                Structures and field relationships

                VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                25

                Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                26

                Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                27

                RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                Diverging Plate Boundaries

                Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                Converging Plate Boundaries

                Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                28

                If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                29

                In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                30

                Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                31

                2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                32

                Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                33

                Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                34

                by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                35

                Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                A

                B

                C

                36

                (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                (foid)-bearing Latite

                (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                (Foid)ites

                10

                60 60

                35 65

                10

                20 20

                60 60

                F

                A P

                Q

                Rhyolite Dacite

                Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                Phonolite Tephrite

                Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                37

                Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                4 General chemical classification

                SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                38

                o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                39

                Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                40

                33 Sedimentary Rocks

                331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                Carbonate rocks

                Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                1

                1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                CLASTIC ROCKS

                Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                2

                Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                Cobble Pebble Granule

                Gravel

                1-2 05-1 025-05

                0125-025 0625-0125

                Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                Sand

                0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                Silt

                lt0004 Clay Clay

                transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                3

                Conglomerate and Breccia

                Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                Sandstones

                A B

                C

                4

                bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                5

                1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                Mudstones

                Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                6

                ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                CHEMICAL ROCKS

                Carbonate sediments

                These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                Limestones

                They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                7

                Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                8

                iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                Dolomitedolostone

                Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                Diagenesis

                After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                than most siliciclastic minerals

                9

                Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                Lacks mud and is grain

                supported

                Crystalline Carbonates

                Mud-supported Grain-supported

                Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                Packstone Boundstone

                Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                include

                1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                micrite

                Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                10

                Evaporitic sediments

                These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                Siliceous sediments

                Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                variety of chert

                Organic sediments

                Coals

                Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                11

                1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                Coal Formation

                bull Delta continental environments

                bull Carbonized Woody Material

                bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                Figure 319 Coal formation process

                Oil shale

                The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                Types of Oil Shale

                Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                12

                2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                Volcanoclastic Sediments

                bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                particles

                bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                corners

                13

                Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                14

                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                Structures

                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                A Stratification and Bedding

                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                15

                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                100-300

                30-100

                10-30

                3-10

                1-3

                03-1

                lt 03

                Massive

                Very thickly bedded

                Thickly bedded

                Medium bedded

                Thinly Bedded

                Very thinly bedded

                Thickly laminated

                Thinly laminated

                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                16

                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                B Surface Features

                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                Bed set

                Cross beds

                Cross bed sets boundary

                Graded bed

                Upward direction of

                the succession

                17

                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                Back and forth movement of water

                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                Current or wind direction

                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                18

                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                19

                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                Types of depositional environments

                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                Reef Environment

                20

                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                21

                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                22

                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                23

                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                or alteration along cracks

                342 Types of Metamorphism

                24

                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                25

                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                26

                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                27

                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                Metamorphic Facies

                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                28

                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                not defined

                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                not defined

                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                Epidote-amphibolite

                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                29

                Pyroxene hornfels

                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                Low pressure and High temperature

                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                Glaucophane schist

                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                clinopyroxene)not known

                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                30

                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                Psammites

                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                31

                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                32

                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                Textural classification

                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                Porphyroblast

                33

                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                retaining its crystal shape

                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                Metamorphic Fabric

                Mineralogical classification

                Poikiloblastic

                34

                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                Special metamorphic rocks

                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                35

                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                36

                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                37

                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                38

                • Table of Contents
                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                  Polymorphs are minerals with the same chemical composition but different crystal structures The conditions are such things as temperature (T) and pressure (P) because these affect ionic radii At high T atoms vibrate more and thus distances between them get larger Crystal structure changes to accommodate the larger atoms At even higher T substances changes to liquid and eventually to gas Liquids and gases do not have an ordered crystal structure and are not minerals Increase in P pushes atoms closer together This makes for a more densely packed crystal structure

                  Examples The compound Al2SiO5 has three different polymorphs that depend on the

                  temperature and pressure at which the mineral forms At high P the stable form of Al2SiO5 is kyanite at low P the stable from is andalusite and at high T it is sillimanite

                  Carbon (C) has two different polymorphs At low T and P pure carbon is the mineral graphite (pencil lead) a very soft mineral At higher T and P the stable form is diamond the hardest natural substance known In the diagram the geothermal gradient (how temperature varies with depth or pressure in the Earth) is superimposed on the stability fields of Carbon Thus we know that when we find diamond it came from someplace in the Earth where the temperature is greater than 1500oC and the pressure is higher than 50000 atmospheres (equivalent to a depth of about 170 km)

                  CaCO3 - Low Pressure form is Calcite High Pressure form is Aragonite

                  8

                  Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

                  Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

                  Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

                  Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

                  can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

                  Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

                  Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

                  Composition of Minerals

                  The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

                  9

                  7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

                  Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

                  tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

                  Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

                  Properties of Minerals

                  Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

                  10

                  Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

                  Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

                  Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

                  diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

                  volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

                  Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

                  GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

                  water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

                  chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

                  carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

                  11

                  Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

                  Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

                  BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

                  in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

                  Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

                  -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

                  Silicate Minerals

                  The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

                  12

                  four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                  Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                  Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                  Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                  Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                  Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                  (SiO3)nn=346

                  Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                  Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                  Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                  Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                  (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                  MgSiO3

                  CaSiO3

                  Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                  13

                  (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                  Si4O11 Amphiboles

                  Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                  Si4O10 MicasTalc

                  KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                  Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                  Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                  SiO2

                  QuartzFeldspars

                  SiO2

                  KAlSi3O8

                  Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                  14

                  32 Igneous Rocks

                  321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                  An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                  Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                  Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                  The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                  Types of Magma

                  Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                  Viscosity of Magmas

                  Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                  15

                  lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                  Summary TableMagma Type

                  Solidified Volcanic Rock

                  Solidified Plutonic Rock

                  Chemical Composition

                  Temperature

                  Viscosity Gas Content

                  Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                  1000 - 1200 oC

                  Low Low

                  Andesitic Andesite

                  Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                  800 - 1000 oC

                  Intermediate

                  Intermediate

                  Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                  650 - 800 oC

                  High High

                  Origin of Magma

                  In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                  Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                  Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                  16

                  Origin of Basaltic Magma

                  Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                  The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                  Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                  Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                  Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                  indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                  muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                  Origin of Andesitic Magma

                  Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                  17

                  Magmatic Differentiation

                  When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                  1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                  Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                  Distinct Melting Events

                  One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                  Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                  When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                  18

                  liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                  Crystal Fractionation

                  Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                  Bowens Reaction Series

                  Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                  Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                  19

                  Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                  The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                  The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                  This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                  Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                  In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                  Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                  20

                  If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                  If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                  Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                  Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                  Magma Mixing

                  If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                  21

                  Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                  Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                  Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                  Crustal AssimilationContamination

                  Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                  Liquid Immiscibility

                  Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                  22

                  1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                  Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                  Combined Processes

                  As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                  322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                  Eruption of Magma

                  When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                  23

                  Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                  Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                  Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                  BA

                  BA

                  24

                  Structures and field relationships

                  VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                  Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                  Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                  25

                  Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                  Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                  Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                  PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                  Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                  26

                  Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                  Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                  Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                  Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                  27

                  RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                  To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                  Diverging Plate Boundaries

                  Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                  Converging Plate Boundaries

                  Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                  28

                  If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                  If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                  Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                  323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                  The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                  The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                  The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                  The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                  29

                  In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                  1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                  2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                  3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                  Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                  30

                  Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                  In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                  In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                  Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                  lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                  003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                  31

                  2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                  If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                  Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                  approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                  Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                  phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                  then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                  chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                  Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                  Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                  Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                  Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                  Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                  32

                  Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                  Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                  Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                  Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                  Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                  Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                  Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                  Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                  Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                  Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                  Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                  Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                  Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                  33

                  Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                  Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                  Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                  324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                  Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                  Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                  There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                  34

                  by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                  The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                  The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                  A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                  Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                  Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                  Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                  35

                  Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                  A

                  B

                  C

                  36

                  (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                  (foid)-bearing Latite

                  (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                  (Foid)ites

                  10

                  60 60

                  35 65

                  10

                  20 20

                  60 60

                  F

                  A P

                  Q

                  Rhyolite Dacite

                  Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                  Phonolite Tephrite

                  Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                  2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                  Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                  37

                  Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                  4 General chemical classification

                  SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                  Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                  general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                  38

                  o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                  Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                  Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                  Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                  Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                  Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                  39

                  Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                  AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                  Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                  40

                  33 Sedimentary Rocks

                  331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                  Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                  Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                  Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                  recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                  Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                  1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                  bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                  Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                  Carbonate rocks

                  Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                  Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                  source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                  Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                  Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                  evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                  1

                  1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                  3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                  CLASTIC ROCKS

                  Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                  Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                  Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                  Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                  Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                  Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                  The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                  Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                  2

                  Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                  Cobble Pebble Granule

                  Gravel

                  1-2 05-1 025-05

                  0125-025 0625-0125

                  Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                  Sand

                  0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                  Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                  Silt

                  lt0004 Clay Clay

                  transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                  Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                  3

                  Conglomerate and Breccia

                  Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                  Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                  Sandstones

                  A B

                  C

                  4

                  bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                  feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                  bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                  Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                  quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                  feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                  lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                  Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                  5

                  1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                  Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                  Mudstones

                  Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                  smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                  bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                  bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                  ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                  6

                  ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                  ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                  Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                  CHEMICAL ROCKS

                  Carbonate sediments

                  These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                  Limestones

                  They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                  Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                  7

                  Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                  Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                  Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                  Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                  i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                  ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                  8

                  iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                  Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                  1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                  2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                  3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                  Dolomitedolostone

                  Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                  Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                  Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                  Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                  Diagenesis

                  After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                  ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                  ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                  than most siliciclastic minerals

                  9

                  Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                  Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                  Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                  Lacks mud and is grain

                  supported

                  Crystalline Carbonates

                  Mud-supported Grain-supported

                  Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                  (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                  (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                  Packstone Boundstone

                  Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                  calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                  Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                  Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                  Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                  conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                  include

                  1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                  1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                  Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                  types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                  Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                  micrite

                  Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                  Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                  10

                  Evaporitic sediments

                  These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                  Siliceous sediments

                  Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                  microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                  areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                  and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                  variety of chert

                  Organic sediments

                  Coals

                  Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                  11

                  1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                  2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                  Coal Formation

                  bull Delta continental environments

                  bull Carbonized Woody Material

                  bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                  Figure 319 Coal formation process

                  Oil shale

                  The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                  Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                  Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                  Types of Oil Shale

                  Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                  12

                  2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                  Volcanoclastic Sediments

                  bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                  bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                  332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                  TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                  bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                  particles

                  bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                  Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                  Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                  Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                  corners

                  13

                  Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                  Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                  Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                  14

                  A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                  Structures

                  The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                  A Stratification and Bedding

                  1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                  15

                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                  100-300

                  30-100

                  10-30

                  3-10

                  1-3

                  03-1

                  lt 03

                  Massive

                  Very thickly bedded

                  Thickly bedded

                  Medium bedded

                  Thinly Bedded

                  Very thinly bedded

                  Thickly laminated

                  Thinly laminated

                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                  16

                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                  B Surface Features

                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                  Bed set

                  Cross beds

                  Cross bed sets boundary

                  Graded bed

                  Upward direction of

                  the succession

                  17

                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                  Back and forth movement of water

                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                  Current or wind direction

                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                  18

                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                  19

                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                  Types of depositional environments

                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                  Reef Environment

                  20

                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                  21

                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                  22

                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                  23

                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                  or alteration along cracks

                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                  24

                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                  25

                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                  26

                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                  27

                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                  Metamorphic Facies

                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                  28

                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                  not defined

                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                  not defined

                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                  Epidote-amphibolite

                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                  29

                  Pyroxene hornfels

                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                  Low pressure and High temperature

                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                  Glaucophane schist

                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                  clinopyroxene)not known

                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                  30

                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                  Psammites

                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                  31

                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                  32

                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                  Textural classification

                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                  Porphyroblast

                  33

                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                  retaining its crystal shape

                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                  Metamorphic Fabric

                  Mineralogical classification

                  Poikiloblastic

                  34

                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                  Special metamorphic rocks

                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                  35

                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                  36

                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                  37

                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                  38

                  • Table of Contents
                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                    Figure 33 Polymorphs of Carbon

                    Ionic Substitution (Solid Solution)

                    Ionic substitution - (also called solid solution) occurs because some elements (ions) have the same size and charge and can thus substitute for one another in a crystal structure

                    Examples Olivines Fe2SiO4 and Mg2SiO4 Fe+2 and Mg+2 are about the same size thus they

                    can substitute for one another in the crystal structure and olivine thus can have a range of compositions expressed as the formula (Mg Fe)2SiO4

                    Alkali Feldspars KAlSi3O8 (orthoclase) and NaAlSi3O8 (albite) K+1 can substitute for Na+1

                    Plagioclase Feldspars NaAlSi3O8 (albite) and CaAl2Si2O8 (anorthite) NaSi+5 can substitutes for CaAl+5 (a complex solid solution)

                    Composition of Minerals

                    The variety of minerals we see depend on the chemical elements available to form them In the Earths crust the most abundant elements are as follows1 O Oxygen 452 by weight2 Si Silicon 2723 Al Aluminum 804 Fe Iron 585 Ca Calcium 516 Mg Magnesium 28

                    9

                    7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

                    Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

                    tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

                    Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

                    Properties of Minerals

                    Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

                    10

                    Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

                    Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

                    Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

                    diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

                    volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

                    Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

                    GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

                    water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

                    chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

                    carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

                    11

                    Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

                    Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

                    BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

                    in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

                    Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

                    -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

                    Silicate Minerals

                    The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

                    12

                    four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                    Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                    Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                    Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                    Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                    Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                    (SiO3)nn=346

                    Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                    Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                    Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                    Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                    (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                    MgSiO3

                    CaSiO3

                    Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                    13

                    (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                    Si4O11 Amphiboles

                    Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                    Si4O10 MicasTalc

                    KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                    Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                    Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                    SiO2

                    QuartzFeldspars

                    SiO2

                    KAlSi3O8

                    Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                    14

                    32 Igneous Rocks

                    321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                    An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                    Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                    Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                    The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                    Types of Magma

                    Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                    Viscosity of Magmas

                    Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                    15

                    lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                    Summary TableMagma Type

                    Solidified Volcanic Rock

                    Solidified Plutonic Rock

                    Chemical Composition

                    Temperature

                    Viscosity Gas Content

                    Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                    1000 - 1200 oC

                    Low Low

                    Andesitic Andesite

                    Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                    800 - 1000 oC

                    Intermediate

                    Intermediate

                    Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                    650 - 800 oC

                    High High

                    Origin of Magma

                    In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                    Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                    Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                    16

                    Origin of Basaltic Magma

                    Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                    The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                    Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                    Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                    Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                    indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                    muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                    Origin of Andesitic Magma

                    Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                    17

                    Magmatic Differentiation

                    When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                    1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                    Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                    Distinct Melting Events

                    One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                    Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                    When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                    18

                    liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                    Crystal Fractionation

                    Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                    Bowens Reaction Series

                    Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                    Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                    19

                    Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                    The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                    The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                    This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                    Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                    In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                    Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                    20

                    If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                    If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                    Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                    Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                    Magma Mixing

                    If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                    21

                    Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                    Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                    Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                    Crustal AssimilationContamination

                    Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                    Liquid Immiscibility

                    Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                    22

                    1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                    Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                    Combined Processes

                    As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                    322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                    Eruption of Magma

                    When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                    23

                    Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                    Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                    Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                    BA

                    BA

                    24

                    Structures and field relationships

                    VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                    Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                    Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                    25

                    Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                    Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                    Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                    PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                    Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                    26

                    Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                    Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                    Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                    Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                    27

                    RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                    To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                    Diverging Plate Boundaries

                    Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                    Converging Plate Boundaries

                    Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                    28

                    If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                    If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                    Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                    323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                    The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                    The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                    The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                    The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                    29

                    In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                    1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                    2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                    3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                    Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                    30

                    Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                    In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                    In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                    Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                    lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                    003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                    31

                    2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                    If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                    Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                    approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                    Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                    phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                    then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                    chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                    Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                    Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                    Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                    Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                    Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                    32

                    Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                    Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                    Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                    Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                    Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                    Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                    Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                    Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                    Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                    Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                    Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                    Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                    Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                    33

                    Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                    Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                    Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                    324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                    Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                    Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                    There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                    34

                    by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                    The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                    The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                    A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                    Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                    Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                    Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                    35

                    Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                    A

                    B

                    C

                    36

                    (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                    (foid)-bearing Latite

                    (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                    (Foid)ites

                    10

                    60 60

                    35 65

                    10

                    20 20

                    60 60

                    F

                    A P

                    Q

                    Rhyolite Dacite

                    Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                    Phonolite Tephrite

                    Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                    2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                    Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                    37

                    Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                    4 General chemical classification

                    SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                    Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                    general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                    38

                    o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                    Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                    Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                    Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                    Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                    Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                    39

                    Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                    AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                    Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                    40

                    33 Sedimentary Rocks

                    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                    Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                    Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                    Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                    recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                    Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                    1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                    bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                    Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                    Carbonate rocks

                    Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                    Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                    source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                    Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                    Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                    evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                    1

                    1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                    3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                    CLASTIC ROCKS

                    Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                    Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                    Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                    Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                    Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                    Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                    The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                    Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                    2

                    Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                    Cobble Pebble Granule

                    Gravel

                    1-2 05-1 025-05

                    0125-025 0625-0125

                    Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                    Sand

                    0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                    Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                    Silt

                    lt0004 Clay Clay

                    transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                    Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                    3

                    Conglomerate and Breccia

                    Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                    Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                    Sandstones

                    A B

                    C

                    4

                    bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                    feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                    bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                    Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                    quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                    feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                    lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                    Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                    5

                    1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                    Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                    Mudstones

                    Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                    smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                    bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                    bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                    ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                    6

                    ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                    ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                    Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                    CHEMICAL ROCKS

                    Carbonate sediments

                    These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                    Limestones

                    They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                    Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                    7

                    Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                    Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                    Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                    Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                    i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                    ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                    8

                    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                    Dolomitedolostone

                    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                    Diagenesis

                    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                    than most siliciclastic minerals

                    9

                    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                    Lacks mud and is grain

                    supported

                    Crystalline Carbonates

                    Mud-supported Grain-supported

                    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                    Packstone Boundstone

                    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                    include

                    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                    micrite

                    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                    10

                    Evaporitic sediments

                    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                    Siliceous sediments

                    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                    variety of chert

                    Organic sediments

                    Coals

                    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                    11

                    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                    Coal Formation

                    bull Delta continental environments

                    bull Carbonized Woody Material

                    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                    Figure 319 Coal formation process

                    Oil shale

                    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                    Types of Oil Shale

                    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                    12

                    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                    Volcanoclastic Sediments

                    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                    particles

                    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                    corners

                    13

                    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                    14

                    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                    Structures

                    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                    A Stratification and Bedding

                    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                    15

                    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                    100-300

                    30-100

                    10-30

                    3-10

                    1-3

                    03-1

                    lt 03

                    Massive

                    Very thickly bedded

                    Thickly bedded

                    Medium bedded

                    Thinly Bedded

                    Very thinly bedded

                    Thickly laminated

                    Thinly laminated

                    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                    16

                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                    B Surface Features

                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                    Bed set

                    Cross beds

                    Cross bed sets boundary

                    Graded bed

                    Upward direction of

                    the succession

                    17

                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                    Back and forth movement of water

                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                    Current or wind direction

                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                    18

                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                    19

                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                    Types of depositional environments

                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                    Reef Environment

                    20

                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                    21

                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                    22

                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                    23

                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                    or alteration along cracks

                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                    24

                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                    25

                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                    26

                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                    27

                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                    Metamorphic Facies

                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                    28

                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                    not defined

                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                    not defined

                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                    Epidote-amphibolite

                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                    29

                    Pyroxene hornfels

                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                    Low pressure and High temperature

                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                    Glaucophane schist

                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                    clinopyroxene)not known

                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                    30

                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                    Psammites

                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                    31

                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                    32

                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                    Textural classification

                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                    Porphyroblast

                    33

                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                    retaining its crystal shape

                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                    Metamorphic Fabric

                    Mineralogical classification

                    Poikiloblastic

                    34

                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                    Special metamorphic rocks

                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                    35

                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                    36

                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                    37

                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                    38

                    • Table of Contents
                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                      7 Na Sodium 238 K Potassium 179 Ti Titanium 0910 H Hydrogen 01411 Mn Manganese 0112 P Phosphorous 01

                      Note that Carbon (one of the most abundant elements in life) is not among the top 12Because of the limited number of elements present in the Earths crust there are only about 3000 minerals known Only 20 to 30 of these minerals are common The most common minerals are those based on Si and O the Silicates Silicates are based on SiO4

                      tetrahedron 4 Oxygens covalently bonded to one silicon atom

                      Figure 34 Ionic radii of ions commonly found in rock-forming minerals

                      Properties of Minerals

                      Physical properties of minerals allow us to distinguish between minerals and thus identify them as you will learn in lab Among the common properties used areHabit - shapeColorStreak (color of fine powder of the mineral)Luster -- metallic vitreous pearly resinous (reflection of light)

                      10

                      Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

                      Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

                      Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

                      diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

                      volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

                      Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

                      GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

                      water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

                      chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

                      carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

                      11

                      Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

                      Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

                      BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

                      in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

                      Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

                      -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

                      Silicate Minerals

                      The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

                      12

                      four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                      Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                      Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                      Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                      Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                      Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                      (SiO3)nn=346

                      Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                      Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                      Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                      Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                      (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                      MgSiO3

                      CaSiO3

                      Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                      13

                      (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                      Si4O11 Amphiboles

                      Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                      Si4O10 MicasTalc

                      KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                      Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                      Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                      SiO2

                      QuartzFeldspars

                      SiO2

                      KAlSi3O8

                      Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                      14

                      32 Igneous Rocks

                      321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                      An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                      Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                      Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                      The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                      Types of Magma

                      Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                      Viscosity of Magmas

                      Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                      15

                      lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                      Summary TableMagma Type

                      Solidified Volcanic Rock

                      Solidified Plutonic Rock

                      Chemical Composition

                      Temperature

                      Viscosity Gas Content

                      Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                      1000 - 1200 oC

                      Low Low

                      Andesitic Andesite

                      Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                      800 - 1000 oC

                      Intermediate

                      Intermediate

                      Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                      650 - 800 oC

                      High High

                      Origin of Magma

                      In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                      Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                      Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                      16

                      Origin of Basaltic Magma

                      Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                      The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                      Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                      Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                      Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                      indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                      muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                      Origin of Andesitic Magma

                      Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                      17

                      Magmatic Differentiation

                      When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                      1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                      Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                      Distinct Melting Events

                      One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                      Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                      When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                      18

                      liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                      Crystal Fractionation

                      Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                      Bowens Reaction Series

                      Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                      Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                      19

                      Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                      The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                      The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                      This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                      Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                      In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                      Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                      20

                      If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                      If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                      Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                      Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                      Magma Mixing

                      If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                      21

                      Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                      Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                      Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                      Crustal AssimilationContamination

                      Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                      Liquid Immiscibility

                      Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                      22

                      1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                      Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                      Combined Processes

                      As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                      322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                      Eruption of Magma

                      When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                      23

                      Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                      Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                      Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                      BA

                      BA

                      24

                      Structures and field relationships

                      VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                      Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                      Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                      25

                      Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                      Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                      Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                      PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                      Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                      26

                      Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                      Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                      Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                      Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                      27

                      RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                      To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                      Diverging Plate Boundaries

                      Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                      Converging Plate Boundaries

                      Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                      28

                      If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                      If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                      Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                      323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                      The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                      The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                      The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                      The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                      29

                      In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                      1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                      2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                      3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                      Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                      30

                      Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                      In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                      In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                      Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                      lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                      003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                      31

                      2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                      If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                      Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                      approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                      Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                      phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                      then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                      chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                      Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                      Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                      Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                      Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                      Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                      32

                      Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                      Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                      Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                      Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                      Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                      Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                      Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                      Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                      Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                      Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                      Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                      Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                      Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                      33

                      Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                      Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                      Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                      324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                      Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                      Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                      There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                      34

                      by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                      The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                      The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                      A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                      Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                      Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                      Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                      35

                      Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                      A

                      B

                      C

                      36

                      (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                      (foid)-bearing Latite

                      (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                      (Foid)ites

                      10

                      60 60

                      35 65

                      10

                      20 20

                      60 60

                      F

                      A P

                      Q

                      Rhyolite Dacite

                      Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                      Phonolite Tephrite

                      Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                      2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                      Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                      37

                      Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                      4 General chemical classification

                      SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                      Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                      general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                      38

                      o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                      Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                      Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                      Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                      Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                      Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                      39

                      Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                      AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                      Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                      40

                      33 Sedimentary Rocks

                      331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                      Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                      Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                      Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                      recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                      Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                      1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                      bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                      Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                      Carbonate rocks

                      Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                      Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                      source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                      Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                      Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                      evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                      1

                      1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                      3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                      CLASTIC ROCKS

                      Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                      Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                      Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                      Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                      Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                      Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                      The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                      Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                      2

                      Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                      Cobble Pebble Granule

                      Gravel

                      1-2 05-1 025-05

                      0125-025 0625-0125

                      Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                      Sand

                      0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                      Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                      Silt

                      lt0004 Clay Clay

                      transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                      Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                      3

                      Conglomerate and Breccia

                      Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                      Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                      Sandstones

                      A B

                      C

                      4

                      bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                      feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                      bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                      Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                      quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                      feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                      lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                      Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                      5

                      1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                      Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                      Mudstones

                      Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                      smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                      bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                      bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                      ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                      6

                      ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                      ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                      Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                      CHEMICAL ROCKS

                      Carbonate sediments

                      These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                      Limestones

                      They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                      Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                      7

                      Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                      Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                      Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                      Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                      i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                      ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                      8

                      iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                      Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                      1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                      2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                      3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                      Dolomitedolostone

                      Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                      Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                      Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                      Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                      Diagenesis

                      After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                      ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                      ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                      than most siliciclastic minerals

                      9

                      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                      Lacks mud and is grain

                      supported

                      Crystalline Carbonates

                      Mud-supported Grain-supported

                      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                      Packstone Boundstone

                      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                      include

                      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                      micrite

                      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                      10

                      Evaporitic sediments

                      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                      Siliceous sediments

                      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                      variety of chert

                      Organic sediments

                      Coals

                      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                      11

                      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                      Coal Formation

                      bull Delta continental environments

                      bull Carbonized Woody Material

                      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                      Figure 319 Coal formation process

                      Oil shale

                      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                      Types of Oil Shale

                      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                      12

                      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                      Volcanoclastic Sediments

                      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                      particles

                      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                      corners

                      13

                      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                      14

                      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                      Structures

                      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                      A Stratification and Bedding

                      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                      15

                      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                      100-300

                      30-100

                      10-30

                      3-10

                      1-3

                      03-1

                      lt 03

                      Massive

                      Very thickly bedded

                      Thickly bedded

                      Medium bedded

                      Thinly Bedded

                      Very thinly bedded

                      Thickly laminated

                      Thinly laminated

                      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                      16

                      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                      B Surface Features

                      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                      Bed set

                      Cross beds

                      Cross bed sets boundary

                      Graded bed

                      Upward direction of

                      the succession

                      17

                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                      Back and forth movement of water

                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                      Current or wind direction

                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                      18

                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                      19

                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                      Types of depositional environments

                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                      Reef Environment

                      20

                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                      21

                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                      22

                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                      23

                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                      or alteration along cracks

                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                      24

                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                      25

                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                      26

                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                      27

                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                      Metamorphic Facies

                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                      28

                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                      not defined

                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                      not defined

                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                      Epidote-amphibolite

                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                      29

                      Pyroxene hornfels

                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                      Low pressure and High temperature

                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                      Glaucophane schist

                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                      clinopyroxene)not known

                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                      30

                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                      Psammites

                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                      31

                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                      32

                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                      Textural classification

                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                      Porphyroblast

                      33

                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                      retaining its crystal shape

                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                      Metamorphic Fabric

                      Mineralogical classification

                      Poikiloblastic

                      34

                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                      Special metamorphic rocks

                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                      35

                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                      36

                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                      37

                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                      38

                      • Table of Contents
                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                        Cleavage (planes along which the mineral breaks easily)Density (massvolume)Hardness based on Mohs hardness scale as follows1 Talc2 Gypsum (fingernail)3 Calcite (penny)4 Fluorite5 Apatite (knife blade)6 Feldspar (Orthoclase) (glass)7 Quartz8 Topaz9 Corundum10 Diamond

                        Formation of MineralsMinerals are formed in nature by a variety of processes Among them are

                        Crystallization from melt (igneous rocks) Precipitation from water (chemical sedimentary rocks hydrothermal ore deposits) Biological activity (biochemical sedimentary rocks) Change to more stable state - (the processes of weathering metamorphism and

                        diagenesis) Precipitation from vapor (not common but sometimes does occur around

                        volcanic vents)Since each process leads to different minerals and different mineral polymorphs we can identify the process by which minerals form in nature Each process has specific temperature and pressure conditions that can be determined from laboratory experiments Example graphite and diamond as shown previously

                        Most minerals are made up of a cation (a positively charged ion) or several cations and an anion (a negatively charged ion) or an anion group For example in the mineral hematite (Fe2O3) the cation is Fe (iron) and the anion is O (oxygen) We group minerals into classes on the basis of their predominant anion or anion group These include oxides sulphides carbonates and silicates and others Silicates are by far the predominant group in terms of their abundance within the crust and mantle and they will be discussed later Some examples of minerals from the different mineral groups are given below

                        GROUP EXAMPLESOxides hematite (iron-oxide ndash Fe2O3) corundum (aluminum-oxide Al2O3)

                        water-ice (H2O) Sulphides galena (lead-sulphide - PbS) pyrite (iron-sulphide ndash FeS2)

                        chalcopyrite (copper-iron-sulphide ndash CuFeS2) Carbonates calcite (calcium-carbonate ndash CaCO3) dolomite (calcium-magnesium-

                        carbonate ndash (CaMg)CO3

                        11

                        Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

                        Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

                        BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

                        in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

                        Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

                        -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

                        Silicate Minerals

                        The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

                        12

                        four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                        Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                        Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                        Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                        Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                        Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                        (SiO3)nn=346

                        Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                        Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                        Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                        Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                        (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                        MgSiO3

                        CaSiO3

                        Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                        13

                        (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                        Si4O11 Amphiboles

                        Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                        Si4O10 MicasTalc

                        KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                        Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                        Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                        SiO2

                        QuartzFeldspars

                        SiO2

                        KAlSi3O8

                        Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                        14

                        32 Igneous Rocks

                        321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                        An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                        Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                        Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                        The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                        Types of Magma

                        Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                        Viscosity of Magmas

                        Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                        15

                        lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                        Summary TableMagma Type

                        Solidified Volcanic Rock

                        Solidified Plutonic Rock

                        Chemical Composition

                        Temperature

                        Viscosity Gas Content

                        Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                        1000 - 1200 oC

                        Low Low

                        Andesitic Andesite

                        Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                        800 - 1000 oC

                        Intermediate

                        Intermediate

                        Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                        650 - 800 oC

                        High High

                        Origin of Magma

                        In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                        Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                        Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                        16

                        Origin of Basaltic Magma

                        Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                        The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                        Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                        Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                        Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                        indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                        muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                        Origin of Andesitic Magma

                        Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                        17

                        Magmatic Differentiation

                        When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                        1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                        Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                        Distinct Melting Events

                        One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                        Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                        When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                        18

                        liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                        Crystal Fractionation

                        Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                        Bowens Reaction Series

                        Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                        Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                        19

                        Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                        The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                        The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                        This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                        Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                        In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                        Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                        20

                        If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                        If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                        Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                        Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                        Magma Mixing

                        If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                        21

                        Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                        Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                        Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                        Crustal AssimilationContamination

                        Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                        Liquid Immiscibility

                        Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                        22

                        1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                        Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                        Combined Processes

                        As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                        322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                        Eruption of Magma

                        When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                        23

                        Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                        Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                        Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                        BA

                        BA

                        24

                        Structures and field relationships

                        VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                        Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                        Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                        25

                        Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                        Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                        Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                        PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                        Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                        26

                        Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                        Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                        Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                        Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                        27

                        RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                        To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                        Diverging Plate Boundaries

                        Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                        Converging Plate Boundaries

                        Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                        28

                        If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                        If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                        Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                        323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                        The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                        The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                        The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                        The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                        29

                        In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                        1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                        2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                        3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                        Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                        30

                        Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                        In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                        In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                        Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                        lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                        003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                        31

                        2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                        If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                        Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                        approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                        Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                        phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                        then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                        chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                        Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                        Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                        Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                        Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                        Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                        32

                        Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                        Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                        Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                        Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                        Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                        Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                        Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                        Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                        Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                        Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                        Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                        Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                        Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                        33

                        Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                        Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                        Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                        324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                        Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                        Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                        There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                        34

                        by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                        The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                        The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                        A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                        Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                        Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                        Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                        35

                        Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                        A

                        B

                        C

                        36

                        (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                        (foid)-bearing Latite

                        (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                        (Foid)ites

                        10

                        60 60

                        35 65

                        10

                        20 20

                        60 60

                        F

                        A P

                        Q

                        Rhyolite Dacite

                        Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                        Phonolite Tephrite

                        Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                        2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                        Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                        37

                        Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                        4 General chemical classification

                        SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                        Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                        general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                        38

                        o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                        Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                        Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                        Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                        Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                        Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                        39

                        Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                        AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                        Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                        40

                        33 Sedimentary Rocks

                        331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                        Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                        Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                        Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                        recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                        Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                        1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                        bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                        Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                        Carbonate rocks

                        Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                        Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                        source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                        Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                        Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                        evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                        1

                        1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                        3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                        CLASTIC ROCKS

                        Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                        Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                        Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                        Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                        Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                        Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                        The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                        Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                        2

                        Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                        Cobble Pebble Granule

                        Gravel

                        1-2 05-1 025-05

                        0125-025 0625-0125

                        Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                        Sand

                        0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                        Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                        Silt

                        lt0004 Clay Clay

                        transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                        Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                        3

                        Conglomerate and Breccia

                        Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                        Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                        Sandstones

                        A B

                        C

                        4

                        bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                        feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                        bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                        Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                        quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                        feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                        lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                        Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                        5

                        1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                        Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                        Mudstones

                        Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                        smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                        bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                        bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                        ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                        6

                        ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                        ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                        Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                        CHEMICAL ROCKS

                        Carbonate sediments

                        These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                        Limestones

                        They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                        Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                        7

                        Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                        Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                        Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                        Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                        i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                        ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                        8

                        iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                        Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                        1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                        2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                        3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                        Dolomitedolostone

                        Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                        Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                        Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                        Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                        Diagenesis

                        After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                        ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                        ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                        than most siliciclastic minerals

                        9

                        Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                        Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                        Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                        Lacks mud and is grain

                        supported

                        Crystalline Carbonates

                        Mud-supported Grain-supported

                        Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                        (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                        (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                        Packstone Boundstone

                        Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                        calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                        Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                        Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                        Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                        conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                        include

                        1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                        1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                        Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                        types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                        Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                        micrite

                        Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                        Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                        10

                        Evaporitic sediments

                        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                        Siliceous sediments

                        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                        variety of chert

                        Organic sediments

                        Coals

                        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                        11

                        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                        Coal Formation

                        bull Delta continental environments

                        bull Carbonized Woody Material

                        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                        Figure 319 Coal formation process

                        Oil shale

                        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                        Types of Oil Shale

                        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                        12

                        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                        Volcanoclastic Sediments

                        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                        particles

                        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                        corners

                        13

                        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                        14

                        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                        Structures

                        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                        A Stratification and Bedding

                        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                        15

                        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                        100-300

                        30-100

                        10-30

                        3-10

                        1-3

                        03-1

                        lt 03

                        Massive

                        Very thickly bedded

                        Thickly bedded

                        Medium bedded

                        Thinly Bedded

                        Very thinly bedded

                        Thickly laminated

                        Thinly laminated

                        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                        16

                        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                        B Surface Features

                        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                        Bed set

                        Cross beds

                        Cross bed sets boundary

                        Graded bed

                        Upward direction of

                        the succession

                        17

                        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                        Back and forth movement of water

                        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                        Current or wind direction

                        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                        18

                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                        19

                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                        Types of depositional environments

                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                        Reef Environment

                        20

                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                        21

                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                        22

                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                        23

                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                        or alteration along cracks

                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                        24

                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                        25

                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                        26

                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                        27

                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                        Metamorphic Facies

                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                        28

                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                        not defined

                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                        not defined

                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                        Epidote-amphibolite

                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                        29

                        Pyroxene hornfels

                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                        Low pressure and High temperature

                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                        Glaucophane schist

                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                        clinopyroxene)not known

                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                        30

                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                        Psammites

                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                        31

                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                        32

                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                        Textural classification

                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                        Porphyroblast

                        33

                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                        retaining its crystal shape

                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                        Metamorphic Fabric

                        Mineralogical classification

                        Poikiloblastic

                        34

                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                        Special metamorphic rocks

                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                        35

                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                        36

                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                        37

                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                        38

                        • Table of Contents
                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                          Silicates quartz (SiO2) feldspar (sodium-aluminum-silicate ndash NaAlSi3O8) olivine (iron or magnesium-silicate - FeSiO4)

                          Halides fluorite (calcium-fluoride ndash CaF2) halite (sodium-chloride - NaCl) Sulphates gypsum (calcium-sulphate ndash CaSO4middotH2O) barite (barium-sulphate -

                          BaSO4) Phosphate The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH))Native elements gold (Au) diamond (C) graphite (C) sulphur (S) copper (Cu)

                          in quartz the anion is oxygen and while it could be argued therefore that quartz is an oxide it is always classed with the silicates

                          Oxide minerals have oxygen as their anion but they exclude those with oxygen complexes such as carbonate (CO3) sulphate (SO4) silicate (SiO2) etc The most important oxides are the iron oxides hematite and magnetite Both of these are important ores of iron Corundum (Al2O3) is an abrasive but can also be a gemstone in its ruby and sapphire varieties If the oxygen is also combined with hydrogen to form the hydroxyl anion (OH-) the minerals is known as a hydroxide Some important hydroxides are limonite and bauxite which are ores of iron and aluminium Sulphides are minerals with the S-2 anion and they include galena (PbS) sphalerite (ZnS) chalcopyrite (CuFeS2) and molybdenite (MoS2) which are the main ores of lead zinc copper and molybdenum respectively Some other sulphide minerals are pyrite (FeS2) pyrrhotite bornite stibnite and arsenopyrite Sulphates are minerals with the SO4-2 anion and these include gypsum (CaSO42H20) and the sulphates of barium and strontium barite (BaSO4) and celestite (SrSO4) In all of these cases the cation has a +2 charge which balances the -2 charge on the sulphate ion Halides are so named because the anions include the halogen elements chlorine fluorine bromine etc Examples are halite (NaCl) sylvite (KCl) and fluorite (CaF2) Carbonates include minerals in which the anion is the CO 3

                          -2 complex The carbonate combines with +2 cations to form minerals such as calcite (CaCO3) magnesite (MgCO3) dolomite ((Ca Mg)CO3) and siderite (FeCO3) The copper minerals malachite and azurite are also carbonates Phosphate minerals the anion is PO4-4 The most important phosphate mineral is apatite (Ca5(PO4)3(OH)) Native minerals include only one element such as gold copper sulphur or carbon Silicate minerals include the elements silicon and oxygen in varying proportions ranging from SiO2 to SiO4 These are discussed at length below

                          Silicate Minerals

                          The vast majority of the minerals that make up the rocks of the earths crust are silicate minerals These include minerals such as quartz feldspar mica amphibole pyroxene olivine and a great variety of clay minerals The building block of all of these minerals is the silica tetrahedron a combination of four oxygen atoms and one silicon atom These are arranged such that planes drawn through the oxygen atoms describe a tetrahedron (a

                          12

                          four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                          Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                          Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                          Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                          Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                          Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                          (SiO3)nn=346

                          Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                          Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                          Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                          Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                          (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                          MgSiO3

                          CaSiO3

                          Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                          13

                          (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                          Si4O11 Amphiboles

                          Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                          Si4O10 MicasTalc

                          KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                          Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                          Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                          SiO2

                          QuartzFeldspars

                          SiO2

                          KAlSi3O8

                          Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                          14

                          32 Igneous Rocks

                          321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                          An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                          Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                          Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                          The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                          Types of Magma

                          Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                          Viscosity of Magmas

                          Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                          15

                          lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                          Summary TableMagma Type

                          Solidified Volcanic Rock

                          Solidified Plutonic Rock

                          Chemical Composition

                          Temperature

                          Viscosity Gas Content

                          Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                          1000 - 1200 oC

                          Low Low

                          Andesitic Andesite

                          Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                          800 - 1000 oC

                          Intermediate

                          Intermediate

                          Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                          650 - 800 oC

                          High High

                          Origin of Magma

                          In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                          Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                          Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                          16

                          Origin of Basaltic Magma

                          Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                          The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                          Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                          Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                          Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                          indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                          muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                          Origin of Andesitic Magma

                          Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                          17

                          Magmatic Differentiation

                          When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                          1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                          Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                          Distinct Melting Events

                          One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                          Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                          When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                          18

                          liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                          Crystal Fractionation

                          Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                          Bowens Reaction Series

                          Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                          Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                          19

                          Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                          The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                          The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                          This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                          Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                          In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                          Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                          20

                          If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                          If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                          Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                          Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                          Magma Mixing

                          If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                          21

                          Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                          Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                          Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                          Crustal AssimilationContamination

                          Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                          Liquid Immiscibility

                          Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                          22

                          1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                          Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                          Combined Processes

                          As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                          322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                          Eruption of Magma

                          When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                          23

                          Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                          Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                          Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                          BA

                          BA

                          24

                          Structures and field relationships

                          VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                          Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                          Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                          25

                          Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                          Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                          Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                          PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                          Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                          26

                          Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                          Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                          Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                          Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                          27

                          RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                          To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                          Diverging Plate Boundaries

                          Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                          Converging Plate Boundaries

                          Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                          28

                          If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                          If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                          Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                          323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                          The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                          The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                          The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                          The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                          29

                          In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                          1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                          2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                          3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                          Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                          30

                          Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                          In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                          In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                          Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                          lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                          003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                          31

                          2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                          If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                          Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                          approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                          Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                          phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                          then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                          chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                          Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                          Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                          Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                          Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                          Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                          32

                          Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                          Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                          Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                          Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                          Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                          Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                          Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                          Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                          Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                          Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                          Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                          Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                          Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                          33

                          Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                          Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                          Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                          324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                          Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                          Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                          There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                          34

                          by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                          The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                          The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                          A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                          Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                          Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                          Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                          35

                          Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                          A

                          B

                          C

                          36

                          (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                          (foid)-bearing Latite

                          (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                          (Foid)ites

                          10

                          60 60

                          35 65

                          10

                          20 20

                          60 60

                          F

                          A P

                          Q

                          Rhyolite Dacite

                          Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                          Phonolite Tephrite

                          Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                          2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                          Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                          37

                          Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                          4 General chemical classification

                          SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                          Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                          general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                          38

                          o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                          Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                          Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                          Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                          Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                          Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                          39

                          Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                          AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                          Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                          40

                          33 Sedimentary Rocks

                          331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                          Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                          Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                          Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                          recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                          Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                          1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                          bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                          Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                          Carbonate rocks

                          Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                          Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                          source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                          Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                          Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                          evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                          1

                          1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                          3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                          CLASTIC ROCKS

                          Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                          Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                          Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                          Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                          Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                          Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                          The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                          Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                          2

                          Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                          Cobble Pebble Granule

                          Gravel

                          1-2 05-1 025-05

                          0125-025 0625-0125

                          Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                          Sand

                          0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                          Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                          Silt

                          lt0004 Clay Clay

                          transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                          Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                          3

                          Conglomerate and Breccia

                          Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                          Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                          Sandstones

                          A B

                          C

                          4

                          bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                          feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                          bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                          Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                          quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                          feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                          lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                          Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                          5

                          1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                          Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                          Mudstones

                          Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                          smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                          bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                          bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                          ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                          6

                          ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                          ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                          Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                          CHEMICAL ROCKS

                          Carbonate sediments

                          These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                          Limestones

                          They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                          Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                          7

                          Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                          Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                          Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                          Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                          i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                          ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                          8

                          iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                          Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                          1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                          2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                          3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                          Dolomitedolostone

                          Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                          Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                          Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                          Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                          Diagenesis

                          After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                          ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                          ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                          than most siliciclastic minerals

                          9

                          Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                          Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                          Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                          Lacks mud and is grain

                          supported

                          Crystalline Carbonates

                          Mud-supported Grain-supported

                          Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                          (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                          (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                          Packstone Boundstone

                          Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                          calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                          Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                          Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                          Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                          conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                          include

                          1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                          1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                          Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                          types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                          Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                          micrite

                          Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                          Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                          10

                          Evaporitic sediments

                          These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                          Siliceous sediments

                          Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                          microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                          areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                          and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                          variety of chert

                          Organic sediments

                          Coals

                          Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                          11

                          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                          Coal Formation

                          bull Delta continental environments

                          bull Carbonized Woody Material

                          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                          Figure 319 Coal formation process

                          Oil shale

                          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                          Types of Oil Shale

                          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                          12

                          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                          Volcanoclastic Sediments

                          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                          particles

                          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                          corners

                          13

                          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                          14

                          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                          Structures

                          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                          A Stratification and Bedding

                          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                          15

                          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                          100-300

                          30-100

                          10-30

                          3-10

                          1-3

                          03-1

                          lt 03

                          Massive

                          Very thickly bedded

                          Thickly bedded

                          Medium bedded

                          Thinly Bedded

                          Very thinly bedded

                          Thickly laminated

                          Thinly laminated

                          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                          16

                          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                          B Surface Features

                          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                          Bed set

                          Cross beds

                          Cross bed sets boundary

                          Graded bed

                          Upward direction of

                          the succession

                          17

                          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                          Back and forth movement of water

                          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                          Current or wind direction

                          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                          18

                          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                          19

                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                          Types of depositional environments

                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                          Reef Environment

                          20

                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                          21

                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                          22

                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                          23

                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                          or alteration along cracks

                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                          24

                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                          25

                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                          26

                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                          27

                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                          Metamorphic Facies

                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                          28

                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                          not defined

                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                          not defined

                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                          Epidote-amphibolite

                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                          29

                          Pyroxene hornfels

                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                          Low pressure and High temperature

                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                          Glaucophane schist

                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                          clinopyroxene)not known

                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                          30

                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                          Psammites

                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                          31

                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                          32

                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                          Textural classification

                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                          Porphyroblast

                          33

                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                          retaining its crystal shape

                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                          Metamorphic Fabric

                          Mineralogical classification

                          Poikiloblastic

                          34

                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                          Special metamorphic rocks

                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                          35

                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                          36

                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                          37

                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                          38

                          • Table of Contents
                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                            four-faced object)mdashwhich is a pyramid with a triangular base (Fig 35) The bonds in a silica tetrahedron have some of the properties of covalent bonds and some of the properties of ionic bonds As a result of the ionic character silicon becomes a cation (with a charge of +4) and oxygen becomes an anion (with a charge of -2) hence the net charge of a silica tetrahedron Si04 is -4 As we will see later silica tetrahedra are linked together in a variety of ways to form most of the common minerals of the crust Most minerals are characterized by ionic or covalent bonds or a combination of the two but one other type of bond which is geologically important is the metallic bond Elements that behave as metals have outer electrons that are relatively loosely held When bonds between such atoms are formed these electrons can move freely from one atom to another A metal can thus be thought of as an array of positively charged nuclei immersed in a sea of mobile electrons This characteristic accounts for two very important properties of metals their electrical conductivity and their malleability

                            Figure 35 Silicon-oxygen tetrahedron

                            Name Structural Group Unit Example Typical FormulaNesosilicates Independent tetrahedra SiO4 Olivine (FeMg)2SiO4

                            Sorosilicates Two tetrahedra sharing one oxygen

                            Si2O7 Melilite Ca2MgSi2O7

                            Cyclosilicates Closed rings of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                            (SiO3)nn=346

                            Beryl (6-fold)Axinite (4-fold)Benitoite (3-fold)

                            Be3Al2(SiO3)6

                            Ca2(MnFe2)Al2BO3(SiO3)4(OH)BaTi(SiO3)3

                            Inosilicates (a) Continuous single chains of tetrahedra each sharing two oxygens

                            (SiO3) PyroxenesPyroxenoids

                            MgSiO3

                            CaSiO3

                            Mg7Si8O22(OH)2

                            13

                            (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                            Si4O11 Amphiboles

                            Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                            Si4O10 MicasTalc

                            KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                            Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                            Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                            SiO2

                            QuartzFeldspars

                            SiO2

                            KAlSi3O8

                            Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                            14

                            32 Igneous Rocks

                            321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                            An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                            Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                            Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                            The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                            Types of Magma

                            Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                            Viscosity of Magmas

                            Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                            15

                            lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                            Summary TableMagma Type

                            Solidified Volcanic Rock

                            Solidified Plutonic Rock

                            Chemical Composition

                            Temperature

                            Viscosity Gas Content

                            Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                            1000 - 1200 oC

                            Low Low

                            Andesitic Andesite

                            Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                            800 - 1000 oC

                            Intermediate

                            Intermediate

                            Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                            650 - 800 oC

                            High High

                            Origin of Magma

                            In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                            Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                            Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                            16

                            Origin of Basaltic Magma

                            Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                            The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                            Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                            Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                            Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                            indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                            muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                            Origin of Andesitic Magma

                            Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                            17

                            Magmatic Differentiation

                            When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                            1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                            Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                            Distinct Melting Events

                            One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                            Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                            When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                            18

                            liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                            Crystal Fractionation

                            Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                            Bowens Reaction Series

                            Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                            Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                            19

                            Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                            The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                            The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                            This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                            Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                            In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                            Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                            20

                            If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                            If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                            Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                            Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                            Magma Mixing

                            If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                            21

                            Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                            Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                            Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                            Crustal AssimilationContamination

                            Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                            Liquid Immiscibility

                            Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                            22

                            1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                            Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                            Combined Processes

                            As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                            322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                            Eruption of Magma

                            When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                            23

                            Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                            Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                            Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                            BA

                            BA

                            24

                            Structures and field relationships

                            VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                            Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                            Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                            25

                            Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                            Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                            Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                            PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                            Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                            26

                            Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                            Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                            Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                            Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                            27

                            RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                            To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                            Diverging Plate Boundaries

                            Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                            Converging Plate Boundaries

                            Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                            28

                            If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                            If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                            Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                            323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                            The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                            The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                            The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                            The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                            29

                            In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                            1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                            2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                            3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                            Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                            30

                            Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                            In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                            In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                            Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                            lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                            003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                            31

                            2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                            If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                            Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                            approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                            Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                            phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                            then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                            chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                            Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                            Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                            Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                            Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                            Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                            32

                            Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                            Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                            Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                            Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                            Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                            Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                            Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                            Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                            Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                            Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                            Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                            Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                            Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                            33

                            Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                            Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                            Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                            324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                            Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                            Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                            There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                            34

                            by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                            The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                            The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                            A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                            Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                            Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                            Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                            35

                            Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                            A

                            B

                            C

                            36

                            (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                            (foid)-bearing Latite

                            (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                            (Foid)ites

                            10

                            60 60

                            35 65

                            10

                            20 20

                            60 60

                            F

                            A P

                            Q

                            Rhyolite Dacite

                            Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                            Phonolite Tephrite

                            Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                            2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                            Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                            37

                            Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                            4 General chemical classification

                            SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                            Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                            general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                            38

                            o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                            Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                            Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                            Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                            Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                            Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                            39

                            Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                            AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                            Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                            40

                            33 Sedimentary Rocks

                            331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                            Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                            Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                            Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                            recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                            Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                            1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                            bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                            Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                            Carbonate rocks

                            Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                            Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                            source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                            Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                            Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                            evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                            1

                            1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                            3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                            CLASTIC ROCKS

                            Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                            Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                            Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                            Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                            Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                            Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                            The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                            Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                            2

                            Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                            Cobble Pebble Granule

                            Gravel

                            1-2 05-1 025-05

                            0125-025 0625-0125

                            Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                            Sand

                            0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                            Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                            Silt

                            lt0004 Clay Clay

                            transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                            Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                            3

                            Conglomerate and Breccia

                            Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                            Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                            Sandstones

                            A B

                            C

                            4

                            bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                            feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                            bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                            Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                            quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                            feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                            lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                            Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                            5

                            1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                            Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                            Mudstones

                            Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                            smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                            bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                            bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                            ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                            6

                            ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                            ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                            Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                            CHEMICAL ROCKS

                            Carbonate sediments

                            These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                            Limestones

                            They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                            Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                            7

                            Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                            Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                            Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                            Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                            i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                            ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                            8

                            iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                            Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                            1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                            2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                            3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                            Dolomitedolostone

                            Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                            Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                            Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                            Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                            Diagenesis

                            After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                            ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                            ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                            than most siliciclastic minerals

                            9

                            Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                            Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                            Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                            Lacks mud and is grain

                            supported

                            Crystalline Carbonates

                            Mud-supported Grain-supported

                            Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                            (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                            (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                            Packstone Boundstone

                            Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                            calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                            Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                            Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                            Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                            conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                            include

                            1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                            1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                            Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                            types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                            Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                            micrite

                            Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                            Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                            10

                            Evaporitic sediments

                            These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                            Siliceous sediments

                            Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                            microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                            areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                            and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                            variety of chert

                            Organic sediments

                            Coals

                            Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                            11

                            1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                            2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                            Coal Formation

                            bull Delta continental environments

                            bull Carbonized Woody Material

                            bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                            Figure 319 Coal formation process

                            Oil shale

                            The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                            Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                            Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                            Types of Oil Shale

                            Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                            12

                            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                            Volcanoclastic Sediments

                            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                            particles

                            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                            corners

                            13

                            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                            14

                            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                            Structures

                            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                            A Stratification and Bedding

                            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                            15

                            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                            100-300

                            30-100

                            10-30

                            3-10

                            1-3

                            03-1

                            lt 03

                            Massive

                            Very thickly bedded

                            Thickly bedded

                            Medium bedded

                            Thinly Bedded

                            Very thinly bedded

                            Thickly laminated

                            Thinly laminated

                            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                            16

                            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                            B Surface Features

                            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                            Bed set

                            Cross beds

                            Cross bed sets boundary

                            Graded bed

                            Upward direction of

                            the succession

                            17

                            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                            Back and forth movement of water

                            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                            Current or wind direction

                            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                            18

                            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                            19

                            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                            Types of depositional environments

                            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                            Reef Environment

                            20

                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                            21

                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                            22

                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                            23

                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                            or alteration along cracks

                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                            24

                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                            25

                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                            26

                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                            27

                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                            Metamorphic Facies

                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                            28

                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                            not defined

                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                            not defined

                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                            Epidote-amphibolite

                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                            29

                            Pyroxene hornfels

                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                            Low pressure and High temperature

                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                            Glaucophane schist

                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                            clinopyroxene)not known

                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                            30

                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                            Psammites

                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                            31

                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                            32

                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                            Textural classification

                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                            Porphyroblast

                            33

                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                            retaining its crystal shape

                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                            Metamorphic Fabric

                            Mineralogical classification

                            Poikiloblastic

                            34

                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                            Special metamorphic rocks

                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                            35

                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                            36

                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                            37

                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                            38

                            • Table of Contents
                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                              (b) Continuous double chains of tetrahedra alternately sharing two and three oxygens

                              Si4O11 Amphiboles

                              Phyllosilicates Continuous sheets of tetrahedra sharing three oxygens

                              Si4O10 MicasTalc

                              KAl2(Si3Al)O10(OHF)2

                              Mg3Si4O10(OH)2

                              Tektosilicates Three-dimensional framework of tetrahedra with all four oxygen atoms shared

                              SiO2

                              QuartzFeldspars

                              SiO2

                              KAlSi3O8

                              Figure 36 Silicates structure (A) Nesosilicates (B) Sorosilicates (C) A three-membered ring cyclosilicates (D) A six-membered ring cyclosilicates (E) A single-chain Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the b-axis iii viewed along the c-axis (F) A ribbon Inosilicates i viewed along the a-axis ii viewed along the c-axis (G) A Phyllosilicates

                              14

                              32 Igneous Rocks

                              321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                              An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                              Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                              Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                              The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                              Types of Magma

                              Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                              Viscosity of Magmas

                              Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                              15

                              lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                              Summary TableMagma Type

                              Solidified Volcanic Rock

                              Solidified Plutonic Rock

                              Chemical Composition

                              Temperature

                              Viscosity Gas Content

                              Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                              1000 - 1200 oC

                              Low Low

                              Andesitic Andesite

                              Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                              800 - 1000 oC

                              Intermediate

                              Intermediate

                              Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                              650 - 800 oC

                              High High

                              Origin of Magma

                              In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                              Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                              Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                              16

                              Origin of Basaltic Magma

                              Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                              The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                              Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                              Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                              Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                              indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                              muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                              Origin of Andesitic Magma

                              Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                              17

                              Magmatic Differentiation

                              When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                              1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                              Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                              Distinct Melting Events

                              One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                              Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                              When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                              18

                              liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                              Crystal Fractionation

                              Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                              Bowens Reaction Series

                              Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                              Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                              19

                              Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                              The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                              The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                              This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                              Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                              In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                              Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                              20

                              If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                              If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                              Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                              Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                              Magma Mixing

                              If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                              21

                              Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                              Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                              Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                              Crustal AssimilationContamination

                              Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                              Liquid Immiscibility

                              Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                              22

                              1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                              Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                              Combined Processes

                              As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                              322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                              Eruption of Magma

                              When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                              23

                              Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                              Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                              Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                              BA

                              BA

                              24

                              Structures and field relationships

                              VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                              Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                              Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                              25

                              Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                              Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                              Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                              PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                              Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                              26

                              Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                              Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                              Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                              Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                              27

                              RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                              To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                              Diverging Plate Boundaries

                              Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                              Converging Plate Boundaries

                              Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                              28

                              If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                              If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                              Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                              323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                              The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                              The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                              The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                              The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                              29

                              In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                              1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                              2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                              3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                              Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                              30

                              Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                              In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                              In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                              Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                              lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                              003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                              31

                              2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                              If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                              Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                              approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                              Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                              phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                              then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                              chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                              Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                              Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                              Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                              Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                              Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                              32

                              Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                              Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                              Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                              Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                              Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                              Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                              Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                              Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                              Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                              Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                              Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                              Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                              Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                              33

                              Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                              Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                              Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                              324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                              Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                              Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                              There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                              34

                              by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                              The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                              The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                              A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                              Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                              Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                              Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                              35

                              Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                              A

                              B

                              C

                              36

                              (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                              (foid)-bearing Latite

                              (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                              (Foid)ites

                              10

                              60 60

                              35 65

                              10

                              20 20

                              60 60

                              F

                              A P

                              Q

                              Rhyolite Dacite

                              Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                              Phonolite Tephrite

                              Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                              2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                              Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                              37

                              Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                              4 General chemical classification

                              SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                              Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                              general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                              38

                              o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                              Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                              Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                              Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                              Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                              Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                              39

                              Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                              AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                              Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                              40

                              33 Sedimentary Rocks

                              331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                              Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                              Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                              Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                              recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                              Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                              1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                              bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                              Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                              Carbonate rocks

                              Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                              Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                              source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                              Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                              Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                              evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                              1

                              1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                              3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                              CLASTIC ROCKS

                              Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                              Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                              Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                              Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                              Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                              Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                              The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                              Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                              2

                              Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                              Cobble Pebble Granule

                              Gravel

                              1-2 05-1 025-05

                              0125-025 0625-0125

                              Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                              Sand

                              0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                              Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                              Silt

                              lt0004 Clay Clay

                              transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                              Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                              3

                              Conglomerate and Breccia

                              Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                              Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                              Sandstones

                              A B

                              C

                              4

                              bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                              feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                              bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                              Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                              quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                              feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                              lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                              Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                              5

                              1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                              Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                              Mudstones

                              Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                              smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                              bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                              bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                              ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                              6

                              ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                              ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                              Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                              CHEMICAL ROCKS

                              Carbonate sediments

                              These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                              Limestones

                              They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                              Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                              7

                              Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                              Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                              Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                              Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                              i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                              ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                              8

                              iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                              Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                              1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                              2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                              3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                              Dolomitedolostone

                              Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                              Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                              Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                              Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                              Diagenesis

                              After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                              ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                              ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                              than most siliciclastic minerals

                              9

                              Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                              Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                              Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                              Lacks mud and is grain

                              supported

                              Crystalline Carbonates

                              Mud-supported Grain-supported

                              Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                              (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                              (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                              Packstone Boundstone

                              Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                              calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                              Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                              Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                              Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                              conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                              include

                              1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                              1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                              Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                              types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                              Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                              micrite

                              Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                              Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                              10

                              Evaporitic sediments

                              These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                              Siliceous sediments

                              Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                              microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                              areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                              and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                              variety of chert

                              Organic sediments

                              Coals

                              Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                              11

                              1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                              2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                              Coal Formation

                              bull Delta continental environments

                              bull Carbonized Woody Material

                              bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                              Figure 319 Coal formation process

                              Oil shale

                              The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                              Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                              Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                              Types of Oil Shale

                              Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                              12

                              2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                              Volcanoclastic Sediments

                              bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                              bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                              332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                              TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                              bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                              particles

                              bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                              Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                              Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                              Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                              corners

                              13

                              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                              14

                              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                              Structures

                              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                              A Stratification and Bedding

                              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                              15

                              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                              100-300

                              30-100

                              10-30

                              3-10

                              1-3

                              03-1

                              lt 03

                              Massive

                              Very thickly bedded

                              Thickly bedded

                              Medium bedded

                              Thinly Bedded

                              Very thinly bedded

                              Thickly laminated

                              Thinly laminated

                              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                              16

                              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                              B Surface Features

                              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                              Bed set

                              Cross beds

                              Cross bed sets boundary

                              Graded bed

                              Upward direction of

                              the succession

                              17

                              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                              Back and forth movement of water

                              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                              Current or wind direction

                              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                              18

                              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                              19

                              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                              Types of depositional environments

                              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                              Reef Environment

                              20

                              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                              21

                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                              22

                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                              23

                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                              or alteration along cracks

                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                              24

                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                              25

                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                              26

                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                              27

                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                              Metamorphic Facies

                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                              28

                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                              not defined

                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                              not defined

                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                              Epidote-amphibolite

                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                              29

                              Pyroxene hornfels

                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                              Low pressure and High temperature

                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                              Glaucophane schist

                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                              clinopyroxene)not known

                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                              30

                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                              Psammites

                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                              31

                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                              32

                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                              Textural classification

                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                              Porphyroblast

                              33

                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                              retaining its crystal shape

                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                              Metamorphic Fabric

                              Mineralogical classification

                              Poikiloblastic

                              34

                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                              Special metamorphic rocks

                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                              35

                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                              36

                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                              37

                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                              38

                              • Table of Contents
                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                32 Igneous Rocks

                                321 Origin of Igneous rocks

                                An igneous rock is any crystalline or glassy rock that forms from cooling of magmaMagma consists mostly of liquid rock matter but may contain crystals of various minerals and may contain a gas phase that may be dissolved in the liquid or may be present as a separate gas phase

                                Magma can cool to form an igneous rock either on the surface of the Earth - in which case it produces a volcanic or extrusive igneous rock or beneath the surface of the Earth in which case it produces a plutonic or intrusive igneous rock At depth in the Earth nearly all magmas contain gas dissolved in the liquid but the gas forms a separate vapor phase when pressure is decreased as magma rises toward the surface This is similar to carbonated beverages which are bottled at high pressure The high pressure keeps the gas in solution in the liquid but when pressure is decreased like when you open the can or bottle the gas comes out of solution and forms a separate gas phase that you see as bubbles Gas gives magmas their explosive character because volume of gas expands as pressure is reduced The composition of the gases in magma is

                                Mostly H2O (water vapor) with some CO2 (carbon dioxide) Minor amounts of Sulfur Chlorine and Fluorine gases

                                The amount of gas in magma is also related to the chemical composition of the magmaRhyolitic magmas usually have higher dissolved gas contents than basaltic magmas

                                Types of Magma

                                Types of magma are determined by chemical composition of the magma Three general types are recognized but we will look at other types later in the course1 Basaltic magma (1000-1200oC) -- SiO2 45-55 wt high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na2 Andesitic magma (800-1000oC) -- SiO2 55-65 wt intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K3 Rhyolitic or Granitic magma (650-800oC) -- SiO2 65-75 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                                Viscosity of Magmas

                                Viscosity is the resistance to flow (opposite of fluidity) Depends on composition temperature amp gas content Higher SiO2 content magmas have higher viscosity than

                                15

                                lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                                Summary TableMagma Type

                                Solidified Volcanic Rock

                                Solidified Plutonic Rock

                                Chemical Composition

                                Temperature

                                Viscosity Gas Content

                                Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                                1000 - 1200 oC

                                Low Low

                                Andesitic Andesite

                                Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                                800 - 1000 oC

                                Intermediate

                                Intermediate

                                Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                                650 - 800 oC

                                High High

                                Origin of Magma

                                In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                                Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                                Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                                16

                                Origin of Basaltic Magma

                                Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                                The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                                Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                                Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                                Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                                indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                                muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                                Origin of Andesitic Magma

                                Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                                17

                                Magmatic Differentiation

                                When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                                1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                                Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                                Distinct Melting Events

                                One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                                Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                                When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                                18

                                liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                                Crystal Fractionation

                                Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                                Bowens Reaction Series

                                Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                                Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                                19

                                Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                                The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                                The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                                This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                                Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                                In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                                Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                                20

                                If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                Magma Mixing

                                If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                21

                                Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                Liquid Immiscibility

                                Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                22

                                1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                Combined Processes

                                As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                Eruption of Magma

                                When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                23

                                Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                BA

                                BA

                                24

                                Structures and field relationships

                                VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                25

                                Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                26

                                Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                27

                                RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                Converging Plate Boundaries

                                Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                28

                                If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                29

                                In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                30

                                Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                31

                                2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                32

                                Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                33

                                Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                34

                                by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                35

                                Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                A

                                B

                                C

                                36

                                (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                (foid)-bearing Latite

                                (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                (Foid)ites

                                10

                                60 60

                                35 65

                                10

                                20 20

                                60 60

                                F

                                A P

                                Q

                                Rhyolite Dacite

                                Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                Phonolite Tephrite

                                Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                37

                                Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                4 General chemical classification

                                SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                38

                                o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                39

                                Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                40

                                33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                Carbonate rocks

                                Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                1

                                1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                CLASTIC ROCKS

                                Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                2

                                Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                Cobble Pebble Granule

                                Gravel

                                1-2 05-1 025-05

                                0125-025 0625-0125

                                Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                Sand

                                0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                Silt

                                lt0004 Clay Clay

                                transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                3

                                Conglomerate and Breccia

                                Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                Sandstones

                                A B

                                C

                                4

                                bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                5

                                1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                Mudstones

                                Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                6

                                ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                Carbonate sediments

                                These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                Limestones

                                They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                7

                                Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                8

                                iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                Dolomitedolostone

                                Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                Diagenesis

                                After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                than most siliciclastic minerals

                                9

                                Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                Lacks mud and is grain

                                supported

                                Crystalline Carbonates

                                Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                Packstone Boundstone

                                Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                include

                                1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                micrite

                                Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                10

                                Evaporitic sediments

                                These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                Siliceous sediments

                                Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                variety of chert

                                Organic sediments

                                Coals

                                Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                11

                                1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                Coal Formation

                                bull Delta continental environments

                                bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                Oil shale

                                The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                Types of Oil Shale

                                Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                12

                                2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                particles

                                bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                corners

                                13

                                Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                14

                                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                Structures

                                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                A Stratification and Bedding

                                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                15

                                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                100-300

                                30-100

                                10-30

                                3-10

                                1-3

                                03-1

                                lt 03

                                Massive

                                Very thickly bedded

                                Thickly bedded

                                Medium bedded

                                Thinly Bedded

                                Very thinly bedded

                                Thickly laminated

                                Thinly laminated

                                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                16

                                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                B Surface Features

                                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                Bed set

                                Cross beds

                                Cross bed sets boundary

                                Graded bed

                                Upward direction of

                                the succession

                                17

                                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                Back and forth movement of water

                                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                Current or wind direction

                                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                18

                                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                19

                                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                Types of depositional environments

                                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                Reef Environment

                                20

                                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                21

                                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                22

                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                23

                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                or alteration along cracks

                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                24

                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                25

                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                26

                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                27

                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                Metamorphic Facies

                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                28

                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                not defined

                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                not defined

                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                29

                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                Glaucophane schist

                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                30

                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                Psammites

                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                31

                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                32

                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                Textural classification

                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                Porphyroblast

                                33

                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                retaining its crystal shape

                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                Mineralogical classification

                                Poikiloblastic

                                34

                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                35

                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                36

                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                37

                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                38

                                • Table of Contents
                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                  lower SiO2 content magmas Lower Temperature magmas have higher viscosity than higher temperature magmas

                                  Summary TableMagma Type

                                  Solidified Volcanic Rock

                                  Solidified Plutonic Rock

                                  Chemical Composition

                                  Temperature

                                  Viscosity Gas Content

                                  Basaltic Basalt Gabbro 45-55 SiO2 high in Fe Mg Ca low in K Na

                                  1000 - 1200 oC

                                  Low Low

                                  Andesitic Andesite

                                  Diorite 55-65 SiO2 intermediate in Fe Mg Ca Na K

                                  800 - 1000 oC

                                  Intermediate

                                  Intermediate

                                  Rhyolitic Rhyolite Granite 65-75 SiO2 low in Fe Mg Ca high in K Na

                                  650 - 800 oC

                                  High High

                                  Origin of Magma

                                  In order for magmas to form some part of the Earth must get hot enough to melt the rocks present Under normal conditions the geothermal gradient is not high enough to melt rocks and thus with the exception of the outer core most of the Earth is solid Thus magmas form only under special circumstances To understand this we must first look at how rocks and mineral melt As pressure increases in the Earth the melting temperature changes as well For pure minerals there are two general cases For a pure dry (no H2O or CO2 present) mineral the melting temperate increases with increasing pressure For a mineral with H2O or CO2 present the melting temperature first decreases with increasing pressure Since rocks mixtures of minerals they behave somewhat differently Unlike minerals rocks do not melt at a single temperature but instead melt over a range of temperatures Thus it is possible to have partial melts from which the liquid portion might be extracted to form magmaThe two general cases are

                                  Melting of dry rocks is similar to melting of dry minerals melting temperatures increase with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt The degree of partial melting can range from 0 to 100

                                  Melting of rocks containing water or carbon dioxide is similar to melting of wet minerals melting temperatures initially decrease with increasing pressure except there is a range of temperature over which there exists a partial melt

                                  16

                                  Origin of Basaltic Magma

                                  Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                                  The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                                  Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                                  Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                                  Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                                  indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                                  muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                                  Origin of Andesitic Magma

                                  Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                                  17

                                  Magmatic Differentiation

                                  When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                                  1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                                  Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                                  Distinct Melting Events

                                  One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                                  Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                                  When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                                  18

                                  liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                                  Crystal Fractionation

                                  Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                                  Bowens Reaction Series

                                  Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                                  Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                                  19

                                  Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                                  The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                                  The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                                  This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                                  Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                                  In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                                  Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                                  20

                                  If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                  If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                  Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                  Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                  Magma Mixing

                                  If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                  21

                                  Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                  Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                  Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                  Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                  Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                  Liquid Immiscibility

                                  Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                  22

                                  1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                  Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                  Combined Processes

                                  As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                  322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                  Eruption of Magma

                                  When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                  23

                                  Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                  Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                  Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                  BA

                                  BA

                                  24

                                  Structures and field relationships

                                  VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                  Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                  Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                  25

                                  Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                  Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                  Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                  PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                  Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                  26

                                  Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                  Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                  Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                  Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                  27

                                  RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                  To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                  Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                  Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                  Converging Plate Boundaries

                                  Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                  28

                                  If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                  If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                  Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                  323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                  The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                  The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                  The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                  The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                  29

                                  In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                  1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                  2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                  3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                  Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                  30

                                  Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                  In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                  In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                  Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                  lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                  003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                  31

                                  2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                  If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                  Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                  approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                  Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                  phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                  then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                  chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                  Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                  Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                  Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                  Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                  Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                  32

                                  Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                  Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                  Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                  Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                  Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                  Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                  Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                  Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                  Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                  Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                  Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                  Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                  Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                  33

                                  Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                  Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                  Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                  324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                  Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                  Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                  There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                  34

                                  by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                  The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                  The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                  A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                  Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                  Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                  Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                  35

                                  Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                  A

                                  B

                                  C

                                  36

                                  (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                  (foid)-bearing Latite

                                  (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                  (Foid)ites

                                  10

                                  60 60

                                  35 65

                                  10

                                  20 20

                                  60 60

                                  F

                                  A P

                                  Q

                                  Rhyolite Dacite

                                  Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                  Phonolite Tephrite

                                  Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                  2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                  Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                  37

                                  Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                  4 General chemical classification

                                  SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                  Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                  general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                  38

                                  o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                  Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                  Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                  Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                  Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                  Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                  39

                                  Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                  AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                  Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                  40

                                  33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                  331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                  Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                  Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                  Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                  recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                  Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                  1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                  bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                  Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                  Carbonate rocks

                                  Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                  Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                  source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                  Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                  Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                  evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                  1

                                  1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                  3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                  CLASTIC ROCKS

                                  Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                  Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                  Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                  Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                  Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                  Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                  The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                  Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                  2

                                  Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                  Cobble Pebble Granule

                                  Gravel

                                  1-2 05-1 025-05

                                  0125-025 0625-0125

                                  Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                  Sand

                                  0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                  Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                  Silt

                                  lt0004 Clay Clay

                                  transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                  Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                  3

                                  Conglomerate and Breccia

                                  Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                  Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                  Sandstones

                                  A B

                                  C

                                  4

                                  bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                  feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                  bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                  Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                  quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                  feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                  lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                  Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                  5

                                  1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                  Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                  Mudstones

                                  Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                  smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                  bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                  bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                  ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                  6

                                  ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                  ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                  Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                  CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                  Carbonate sediments

                                  These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                  Limestones

                                  They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                  Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                  7

                                  Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                  Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                  Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                  Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                  i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                  ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                  8

                                  iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                  Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                  1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                  2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                  3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                  Dolomitedolostone

                                  Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                  Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                  Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                  Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                  Diagenesis

                                  After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                  ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                  ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                  than most siliciclastic minerals

                                  9

                                  Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                  Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                  Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                  Lacks mud and is grain

                                  supported

                                  Crystalline Carbonates

                                  Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                  Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                  (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                  (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                  Packstone Boundstone

                                  Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                  calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                  Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                  Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                  Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                  conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                  include

                                  1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                  1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                  Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                  types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                  Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                  micrite

                                  Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                  Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                  10

                                  Evaporitic sediments

                                  These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                  Siliceous sediments

                                  Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                  microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                  areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                  and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                  variety of chert

                                  Organic sediments

                                  Coals

                                  Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                  11

                                  1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                  2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                  Coal Formation

                                  bull Delta continental environments

                                  bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                  bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                  Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                  Oil shale

                                  The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                  Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                  Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                  Types of Oil Shale

                                  Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                  12

                                  2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                  Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                  bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                  bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                  332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                  TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                  bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                  particles

                                  bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                  Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                  Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                  Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                  corners

                                  13

                                  Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                  Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                  Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                  14

                                  A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                  Structures

                                  The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                  A Stratification and Bedding

                                  1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                  15

                                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                  100-300

                                  30-100

                                  10-30

                                  3-10

                                  1-3

                                  03-1

                                  lt 03

                                  Massive

                                  Very thickly bedded

                                  Thickly bedded

                                  Medium bedded

                                  Thinly Bedded

                                  Very thinly bedded

                                  Thickly laminated

                                  Thinly laminated

                                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                  16

                                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                  B Surface Features

                                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                  Bed set

                                  Cross beds

                                  Cross bed sets boundary

                                  Graded bed

                                  Upward direction of

                                  the succession

                                  17

                                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                  Back and forth movement of water

                                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                  Current or wind direction

                                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                  18

                                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                  19

                                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                  Types of depositional environments

                                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                  Reef Environment

                                  20

                                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                  21

                                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                  22

                                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                  23

                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                  or alteration along cracks

                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                  24

                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                  25

                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                  26

                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                  27

                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                  28

                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                  not defined

                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                  not defined

                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                  29

                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                  Glaucophane schist

                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                  30

                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                  Psammites

                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                  31

                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                  32

                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                  Textural classification

                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                  Porphyroblast

                                  33

                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                  Mineralogical classification

                                  Poikiloblastic

                                  34

                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                  35

                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                  36

                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                  37

                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                  38

                                  • Table of Contents
                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                    Origin of Basaltic Magma

                                    Much evidence suggests that Basaltic magmas result from dry partial melting of mantleBasalts make up most of oceanic crust and only mantle underlies crust Basalts contain minerals like olivine pyroxene and plagioclase none of which contain water Basalts erupt non-explosively indicating a low gas content and therefore low water content

                                    The Mantle is made of garnet peridotite (a rock made up of olivine pyroxene and garnet) Evidence comes from pieces brought up by erupting volcanoes In the laboratory we can determine the melting behavior of garnet peridotite Under normal conditions the temperature in the Earth shown by the geothermal gradient is lower than the beginning of melting of the mantle Thus in order for the mantle to melt there has to be a mechanism to raise the geothermal gradient Once such mechanism is convection wherein hot mantle material rises to lower pressure or depth carrying its heat with it If the raised geothermal gradient becomes higher than the initial melting temperature at any pressure then a partial melt will form Liquid from this partial melt can be separated from the remaining crystals because in general liquids have a lower density than solidsBasaltic or gabbroic magmas appear to originate in this way

                                    Origin of Granitic or Rhyolitic Magma

                                    Most Granitic or Rhyolitic magma appears to result from wet melting of continental crust The evidence for this is

                                    Most granites and rhyolites are found in areas of continental crust When granitic magma erupts from volcanoes it does so very explosively

                                    indicating high gas content Solidified granite or rhyolite contains quartz feldspar hornblende biotite and

                                    muscovite The latter minerals contain water indicating high water content

                                    Origin of Andesitic Magma

                                    Average composition of continental crust is andesitic but if andesite magma is produced by melting of continental crust then it requires complete melting of crust Temperatures in crust unlikely to get high enough Andesitic magmas erupt in areas above subduction zones suggests relation between production of andesite and subduction One theory involves wet partial melting of subducted oceanic crust But newer theories suggest wet partial melting of mantle

                                    17

                                    Magmatic Differentiation

                                    When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                                    1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                                    Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                                    Distinct Melting Events

                                    One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                                    Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                                    When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                                    18

                                    liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                                    Crystal Fractionation

                                    Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                                    Bowens Reaction Series

                                    Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                                    Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                                    19

                                    Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                                    The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                                    The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                                    This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                                    Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                                    In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                                    Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                                    20

                                    If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                    If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                    Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                    Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                    Magma Mixing

                                    If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                    21

                                    Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                    Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                    Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                    Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                    Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                    Liquid Immiscibility

                                    Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                    22

                                    1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                    Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                    Combined Processes

                                    As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                    322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                    Eruption of Magma

                                    When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                    23

                                    Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                    Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                    Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                    BA

                                    BA

                                    24

                                    Structures and field relationships

                                    VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                    Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                    Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                    25

                                    Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                    Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                    Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                    PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                    Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                    26

                                    Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                    Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                    Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                    Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                    27

                                    RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                    To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                    Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                    Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                    Converging Plate Boundaries

                                    Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                    28

                                    If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                    If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                    Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                    323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                    The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                    The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                    The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                    The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                    29

                                    In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                    1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                    2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                    3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                    Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                    30

                                    Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                    In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                    In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                    Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                    lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                    003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                    31

                                    2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                    If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                    Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                    approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                    Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                    phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                    then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                    chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                    Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                    Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                    Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                    Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                    Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                    32

                                    Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                    Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                    Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                    Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                    Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                    Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                    Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                    Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                    Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                    Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                    Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                    Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                    Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                    33

                                    Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                    Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                    Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                    324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                    Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                    Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                    There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                    34

                                    by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                    The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                    The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                    A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                    Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                    Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                    Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                    35

                                    Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                    A

                                    B

                                    C

                                    36

                                    (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                    (foid)-bearing Latite

                                    (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                    (Foid)ites

                                    10

                                    60 60

                                    35 65

                                    10

                                    20 20

                                    60 60

                                    F

                                    A P

                                    Q

                                    Rhyolite Dacite

                                    Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                    Phonolite Tephrite

                                    Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                    2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                    Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                    37

                                    Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                    4 General chemical classification

                                    SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                    Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                    general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                    38

                                    o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                    Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                    Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                    Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                    Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                    Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                    39

                                    Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                    AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                    Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                    40

                                    33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                    Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                    Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                    Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                    recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                    Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                    1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                    bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                    Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                    Carbonate rocks

                                    Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                    Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                    source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                    Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                    Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                    evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                    1

                                    1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                    3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                    CLASTIC ROCKS

                                    Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                    Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                    Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                    Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                    Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                    Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                    The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                    Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                    2

                                    Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                    Cobble Pebble Granule

                                    Gravel

                                    1-2 05-1 025-05

                                    0125-025 0625-0125

                                    Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                    Sand

                                    0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                    Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                    Silt

                                    lt0004 Clay Clay

                                    transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                    Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                    3

                                    Conglomerate and Breccia

                                    Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                    Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                    Sandstones

                                    A B

                                    C

                                    4

                                    bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                    feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                    bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                    Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                    quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                    feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                    lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                    Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                    5

                                    1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                    Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                    Mudstones

                                    Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                    smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                    bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                    bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                    ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                    6

                                    ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                    ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                    Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                    CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                    Carbonate sediments

                                    These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                    Limestones

                                    They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                    Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                    7

                                    Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                    Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                    Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                    Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                    i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                    ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                    8

                                    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                    Dolomitedolostone

                                    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                    Diagenesis

                                    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                    than most siliciclastic minerals

                                    9

                                    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                    Lacks mud and is grain

                                    supported

                                    Crystalline Carbonates

                                    Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                    Packstone Boundstone

                                    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                    include

                                    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                    micrite

                                    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                    10

                                    Evaporitic sediments

                                    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                    Siliceous sediments

                                    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                    variety of chert

                                    Organic sediments

                                    Coals

                                    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                    11

                                    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                    Coal Formation

                                    bull Delta continental environments

                                    bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                    Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                    Oil shale

                                    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                    Types of Oil Shale

                                    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                    12

                                    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                    Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                    particles

                                    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                    corners

                                    13

                                    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                    14

                                    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                    Structures

                                    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                    A Stratification and Bedding

                                    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                    15

                                    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                    100-300

                                    30-100

                                    10-30

                                    3-10

                                    1-3

                                    03-1

                                    lt 03

                                    Massive

                                    Very thickly bedded

                                    Thickly bedded

                                    Medium bedded

                                    Thinly Bedded

                                    Very thinly bedded

                                    Thickly laminated

                                    Thinly laminated

                                    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                    16

                                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                    B Surface Features

                                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                    Bed set

                                    Cross beds

                                    Cross bed sets boundary

                                    Graded bed

                                    Upward direction of

                                    the succession

                                    17

                                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                    Back and forth movement of water

                                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                    Current or wind direction

                                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                    18

                                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                    19

                                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                    Types of depositional environments

                                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                    Reef Environment

                                    20

                                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                    21

                                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                    22

                                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                    23

                                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                    or alteration along cracks

                                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                                    24

                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                    25

                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                    26

                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                    27

                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                    28

                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                    not defined

                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                    not defined

                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                    29

                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                    Glaucophane schist

                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                    30

                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                    Psammites

                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                    31

                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                    32

                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                    Textural classification

                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                    Porphyroblast

                                    33

                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                    Mineralogical classification

                                    Poikiloblastic

                                    34

                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                    35

                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                    36

                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                    37

                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                    38

                                    • Table of Contents
                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                      Magmatic Differentiation

                                      When magma solidifies to form a rock it does so over a range of temperature Each mineral begins to crystallize at a different temperature and if these minerals are somehow removed from the liquid the liquid composition will change Depending on how many minerals are lost in this fashion a wide range of compositions can be made The process is called magmatic differentiation by crystal fractionation Crystals can be removed by a variety of processes If the crystals are denser than the liquid they may sink If they are less dense than the liquid they will float If liquid is squeezed out by pressure then crystals will be left behind Removal of crystals can thus change the composition of the liquid portion of the magma Over the years various processes have been suggested to explain the variation of magma compositions observed within small regions Among the processes are

                                      1 Distinct melting events from distinct sources2 Various degrees of partial melting from the same source3 Crystal fractionation4 Mixing of 2 or more magmas5 Assimilationcontamination of magmas by crustal rocks6 Liquid Immiscibility7 Combined process (a combination of one of these)

                                      Initially researchers attempted to show that one or the other of these process acted exclusively to cause magmatic differentiation With historical perspective we now realize that if any of them are possible then any or all of these processes could act at the same time to produce chemical change and thus combinations of these processes are possible Still we will look at each one in turn in the following discussion

                                      Distinct Melting Events

                                      One possibility that always exists is that the magmas are not related except by some heating event that caused melting In such a case each magma might represent melting of a different source rock at different times during the heating event The possibility of distinct melting events is not easy to prove or disprove

                                      Various Degrees of Partial Melting

                                      When a multicomponent rock system melts unless it has the composition of the eutectic it melts over a range of temperatures at any given pressure and during this melting the

                                      18

                                      liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                                      Crystal Fractionation

                                      Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                                      Bowens Reaction Series

                                      Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                                      Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                                      19

                                      Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                                      The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                                      The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                                      This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                                      Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                                      In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                                      Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                                      20

                                      If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                      If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                      Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                      Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                      Magma Mixing

                                      If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                      21

                                      Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                      Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                      Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                      Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                      Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                      Liquid Immiscibility

                                      Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                      22

                                      1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                      Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                      Combined Processes

                                      As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                      322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                      Eruption of Magma

                                      When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                      23

                                      Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                      Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                      Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                      BA

                                      BA

                                      24

                                      Structures and field relationships

                                      VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                      Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                      Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                      25

                                      Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                      Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                      Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                      PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                      Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                      26

                                      Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                      Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                      Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                      Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                      27

                                      RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                      To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                      Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                      Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                      Converging Plate Boundaries

                                      Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                      28

                                      If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                      If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                      Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                      323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                      The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                      The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                      The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                      The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                      29

                                      In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                      1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                      2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                      3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                      Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                      30

                                      Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                      In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                      In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                      Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                      lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                      003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                      31

                                      2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                      If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                      Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                      approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                      Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                      phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                      then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                      chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                      Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                      Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                      Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                      Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                      Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                      32

                                      Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                      Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                      Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                      Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                      Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                      Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                      Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                      Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                      Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                      Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                      Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                      Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                      Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                      33

                                      Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                      Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                      Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                      324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                      Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                      Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                      There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                      34

                                      by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                      The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                      The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                      A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                      Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                      Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                      Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                      35

                                      Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                      A

                                      B

                                      C

                                      36

                                      (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                      (foid)-bearing Latite

                                      (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                      (Foid)ites

                                      10

                                      60 60

                                      35 65

                                      10

                                      20 20

                                      60 60

                                      F

                                      A P

                                      Q

                                      Rhyolite Dacite

                                      Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                      Phonolite Tephrite

                                      Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                      2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                      Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                      37

                                      Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                      4 General chemical classification

                                      SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                      Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                      general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                      38

                                      o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                      Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                      Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                      Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                      Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                      Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                      39

                                      Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                      AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                      Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                      40

                                      33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                      331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                      Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                      Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                      Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                      recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                      Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                      1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                      bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                      Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                      Carbonate rocks

                                      Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                      Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                      source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                      Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                      Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                      evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                      1

                                      1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                      3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                      CLASTIC ROCKS

                                      Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                      Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                      Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                      Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                      Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                      Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                      The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                      Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                      2

                                      Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                      Cobble Pebble Granule

                                      Gravel

                                      1-2 05-1 025-05

                                      0125-025 0625-0125

                                      Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                      Sand

                                      0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                      Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                      Silt

                                      lt0004 Clay Clay

                                      transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                      Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                      3

                                      Conglomerate and Breccia

                                      Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                      Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                      Sandstones

                                      A B

                                      C

                                      4

                                      bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                      feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                      bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                      Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                      quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                      feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                      lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                      Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                      5

                                      1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                      Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                      Mudstones

                                      Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                      smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                      bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                      bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                      ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                      6

                                      ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                      ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                      Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                      CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                      Carbonate sediments

                                      These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                      Limestones

                                      They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                      Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                      7

                                      Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                      Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                      Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                      Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                      i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                      ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                      8

                                      iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                      Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                      1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                      2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                      3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                      Dolomitedolostone

                                      Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                      Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                      Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                      Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                      Diagenesis

                                      After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                      ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                      ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                      than most siliciclastic minerals

                                      9

                                      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                      Lacks mud and is grain

                                      supported

                                      Crystalline Carbonates

                                      Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                      Packstone Boundstone

                                      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                      include

                                      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                      micrite

                                      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                      10

                                      Evaporitic sediments

                                      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                      Siliceous sediments

                                      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                      variety of chert

                                      Organic sediments

                                      Coals

                                      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                      11

                                      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                      Coal Formation

                                      bull Delta continental environments

                                      bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                      Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                      Oil shale

                                      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                      Types of Oil Shale

                                      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                      12

                                      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                      Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                      particles

                                      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                      corners

                                      13

                                      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                      14

                                      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                      Structures

                                      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                      A Stratification and Bedding

                                      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                      15

                                      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                      100-300

                                      30-100

                                      10-30

                                      3-10

                                      1-3

                                      03-1

                                      lt 03

                                      Massive

                                      Very thickly bedded

                                      Thickly bedded

                                      Medium bedded

                                      Thinly Bedded

                                      Very thinly bedded

                                      Thickly laminated

                                      Thinly laminated

                                      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                      16

                                      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                      B Surface Features

                                      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                      Bed set

                                      Cross beds

                                      Cross bed sets boundary

                                      Graded bed

                                      Upward direction of

                                      the succession

                                      17

                                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                      Back and forth movement of water

                                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                      Current or wind direction

                                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                      18

                                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                      19

                                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                      Types of depositional environments

                                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                      Reef Environment

                                      20

                                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                      21

                                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                      22

                                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                      23

                                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                      or alteration along cracks

                                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                                      24

                                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                      25

                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                      26

                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                      27

                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                      28

                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                      not defined

                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                      not defined

                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                      29

                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                      Glaucophane schist

                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                      30

                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                      Psammites

                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                      31

                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                      32

                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                      Textural classification

                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                      Porphyroblast

                                      33

                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                      Mineralogical classification

                                      Poikiloblastic

                                      34

                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                      35

                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                      36

                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                      37

                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                      38

                                      • Table of Contents
                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                        liquid composition changes Thus a wide variety of liquid compositions could be made by various degrees of partial melting of the same source rock

                                        Crystal Fractionation

                                        Liquid compositions can change as a result of removing crystals from the liquid as they form In all cases crystallization results in a change in the composition of the liquid and if the crystals are removed by some process then different magma compositions can be generated from the initial parent liquid If minerals that later react to form a new mineral or solid solution minerals are removed then crystal fractionation can produce liquid compositions that would not otherwise have been attained by normal crystallization of the parent liquid

                                        Bowens Reaction Series

                                        Norman L Bowen an experimental Petrologist in the early 1900s realized this from his determinations of simple 2- and 3-component phase diagrams and proposed that if an initial basaltic magma had crystals removed before they could react with the liquid that the common suite of rocks from basalt to rhyolite could be produced This is summarized as Bowens Reaction Series (Fig 37)

                                        Figure 37 Bowenrsquos Reaction Series

                                        19

                                        Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                                        The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                                        The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                                        This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                                        Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                                        In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                                        Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                                        20

                                        If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                        If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                        Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                        Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                        Magma Mixing

                                        If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                        21

                                        Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                        Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                        Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                        Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                        Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                        Liquid Immiscibility

                                        Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                        22

                                        1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                        Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                        Combined Processes

                                        As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                        322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                        Eruption of Magma

                                        When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                        23

                                        Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                        Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                        Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                        BA

                                        BA

                                        24

                                        Structures and field relationships

                                        VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                        Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                        Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                        25

                                        Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                        Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                        Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                        PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                        Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                        26

                                        Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                        Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                        Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                        Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                        27

                                        RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                        To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                        Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                        Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                        Converging Plate Boundaries

                                        Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                        28

                                        If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                        If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                        Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                        323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                        The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                        The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                        The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                        The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                        29

                                        In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                        1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                        2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                        3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                        Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                        30

                                        Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                        In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                        In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                        Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                        lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                        003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                        31

                                        2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                        If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                        Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                        approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                        Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                        phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                        then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                        chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                        Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                        Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                        Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                        Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                        Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                        32

                                        Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                        Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                        Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                        Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                        Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                        Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                        Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                        Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                        Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                        Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                        Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                        Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                        Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                        33

                                        Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                        Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                        Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                        324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                        Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                        Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                        There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                        34

                                        by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                        The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                        The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                        A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                        Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                        Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                        Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                        35

                                        Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                        A

                                        B

                                        C

                                        36

                                        (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                        (foid)-bearing Latite

                                        (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                        (Foid)ites

                                        10

                                        60 60

                                        35 65

                                        10

                                        20 20

                                        60 60

                                        F

                                        A P

                                        Q

                                        Rhyolite Dacite

                                        Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                        Phonolite Tephrite

                                        Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                        2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                        Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                        37

                                        Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                        4 General chemical classification

                                        SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                        Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                        general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                        38

                                        o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                        Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                        Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                        Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                        Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                        Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                        39

                                        Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                        AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                        Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                        40

                                        33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                        331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                        Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                        Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                        Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                        recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                        Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                        1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                        bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                        Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                        Carbonate rocks

                                        Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                        Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                        source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                        Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                        Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                        evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                        1

                                        1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                        3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                        CLASTIC ROCKS

                                        Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                        Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                        Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                        Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                        Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                        Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                        The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                        Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                        2

                                        Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                        Cobble Pebble Granule

                                        Gravel

                                        1-2 05-1 025-05

                                        0125-025 0625-0125

                                        Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                        Sand

                                        0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                        Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                        Silt

                                        lt0004 Clay Clay

                                        transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                        Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                        3

                                        Conglomerate and Breccia

                                        Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                        Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                        Sandstones

                                        A B

                                        C

                                        4

                                        bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                        feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                        bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                        Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                        quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                        feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                        lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                        Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                        5

                                        1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                        Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                        Mudstones

                                        Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                        smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                        bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                        bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                        ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                        6

                                        ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                        ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                        Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                        CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                        Carbonate sediments

                                        These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                        Limestones

                                        They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                        Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                        7

                                        Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                        Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                        Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                        Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                        i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                        ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                        8

                                        iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                        Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                        1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                        2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                        3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                        Dolomitedolostone

                                        Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                        Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                        Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                        Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                        Diagenesis

                                        After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                        ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                        ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                        than most siliciclastic minerals

                                        9

                                        Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                        Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                        Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                        Lacks mud and is grain

                                        supported

                                        Crystalline Carbonates

                                        Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                        Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                        (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                        (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                        Packstone Boundstone

                                        Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                        calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                        Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                        Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                        Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                        conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                        include

                                        1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                        1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                        Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                        types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                        Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                        micrite

                                        Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                        Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                        10

                                        Evaporitic sediments

                                        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                        Siliceous sediments

                                        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                        variety of chert

                                        Organic sediments

                                        Coals

                                        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                        11

                                        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                        Coal Formation

                                        bull Delta continental environments

                                        bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                        Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                        Oil shale

                                        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                        Types of Oil Shale

                                        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                        12

                                        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                        Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                        particles

                                        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                        corners

                                        13

                                        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                        14

                                        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                        Structures

                                        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                        A Stratification and Bedding

                                        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                        15

                                        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                        100-300

                                        30-100

                                        10-30

                                        3-10

                                        1-3

                                        03-1

                                        lt 03

                                        Massive

                                        Very thickly bedded

                                        Thickly bedded

                                        Medium bedded

                                        Thinly Bedded

                                        Very thinly bedded

                                        Thickly laminated

                                        Thinly laminated

                                        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                        16

                                        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                        B Surface Features

                                        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                        Bed set

                                        Cross beds

                                        Cross bed sets boundary

                                        Graded bed

                                        Upward direction of

                                        the succession

                                        17

                                        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                        Back and forth movement of water

                                        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                        Current or wind direction

                                        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                        18

                                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                        19

                                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                        Types of depositional environments

                                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                        Reef Environment

                                        20

                                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                        21

                                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                        22

                                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                        23

                                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                        or alteration along cracks

                                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                                        24

                                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                        25

                                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                        26

                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                        27

                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                        28

                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                        not defined

                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                        not defined

                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                        29

                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                        Glaucophane schist

                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                        30

                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                        Psammites

                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                        31

                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                        32

                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                        Textural classification

                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                        Porphyroblast

                                        33

                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                        Mineralogical classification

                                        Poikiloblastic

                                        34

                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                        35

                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                        36

                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                        37

                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                        38

                                        • Table of Contents
                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                          Bowen suggested that the common minerals that crystallize from magmas could be divided into a continuous reaction series and a discontinuous reaction series

                                          The continuous reaction series is composed of the plagioclase feldspar solid solution series A basaltic magma would initially crystallize a Ca- rich plagioclase and upon cooling continually react with the liquid to produce more Na-rich plagioclase If the early forming plagioclase were removed then liquid compositions could eventually evolve to those that would crystallize a Na-rich plagioclase such as a rhyolite liquid

                                          The discontinuous reaction series consists of minerals that upon cooling eventually react with the liquid to produce a new phase Thus as we have seen crystallization of olivine from a basaltic liquid would eventually reach a point where olivine would react with the liquid to produce orthopyroxene Bowen postulated that with further cooling pyroxene would react with the liquid which by this time had become more enriched in H2O to produce hornblende The hornblende would eventually react with the liquid to produce biotite If the earlier crystallizing phases are removed before the reaction can take place then increasingly more siliceous liquids would be produced

                                          This generalized idea is consistent with the temperatures observed in magmas and with the mineral assemblages we find in the various rocks We would expect that with increasing SiO2 oxides like MgO and CaO should decrease with higher degrees of crystal fractionation because they enter early crystallizing phases like olivines and pyroxenes Oxides like H2O K2O and Na2O should increase with increasing crystal fractionation because they do not enter early crystallizing phases Furthermore we would expect incompatible trace element concentrations to increase with fractionation and compatible trace element concentrations to decrease This is generally what is observed in igneous rock suites Because of this and the fact that crystal fractionation is easy to envision and somewhat easy to test crystal fraction is often implicitly assumed to be the dominant process of magmatic differentiation

                                          Mechanisms of Crystal Fractionation

                                          In order for crystal fractionation to operate their must be a natural mechanism that can remove crystals from the magma or at least separate the crystals so that they can no longer react with the liquid Several mechanisms could operate in nature

                                          Crystal SettlingFloating - In general crystals forming from magma will have different densities than the liquid

                                          20

                                          If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                          If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                          Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                          Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                          Magma Mixing

                                          If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                          21

                                          Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                          Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                          Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                          Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                          Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                          Liquid Immiscibility

                                          Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                          22

                                          1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                          Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                          Combined Processes

                                          As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                          322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                          Eruption of Magma

                                          When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                          23

                                          Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                          Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                          Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                          BA

                                          BA

                                          24

                                          Structures and field relationships

                                          VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                          Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                          Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                          25

                                          Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                          Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                          Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                          PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                          Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                          26

                                          Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                          Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                          Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                          Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                          27

                                          RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                          To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                          Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                          Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                          Converging Plate Boundaries

                                          Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                          28

                                          If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                          If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                          Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                          323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                          The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                          The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                          The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                          The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                          29

                                          In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                          1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                          2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                          3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                          Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                          30

                                          Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                          In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                          In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                          Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                          lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                          003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                          31

                                          2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                          If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                          Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                          approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                          Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                          phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                          then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                          chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                          Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                          Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                          Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                          Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                          Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                          32

                                          Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                          Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                          Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                          Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                          Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                          Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                          Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                          Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                          Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                          Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                          Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                          Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                          Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                          33

                                          Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                          Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                          Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                          324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                          Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                          Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                          There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                          34

                                          by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                          The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                          The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                          A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                          Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                          Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                          Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                          35

                                          Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                          A

                                          B

                                          C

                                          36

                                          (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                          (foid)-bearing Latite

                                          (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                          (Foid)ites

                                          10

                                          60 60

                                          35 65

                                          10

                                          20 20

                                          60 60

                                          F

                                          A P

                                          Q

                                          Rhyolite Dacite

                                          Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                          Phonolite Tephrite

                                          Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                          2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                          Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                          37

                                          Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                          4 General chemical classification

                                          SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                          Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                          general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                          38

                                          o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                          Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                          Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                          Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                          Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                          Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                          39

                                          Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                          AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                          Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                          40

                                          33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                          331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                          Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                          Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                          Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                          recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                          Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                          1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                          bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                          Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                          Carbonate rocks

                                          Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                          Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                          source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                          Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                          Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                          evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                          1

                                          1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                          3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                          CLASTIC ROCKS

                                          Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                          Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                          Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                          Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                          Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                          Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                          The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                          Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                          2

                                          Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                          Cobble Pebble Granule

                                          Gravel

                                          1-2 05-1 025-05

                                          0125-025 0625-0125

                                          Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                          Sand

                                          0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                          Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                          Silt

                                          lt0004 Clay Clay

                                          transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                          Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                          3

                                          Conglomerate and Breccia

                                          Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                          Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                          Sandstones

                                          A B

                                          C

                                          4

                                          bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                          feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                          bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                          Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                          quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                          feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                          lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                          Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                          5

                                          1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                          Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                          Mudstones

                                          Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                          smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                          bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                          bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                          ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                          6

                                          ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                          ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                          Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                          CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                          Carbonate sediments

                                          These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                          Limestones

                                          They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                          Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                          7

                                          Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                          Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                          Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                          Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                          i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                          ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                          8

                                          iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                          Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                          1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                          2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                          3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                          Dolomitedolostone

                                          Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                          Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                          Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                          Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                          Diagenesis

                                          After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                          ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                          ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                          than most siliciclastic minerals

                                          9

                                          Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                          Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                          Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                          Lacks mud and is grain

                                          supported

                                          Crystalline Carbonates

                                          Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                          Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                          (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                          (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                          Packstone Boundstone

                                          Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                          calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                          Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                          Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                          Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                          conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                          include

                                          1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                          1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                          Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                          types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                          Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                          micrite

                                          Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                          Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                          10

                                          Evaporitic sediments

                                          These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                          Siliceous sediments

                                          Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                          microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                          areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                          and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                          variety of chert

                                          Organic sediments

                                          Coals

                                          Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                          11

                                          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                          Coal Formation

                                          bull Delta continental environments

                                          bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                          Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                          Oil shale

                                          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                          Types of Oil Shale

                                          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                          12

                                          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                          Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                          particles

                                          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                          corners

                                          13

                                          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                          14

                                          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                          Structures

                                          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                          A Stratification and Bedding

                                          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                          15

                                          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                          100-300

                                          30-100

                                          10-30

                                          3-10

                                          1-3

                                          03-1

                                          lt 03

                                          Massive

                                          Very thickly bedded

                                          Thickly bedded

                                          Medium bedded

                                          Thinly Bedded

                                          Very thinly bedded

                                          Thickly laminated

                                          Thinly laminated

                                          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                          16

                                          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                          B Surface Features

                                          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                          Bed set

                                          Cross beds

                                          Cross bed sets boundary

                                          Graded bed

                                          Upward direction of

                                          the succession

                                          17

                                          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                          Back and forth movement of water

                                          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                          Current or wind direction

                                          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                          18

                                          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                          19

                                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                          Types of depositional environments

                                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                          Reef Environment

                                          20

                                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                          21

                                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                          22

                                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                          23

                                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                          or alteration along cracks

                                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                                          24

                                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                          25

                                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                          26

                                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                          27

                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                          28

                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                          not defined

                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                          not defined

                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                          29

                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                          Glaucophane schist

                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                          30

                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                          Psammites

                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                          31

                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                          32

                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                          Textural classification

                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                          Porphyroblast

                                          33

                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                          Mineralogical classification

                                          Poikiloblastic

                                          34

                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                          35

                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                          36

                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                          37

                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                          38

                                          • Table of Contents
                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                            If the crystals have a higher density than the liquid they will tend to sink or settle to the floor of the magma body The first layer that settles will still be in contact with the magma but will later become buried by later settling crystals so that they are effectively removed from the liquid

                                            If the crystals have a lower density in the magma they will tend to float or rise upward through the magma Again the first layer that accumulates at the top of the magma body will initially be in contact with the liquid but as more crystals float to the top and accumulate the earlier formed layers will be effectively removed from contact with the liquid

                                            Inward Crystallization - Because a magma body is hot and the country rock which surrounds it is expected to be much cooler heat will move outward away from the magma Thus the walls of the magma body will be coolest and crystallization would be expected to take place first in this cooler portion of the magma near the walls The magma would then be expected to crystallize from the walls inward Just like in the example above the first layer of crystals precipitated will still be in contact with the liquid but will eventually become buried by later crystals and effectively be removed from contact with the liquid

                                            Filter pressing - this mechanism has been proposed as a way to separate a liquid from a crystal-liquid mush In such a situation where there is a high concentration of crystals the liquid could be forced out of the spaces between crystals by some kind of tectonic squeezing that moves the liquid into a fracture or other free space leaving the crystals behind It would be kind of like squeezing the water out of a sponge This mechanism is difficult to envision taking place in nature because (1) unlike a sponge the matrix of crystals is brittle and will not deform easily to squeeze the liquid out and (2) the fractures required for the liquid to move into are generally formed by extensional forces and the mechanism to get the liquid into the fractures involves compressional forces Filter pressing is a common method used to separate crystals from liquid in industrial processes but has not been shown to have occurred in nature

                                            Magma Mixing

                                            If two or more magmas with different chemical compositions come in contact with one another beneath the surface of the Earth then it is possible that they could mix with each other to produce compositions intermediate between the end members If the compositions of the magmas are greatly different (ie basalt and rhyolite) there are several factors that would tend to inhibit mixing

                                            21

                                            Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                            Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                            Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                            Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                            Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                            Liquid Immiscibility

                                            Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                            22

                                            1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                            Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                            Combined Processes

                                            As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                            322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                            Eruption of Magma

                                            When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                            23

                                            Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                            Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                            Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                            BA

                                            BA

                                            24

                                            Structures and field relationships

                                            VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                            Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                            Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                            25

                                            Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                            Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                            Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                            PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                            Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                            26

                                            Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                            Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                            Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                            Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                            27

                                            RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                            To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                            Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                            Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                            Converging Plate Boundaries

                                            Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                            28

                                            If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                            If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                            Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                            323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                            The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                            The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                            The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                            The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                            29

                                            In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                            1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                            2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                            3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                            Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                            30

                                            Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                            In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                            In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                            Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                            lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                            003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                            31

                                            2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                            If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                            Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                            approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                            Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                            phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                            then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                            chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                            Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                            Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                            Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                            Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                            Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                            32

                                            Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                            Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                            Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                            Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                            Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                            Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                            Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                            Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                            Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                            Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                            Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                            Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                            Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                            33

                                            Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                            Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                            Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                            324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                            Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                            Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                            There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                            34

                                            by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                            The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                            The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                            A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                            Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                            Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                            Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                            35

                                            Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                            A

                                            B

                                            C

                                            36

                                            (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                            (foid)-bearing Latite

                                            (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                            (Foid)ites

                                            10

                                            60 60

                                            35 65

                                            10

                                            20 20

                                            60 60

                                            F

                                            A P

                                            Q

                                            Rhyolite Dacite

                                            Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                            Phonolite Tephrite

                                            Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                            2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                            Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                            37

                                            Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                            4 General chemical classification

                                            SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                            Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                            general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                            38

                                            o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                            Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                            Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                            Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                            Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                            Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                            39

                                            Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                            AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                            Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                            40

                                            33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                            331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                            Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                            Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                            Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                            recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                            Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                            1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                            bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                            Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                            Carbonate rocks

                                            Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                            Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                            source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                            Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                            Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                            evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                            1

                                            1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                            3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                            CLASTIC ROCKS

                                            Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                            Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                            Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                            Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                            Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                            Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                            The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                            Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                            2

                                            Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                            Cobble Pebble Granule

                                            Gravel

                                            1-2 05-1 025-05

                                            0125-025 0625-0125

                                            Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                            Sand

                                            0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                            Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                            Silt

                                            lt0004 Clay Clay

                                            transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                            Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                            3

                                            Conglomerate and Breccia

                                            Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                            Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                            Sandstones

                                            A B

                                            C

                                            4

                                            bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                            feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                            bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                            Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                            quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                            feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                            lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                            Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                            5

                                            1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                            Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                            Mudstones

                                            Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                            smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                            bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                            bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                            ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                            6

                                            ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                            ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                            Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                            CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                            Carbonate sediments

                                            These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                            Limestones

                                            They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                            Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                            7

                                            Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                            Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                            Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                            Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                            i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                            ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                            8

                                            iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                            Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                            1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                            2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                            3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                            Dolomitedolostone

                                            Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                            Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                            Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                            Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                            Diagenesis

                                            After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                            ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                            ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                            than most siliciclastic minerals

                                            9

                                            Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                            Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                            Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                            Lacks mud and is grain

                                            supported

                                            Crystalline Carbonates

                                            Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                            Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                            (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                            (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                            Packstone Boundstone

                                            Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                            calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                            Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                            Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                            Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                            conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                            include

                                            1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                            1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                            Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                            types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                            Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                            micrite

                                            Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                            Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                            10

                                            Evaporitic sediments

                                            These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                            Siliceous sediments

                                            Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                            microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                            areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                            and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                            variety of chert

                                            Organic sediments

                                            Coals

                                            Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                            11

                                            1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                            2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                            Coal Formation

                                            bull Delta continental environments

                                            bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                            bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                            Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                            Oil shale

                                            The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                            Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                            Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                            Types of Oil Shale

                                            Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                            12

                                            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                            Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                            particles

                                            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                            corners

                                            13

                                            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                            14

                                            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                            Structures

                                            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                            A Stratification and Bedding

                                            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                            15

                                            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                            100-300

                                            30-100

                                            10-30

                                            3-10

                                            1-3

                                            03-1

                                            lt 03

                                            Massive

                                            Very thickly bedded

                                            Thickly bedded

                                            Medium bedded

                                            Thinly Bedded

                                            Very thinly bedded

                                            Thickly laminated

                                            Thinly laminated

                                            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                            16

                                            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                            B Surface Features

                                            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                            Bed set

                                            Cross beds

                                            Cross bed sets boundary

                                            Graded bed

                                            Upward direction of

                                            the succession

                                            17

                                            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                            Back and forth movement of water

                                            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                            Current or wind direction

                                            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                            18

                                            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                            19

                                            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                            Types of depositional environments

                                            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                            Reef Environment

                                            20

                                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                            21

                                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                            22

                                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                            23

                                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                            or alteration along cracks

                                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                                            24

                                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                            25

                                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                            26

                                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                            27

                                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                            Metamorphic Facies

                                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                            28

                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                            not defined

                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                            not defined

                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                            29

                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                            Glaucophane schist

                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                            30

                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                            Psammites

                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                            31

                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                            32

                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                            Textural classification

                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                            Porphyroblast

                                            33

                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                            Mineralogical classification

                                            Poikiloblastic

                                            34

                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                            35

                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                            36

                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                            37

                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                            38

                                            • Table of Contents
                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                              Temperature contrast - basaltic and rhyolitic magmas have very different temperatures If they come in contact with one another the basaltic magma would tend to cool or even crystallize and the rhyolitic magma would tend to heat up and begin to dissolve any crystals that it had precipitated

                                              Density Contrast- basaltic magmas have densities on the order of 2600 to 2700 kgm3 whereas rhyolitic magmas have densities of 2300 to 2500 kgm3 This contrast in density would mean that the lighter rhyolitic magmas would tend to float on the heavier basaltic magma and inhibit mixing

                                              Viscosity Contrast- basaltic magmas and rhyolitic magmas would have very different viscosities Thus some kind of vigorous stirring would be necessary to get the magmas to mix

                                              Crustal AssimilationContamination

                                              Because the composition of the crust is generally different from the composition of magmas which must pass through the crust to reach the surface there is always the possibility that reactions between the crust and the magma could take place If crustal rocks are picked up incorporated into the magma and dissolved to become part of the magma we say that the crustal rocks have been assimilated by the magma If the magma absorbs part of the rock through which it passes we say that the magma has become contaminated by the crust Either of these processes would produce a change in the chemical composition of the magma unless the material being added has the same chemical composition as the magmaIn a sense bulk assimilation would produce some of the same effects as mixing but it is more complicated than mixing because of the heat balance involved In order to assimilate the country rock enough heat must be provided to first raise the country rock to its solidus temperature where it will begin to melt and then further heat must be added to change from the solid state to the liquid state The only source of this heat of course is the magma itself

                                              Liquid Immiscibility

                                              Liquid immiscibility is where liquids do not mix with each other We are all familiar with this phenomenon in the case of oil and watervinegar in salad dressing We have also discussed immiscibility in solids for example in the alkali feldspar system Just like in the alkali feldspar system immiscibility is temperature dependentTwo important properties of immiscible liquids

                                              22

                                              1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                              Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                              Combined Processes

                                              As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                              322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                              Eruption of Magma

                                              When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                              23

                                              Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                              Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                              Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                              BA

                                              BA

                                              24

                                              Structures and field relationships

                                              VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                              Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                              Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                              25

                                              Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                              Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                              Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                              PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                              Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                              26

                                              Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                              Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                              Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                              Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                              27

                                              RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                              To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                              Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                              Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                              Converging Plate Boundaries

                                              Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                              28

                                              If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                              If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                              Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                              323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                              The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                              The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                              The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                              The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                              29

                                              In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                              1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                              2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                              3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                              Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                              30

                                              Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                              In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                              In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                              Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                              lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                              003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                              31

                                              2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                              If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                              Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                              approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                              Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                              phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                              then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                              chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                              Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                              Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                              Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                              Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                              Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                              32

                                              Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                              Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                              Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                              Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                              Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                              Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                              Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                              Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                              Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                              Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                              Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                              Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                              Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                              33

                                              Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                              Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                              Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                              324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                              Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                              Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                              There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                              34

                                              by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                              The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                              The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                              A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                              Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                              Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                              Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                              35

                                              Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                              A

                                              B

                                              C

                                              36

                                              (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                              (foid)-bearing Latite

                                              (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                              (Foid)ites

                                              10

                                              60 60

                                              35 65

                                              10

                                              20 20

                                              60 60

                                              F

                                              A P

                                              Q

                                              Rhyolite Dacite

                                              Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                              Phonolite Tephrite

                                              Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                              2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                              Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                              37

                                              Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                              4 General chemical classification

                                              SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                              Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                              general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                              38

                                              o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                              Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                              Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                              Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                              Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                              Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                              39

                                              Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                              AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                              Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                              40

                                              33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                              331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                              Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                              Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                              Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                              recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                              Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                              1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                              bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                              Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                              Carbonate rocks

                                              Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                              Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                              source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                              Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                              Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                              evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                              1

                                              1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                              3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                              CLASTIC ROCKS

                                              Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                              Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                              Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                              Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                              Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                              Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                              The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                              Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                              2

                                              Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                              Cobble Pebble Granule

                                              Gravel

                                              1-2 05-1 025-05

                                              0125-025 0625-0125

                                              Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                              Sand

                                              0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                              Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                              Silt

                                              lt0004 Clay Clay

                                              transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                              Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                              3

                                              Conglomerate and Breccia

                                              Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                              Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                              Sandstones

                                              A B

                                              C

                                              4

                                              bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                              feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                              bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                              Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                              quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                              feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                              lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                              Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                              5

                                              1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                              Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                              Mudstones

                                              Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                              smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                              bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                              bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                              ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                              6

                                              ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                              ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                              Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                              CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                              Carbonate sediments

                                              These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                              Limestones

                                              They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                              Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                              7

                                              Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                              Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                              Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                              Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                              i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                              ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                              8

                                              iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                              Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                              1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                              2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                              3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                              Dolomitedolostone

                                              Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                              Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                              Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                              Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                              Diagenesis

                                              After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                              ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                              ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                              than most siliciclastic minerals

                                              9

                                              Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                              Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                              Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                              Lacks mud and is grain

                                              supported

                                              Crystalline Carbonates

                                              Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                              Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                              (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                              (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                              Packstone Boundstone

                                              Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                              calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                              Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                              Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                              Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                              conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                              include

                                              1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                              1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                              Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                              types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                              Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                              micrite

                                              Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                              Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                              10

                                              Evaporitic sediments

                                              These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                              Siliceous sediments

                                              Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                              microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                              areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                              and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                              variety of chert

                                              Organic sediments

                                              Coals

                                              Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                              11

                                              1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                              2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                              Coal Formation

                                              bull Delta continental environments

                                              bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                              bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                              Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                              Oil shale

                                              The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                              Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                              Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                              Types of Oil Shale

                                              Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                              12

                                              2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                              Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                              bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                              bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                              332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                              TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                              bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                              particles

                                              bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                              Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                              Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                              Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                              corners

                                              13

                                              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                              14

                                              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                              Structures

                                              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                              A Stratification and Bedding

                                              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                              15

                                              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                              100-300

                                              30-100

                                              10-30

                                              3-10

                                              1-3

                                              03-1

                                              lt 03

                                              Massive

                                              Very thickly bedded

                                              Thickly bedded

                                              Medium bedded

                                              Thinly Bedded

                                              Very thinly bedded

                                              Thickly laminated

                                              Thinly laminated

                                              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                              16

                                              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                              B Surface Features

                                              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                              Bed set

                                              Cross beds

                                              Cross bed sets boundary

                                              Graded bed

                                              Upward direction of

                                              the succession

                                              17

                                              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                              Back and forth movement of water

                                              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                              Current or wind direction

                                              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                              18

                                              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                              19

                                              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                              Types of depositional environments

                                              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                              Reef Environment

                                              20

                                              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                              21

                                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                              22

                                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                              23

                                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                              or alteration along cracks

                                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                                              24

                                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                              25

                                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                              26

                                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                              27

                                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                              Metamorphic Facies

                                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                              28

                                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                              not defined

                                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                              not defined

                                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                              Epidote-amphibolite

                                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                              29

                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                              Glaucophane schist

                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                              30

                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                              Psammites

                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                              31

                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                              32

                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                              Textural classification

                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                              Porphyroblast

                                              33

                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                              Mineralogical classification

                                              Poikiloblastic

                                              34

                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                              35

                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                              36

                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                              37

                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                              38

                                              • Table of Contents
                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                1 If immiscible liquids are in equilibrium with solids both liquids must be in equilibrium with the same solid compositions2 Extreme compositions of the two the liquids will exist at the same temperature

                                                Liquid immiscibility was once thought to be a mechanism to explain all magmatic differentiation If so requirement 2 above would require that siliceous liquids and mafic liquids should form at the same temperature Since basaltic magmas are generally much hotter than rhyolitic magmas liquid immiscibility is not looked upon favorably as an explanation for wide diversity of magmatic compositions Still liquid immiscibility is observed in experiments conducted on simple rock systemsThere are however three exceptions where liquid immiscibility may play a role1 Sulfide liquids may separate from mafic silicate magmas2 Highly alkaline magmas rich in CO2 may separate into two liquids one rich in carbonate and the other rich in silica and alkalies This process may be responsible for forming the rare carbonatite magmas3 Very Fe-rich basaltic magmas may form two separate liquids - one felsic and rich in SiO2 and the other mafic and rich in FeO

                                                Combined Processes

                                                As pointed out previously if any of these processes are possible then a combination of the process could act to produce chemical change in magmas Thus although crystal fractionation seems to be the dominant process affecting magmatic differentiation it may not be the only processes As we have seen assimilation is likely to accompany by crystallization of magmas in order to provide the heat necessary for assimilation If this occurs then a combination of crystal fraction and assimilation could occur Similarly magmas could mix and crystallize at the same time resulting in a combination of magma mixing and crystal fractionation In nature things could be quite complicated

                                                322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies

                                                Eruption of Magma

                                                When magmas reach the surface of the Earth they erupt from a vent They may erupt explosively or non-explosively Non-explosive eruptions are favored by low gas content and low viscosity magmas (basaltic to andesitic magmas) Usually begin with fire fountains due to release of dissolved gases Produce lava flows on surface and produce Pillow lavas if erupted beneath water

                                                23

                                                Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                                Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                                Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                                BA

                                                BA

                                                24

                                                Structures and field relationships

                                                VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                                Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                                Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                                25

                                                Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                                Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                                Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                                PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                                Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                                26

                                                Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                                Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                                Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                                Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                                27

                                                RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                                To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                                Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                                Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                                Converging Plate Boundaries

                                                Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                                28

                                                If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                29

                                                In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                30

                                                Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                31

                                                2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                32

                                                Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                33

                                                Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                34

                                                by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                35

                                                Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                A

                                                B

                                                C

                                                36

                                                (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                (Foid)ites

                                                10

                                                60 60

                                                35 65

                                                10

                                                20 20

                                                60 60

                                                F

                                                A P

                                                Q

                                                Rhyolite Dacite

                                                Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                Phonolite Tephrite

                                                Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                37

                                                Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                4 General chemical classification

                                                SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                38

                                                o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                39

                                                Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                40

                                                33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                Carbonate rocks

                                                Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                1

                                                1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                2

                                                Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                Gravel

                                                1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                0125-025 0625-0125

                                                Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                Sand

                                                0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                Silt

                                                lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                3

                                                Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                Sandstones

                                                A B

                                                C

                                                4

                                                bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                5

                                                1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                Mudstones

                                                Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                6

                                                ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                Carbonate sediments

                                                These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                Limestones

                                                They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                7

                                                Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                8

                                                iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                Dolomitedolostone

                                                Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                Diagenesis

                                                After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                9

                                                Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                Lacks mud and is grain

                                                supported

                                                Crystalline Carbonates

                                                Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                Packstone Boundstone

                                                Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                include

                                                1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                micrite

                                                Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                10

                                                Evaporitic sediments

                                                These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                Siliceous sediments

                                                Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                variety of chert

                                                Organic sediments

                                                Coals

                                                Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                11

                                                1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                Coal Formation

                                                bull Delta continental environments

                                                bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                Oil shale

                                                The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                Types of Oil Shale

                                                Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                12

                                                2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                particles

                                                bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                corners

                                                13

                                                Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                14

                                                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                Structures

                                                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                A Stratification and Bedding

                                                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                15

                                                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                100-300

                                                30-100

                                                10-30

                                                3-10

                                                1-3

                                                03-1

                                                lt 03

                                                Massive

                                                Very thickly bedded

                                                Thickly bedded

                                                Medium bedded

                                                Thinly Bedded

                                                Very thinly bedded

                                                Thickly laminated

                                                Thinly laminated

                                                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                16

                                                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                B Surface Features

                                                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                Bed set

                                                Cross beds

                                                Cross bed sets boundary

                                                Graded bed

                                                Upward direction of

                                                the succession

                                                17

                                                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                Back and forth movement of water

                                                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                Current or wind direction

                                                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                18

                                                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                19

                                                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                Types of depositional environments

                                                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                Reef Environment

                                                20

                                                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                21

                                                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                22

                                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                23

                                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                or alteration along cracks

                                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                24

                                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                25

                                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                26

                                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                27

                                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                Metamorphic Facies

                                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                28

                                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                not defined

                                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                not defined

                                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                29

                                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                Glaucophane schist

                                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                30

                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                Psammites

                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                31

                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                32

                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                Textural classification

                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                Porphyroblast

                                                33

                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                34

                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                35

                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                36

                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                37

                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                38

                                                • Table of Contents
                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                  Figure 38 Types of lava flow (a) Ropy surface of a pahoehoe flow (b) aa flow the left side on the photo is a pahoehoe flow

                                                  Explosive eruptions are favored by high gas content and high viscosity (andesitic to rhyolitic magmas) Expansion of gas bubbles is resisted by high viscosity of magma which results in building of pressure High pressure in gas bubbles causes the bubbles to burst when reaching the low pressure at the Earths surface Bursting of bubbles fragments the magma into pyroclasts and tephra (ash) Cloud of gas and tephra rises above volcano to produce an eruption column that can rise up to 45 km into the atmosphere

                                                  Figure 39 Explosive eruptions producing tephra fall (ash) deposit (a) if eruption column collapses a pyroclastic flow (b) may occur wherein gas and tephra rush down the flanks of the volcano at high speed This is the most dangerous type of volcanic eruption The deposits that are produced are called ignimbrites

                                                  BA

                                                  BA

                                                  24

                                                  Structures and field relationships

                                                  VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                                  Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                                  Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                                  25

                                                  Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                                  Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                                  Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                                  PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                                  Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                                  26

                                                  Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                                  Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                                  Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                                  Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                                  27

                                                  RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                                  To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                                  Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                                  Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                                  Converging Plate Boundaries

                                                  Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                                  28

                                                  If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                  If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                  Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                  323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                  The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                  The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                  The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                  The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                  29

                                                  In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                  1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                  2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                  3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                  Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                  30

                                                  Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                  In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                  In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                  Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                  lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                  003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                  31

                                                  2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                  If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                  Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                  approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                  Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                  phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                  then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                  chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                  Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                  Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                  Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                  Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                  Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                  32

                                                  Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                  Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                  Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                  Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                  Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                  Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                  Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                  Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                  Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                  Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                  Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                  Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                  Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                  33

                                                  Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                  Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                  Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                  324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                  Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                  Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                  There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                  34

                                                  by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                  The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                  The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                  A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                  Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                  Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                  Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                  35

                                                  Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                  A

                                                  B

                                                  C

                                                  36

                                                  (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                  (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                  (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                  (Foid)ites

                                                  10

                                                  60 60

                                                  35 65

                                                  10

                                                  20 20

                                                  60 60

                                                  F

                                                  A P

                                                  Q

                                                  Rhyolite Dacite

                                                  Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                  Phonolite Tephrite

                                                  Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                  2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                  Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                  37

                                                  Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                  4 General chemical classification

                                                  SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                  Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                  general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                  38

                                                  o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                  Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                  Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                  Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                  Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                  Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                  39

                                                  Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                  AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                  Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                  40

                                                  33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                  331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                  Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                  Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                  Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                  recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                  Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                  1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                  bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                  Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                  Carbonate rocks

                                                  Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                  Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                  source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                  Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                  Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                  evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                  1

                                                  1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                  3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                  CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                  Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                  Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                  Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                  Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                  Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                  Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                  The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                  Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                  2

                                                  Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                  Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                  Gravel

                                                  1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                  0125-025 0625-0125

                                                  Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                  Sand

                                                  0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                  Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                  Silt

                                                  lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                  transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                  Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                  3

                                                  Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                  Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                  Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                  Sandstones

                                                  A B

                                                  C

                                                  4

                                                  bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                  feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                  bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                  Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                  quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                  feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                  lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                  Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                  5

                                                  1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                  Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                  Mudstones

                                                  Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                  smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                  bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                  bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                  ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                  6

                                                  ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                  ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                  Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                  CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                  Carbonate sediments

                                                  These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                  Limestones

                                                  They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                  Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                  7

                                                  Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                  Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                  Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                  Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                  i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                  ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                  8

                                                  iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                  Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                  1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                  2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                  3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                  Dolomitedolostone

                                                  Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                  Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                  Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                  Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                  Diagenesis

                                                  After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                  ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                  ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                  than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                  9

                                                  Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                  Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                  Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                  Lacks mud and is grain

                                                  supported

                                                  Crystalline Carbonates

                                                  Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                  Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                  (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                  (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                  Packstone Boundstone

                                                  Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                  calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                  Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                  Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                  Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                  conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                  include

                                                  1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                  1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                  Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                  types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                  Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                  micrite

                                                  Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                  Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                  10

                                                  Evaporitic sediments

                                                  These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                  Siliceous sediments

                                                  Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                  microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                  areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                  and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                  variety of chert

                                                  Organic sediments

                                                  Coals

                                                  Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                  11

                                                  1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                  2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                  Coal Formation

                                                  bull Delta continental environments

                                                  bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                  bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                  Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                  Oil shale

                                                  The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                  Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                  Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                  Types of Oil Shale

                                                  Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                  12

                                                  2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                  Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                  bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                  bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                  332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                  TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                  bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                  particles

                                                  bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                  Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                  Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                  Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                  corners

                                                  13

                                                  Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                  Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                  Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                  14

                                                  A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                  Structures

                                                  The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                  A Stratification and Bedding

                                                  1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                  15

                                                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                  100-300

                                                  30-100

                                                  10-30

                                                  3-10

                                                  1-3

                                                  03-1

                                                  lt 03

                                                  Massive

                                                  Very thickly bedded

                                                  Thickly bedded

                                                  Medium bedded

                                                  Thinly Bedded

                                                  Very thinly bedded

                                                  Thickly laminated

                                                  Thinly laminated

                                                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                  16

                                                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                  B Surface Features

                                                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                  Bed set

                                                  Cross beds

                                                  Cross bed sets boundary

                                                  Graded bed

                                                  Upward direction of

                                                  the succession

                                                  17

                                                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                  Back and forth movement of water

                                                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                  Current or wind direction

                                                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                  18

                                                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                  19

                                                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                  Types of depositional environments

                                                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                  Reef Environment

                                                  20

                                                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                  21

                                                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                  22

                                                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                  23

                                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                  or alteration along cracks

                                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                  24

                                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                  25

                                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                  26

                                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                  27

                                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                  28

                                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                  not defined

                                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                  not defined

                                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                  29

                                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                  Glaucophane schist

                                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                  30

                                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                  Psammites

                                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                  31

                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                  32

                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                  Textural classification

                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                  33

                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                  34

                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                  35

                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                  36

                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                  37

                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                  38

                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                    Structures and field relationships

                                                    VOLCANOESShield volcano ndash volcanoes that erupt low viscosity magma (usually basaltic) that flows long distances from the vent

                                                    Pyroclastic cone or cinder cone ndash a volcano built mainly of tephra fall deposits located immediately around the vent

                                                    Stratovolcano (composite volcano) ndash a volcano built of interbedded lava flows and pyroclastic material

                                                    25

                                                    Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                                    Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                                    Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                                    PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                                    Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                                    26

                                                    Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                                    Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                                    Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                                    Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                                    27

                                                    RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                                    To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                                    Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                                    Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                                    Converging Plate Boundaries

                                                    Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                                    28

                                                    If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                    If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                    Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                    323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                    The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                    The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                    The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                    The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                    29

                                                    In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                    1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                    2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                    3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                    Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                    30

                                                    Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                    In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                    In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                    Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                    lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                    003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                    31

                                                    2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                    If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                    Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                    approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                    Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                    phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                    then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                    chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                    Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                    Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                    Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                    Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                    Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                    32

                                                    Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                    Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                    Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                    Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                    Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                    Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                    Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                    Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                    Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                    Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                    Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                    Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                    Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                    33

                                                    Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                    Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                    Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                    324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                    Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                    Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                    There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                    34

                                                    by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                    The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                    The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                    A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                    Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                    Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                    Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                    35

                                                    Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                    A

                                                    B

                                                    C

                                                    36

                                                    (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                    (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                    (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                    (Foid)ites

                                                    10

                                                    60 60

                                                    35 65

                                                    10

                                                    20 20

                                                    60 60

                                                    F

                                                    A P

                                                    Q

                                                    Rhyolite Dacite

                                                    Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                    Phonolite Tephrite

                                                    Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                    2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                    Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                    37

                                                    Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                    4 General chemical classification

                                                    SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                    Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                    general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                    38

                                                    o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                    Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                    Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                    Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                    Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                    Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                    39

                                                    Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                    AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                    Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                    40

                                                    33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                    Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                    Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                    Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                    recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                    Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                    1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                    bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                    Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                    Carbonate rocks

                                                    Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                    Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                    source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                    Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                    Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                    evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                    1

                                                    1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                    3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                    CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                    Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                    Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                    Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                    Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                    Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                    Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                    The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                    Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                    2

                                                    Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                    Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                    Gravel

                                                    1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                    0125-025 0625-0125

                                                    Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                    Sand

                                                    0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                    Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                    Silt

                                                    lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                    transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                    Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                    3

                                                    Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                    Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                    Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                    Sandstones

                                                    A B

                                                    C

                                                    4

                                                    bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                    feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                    bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                    Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                    quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                    feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                    lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                    Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                    5

                                                    1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                    Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                    Mudstones

                                                    Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                    smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                    bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                    bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                    ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                    6

                                                    ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                    ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                    Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                    CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                    Carbonate sediments

                                                    These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                    Limestones

                                                    They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                    Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                    7

                                                    Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                    Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                    Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                    Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                    i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                    ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                    8

                                                    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                    Dolomitedolostone

                                                    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                    Diagenesis

                                                    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                    than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                    9

                                                    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                    Lacks mud and is grain

                                                    supported

                                                    Crystalline Carbonates

                                                    Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                    Packstone Boundstone

                                                    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                    include

                                                    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                    micrite

                                                    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                    10

                                                    Evaporitic sediments

                                                    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                    Siliceous sediments

                                                    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                    variety of chert

                                                    Organic sediments

                                                    Coals

                                                    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                    11

                                                    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                    Coal Formation

                                                    bull Delta continental environments

                                                    bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                    Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                    Oil shale

                                                    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                    Types of Oil Shale

                                                    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                    12

                                                    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                    Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                    particles

                                                    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                    corners

                                                    13

                                                    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                    14

                                                    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                    Structures

                                                    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                    A Stratification and Bedding

                                                    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                    15

                                                    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                    100-300

                                                    30-100

                                                    10-30

                                                    3-10

                                                    1-3

                                                    03-1

                                                    lt 03

                                                    Massive

                                                    Very thickly bedded

                                                    Thickly bedded

                                                    Medium bedded

                                                    Thinly Bedded

                                                    Very thinly bedded

                                                    Thickly laminated

                                                    Thinly laminated

                                                    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                    16

                                                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                    B Surface Features

                                                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                    Bed set

                                                    Cross beds

                                                    Cross bed sets boundary

                                                    Graded bed

                                                    Upward direction of

                                                    the succession

                                                    17

                                                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                    Back and forth movement of water

                                                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                    Current or wind direction

                                                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                    18

                                                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                    19

                                                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                    Types of depositional environments

                                                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                    Reef Environment

                                                    20

                                                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                    21

                                                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                    22

                                                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                    23

                                                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                    or alteration along cracks

                                                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                    24

                                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                    25

                                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                    26

                                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                    27

                                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                    28

                                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                    not defined

                                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                    not defined

                                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                    29

                                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                    Glaucophane schist

                                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                    30

                                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                    Psammites

                                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                    31

                                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                    32

                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                    Textural classification

                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                    33

                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                    34

                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                    35

                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                    36

                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                    37

                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                    38

                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                      Crater - a depression caused by explosive ejection of magma or gasCaldera - a depression caused by collapse of a volcano into the cavity once occupied by magmaLava Dome - a steep sided volcanic structure resulting from the eruption of high viscosity low gas content magma

                                                      Fissure Eruptions - An eruption that occurs along a narrow crack or fissure in the Earths surface

                                                      Pillow Lava - Lavas formed by eruption beneath the surface of the ocean or a lake

                                                      PLUTONS Igneous rocks cooled at depth Name comes from Greek god of the underworld - Pluto

                                                      Dikes are small (lt20 m wide) shallow intrusions that show a discordant relationship to the rocks in which they intrude Discordant means that they cut across preexisting structures They may occur as isolated bodies or may occur as swarms of dikes emanating from a large intrusive body at depth

                                                      26

                                                      Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                                      Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                                      Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                                      Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                                      27

                                                      RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                                      To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                                      Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                                      Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                                      Converging Plate Boundaries

                                                      Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                                      28

                                                      If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                      If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                      Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                      323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                      The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                      The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                      The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                      The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                      29

                                                      In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                      1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                      2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                      3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                      Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                      30

                                                      Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                      In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                      In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                      Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                      lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                      003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                      31

                                                      2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                      If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                      Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                      approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                      Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                      phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                      then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                      chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                      Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                      Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                      Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                      Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                      Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                      32

                                                      Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                      Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                      Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                      Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                      Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                      Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                      Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                      Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                      Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                      Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                      Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                      Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                      Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                      33

                                                      Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                      Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                      Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                      324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                      Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                      Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                      There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                      34

                                                      by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                      The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                      The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                      A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                      Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                      Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                      Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                      35

                                                      Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                      A

                                                      B

                                                      C

                                                      36

                                                      (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                      (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                      (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                      (Foid)ites

                                                      10

                                                      60 60

                                                      35 65

                                                      10

                                                      20 20

                                                      60 60

                                                      F

                                                      A P

                                                      Q

                                                      Rhyolite Dacite

                                                      Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                      Phonolite Tephrite

                                                      Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                      2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                      Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                      37

                                                      Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                      4 General chemical classification

                                                      SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                      Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                      general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                      38

                                                      o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                      Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                      Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                      Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                      Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                      Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                      39

                                                      Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                      AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                      Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                      40

                                                      33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                      331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                      Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                      Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                      Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                      recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                      Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                      1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                      bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                      Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                      Carbonate rocks

                                                      Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                      Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                      source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                      Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                      Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                      evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                      1

                                                      1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                      3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                      CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                      Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                      Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                      Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                      Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                      Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                      Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                      The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                      Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                      2

                                                      Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                      Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                      Gravel

                                                      1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                      0125-025 0625-0125

                                                      Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                      Sand

                                                      0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                      Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                      Silt

                                                      lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                      transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                      Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                      3

                                                      Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                      Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                      Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                      Sandstones

                                                      A B

                                                      C

                                                      4

                                                      bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                      feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                      bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                      Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                      quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                      feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                      lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                      Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                      5

                                                      1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                      Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                      Mudstones

                                                      Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                      smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                      bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                      bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                      ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                      6

                                                      ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                      ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                      Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                      CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                      Carbonate sediments

                                                      These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                      Limestones

                                                      They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                      Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                      7

                                                      Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                      Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                      Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                      Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                      i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                      ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                      8

                                                      iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                      Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                      1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                      2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                      3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                      Dolomitedolostone

                                                      Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                      Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                      Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                      Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                      Diagenesis

                                                      After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                      ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                      ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                      than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                      9

                                                      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                      Lacks mud and is grain

                                                      supported

                                                      Crystalline Carbonates

                                                      Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                      Packstone Boundstone

                                                      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                      include

                                                      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                      micrite

                                                      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                      10

                                                      Evaporitic sediments

                                                      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                      Siliceous sediments

                                                      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                      variety of chert

                                                      Organic sediments

                                                      Coals

                                                      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                      11

                                                      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                      Coal Formation

                                                      bull Delta continental environments

                                                      bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                      Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                      Oil shale

                                                      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                      Types of Oil Shale

                                                      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                      12

                                                      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                      Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                      particles

                                                      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                      corners

                                                      13

                                                      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                      14

                                                      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                      Structures

                                                      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                      A Stratification and Bedding

                                                      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                      15

                                                      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                      100-300

                                                      30-100

                                                      10-30

                                                      3-10

                                                      1-3

                                                      03-1

                                                      lt 03

                                                      Massive

                                                      Very thickly bedded

                                                      Thickly bedded

                                                      Medium bedded

                                                      Thinly Bedded

                                                      Very thinly bedded

                                                      Thickly laminated

                                                      Thinly laminated

                                                      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                      16

                                                      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                      B Surface Features

                                                      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                      Bed set

                                                      Cross beds

                                                      Cross bed sets boundary

                                                      Graded bed

                                                      Upward direction of

                                                      the succession

                                                      17

                                                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                      Back and forth movement of water

                                                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                      Current or wind direction

                                                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                      18

                                                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                      19

                                                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                      Types of depositional environments

                                                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                      Reef Environment

                                                      20

                                                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                      21

                                                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                      22

                                                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                      23

                                                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                      or alteration along cracks

                                                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                      24

                                                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                      25

                                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                      26

                                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                      27

                                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                      28

                                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                      not defined

                                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                      not defined

                                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                      29

                                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                      Glaucophane schist

                                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                      30

                                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                      Psammites

                                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                      31

                                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                      32

                                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                      Textural classification

                                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                      Porphyroblast

                                                      33

                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                      34

                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                      35

                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                      36

                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                      37

                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                      38

                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                        Sills are also small (lt50 m thick) shallow intrusions that show a concordant relationship with the rocks that they intrude Sills usually are fed by dikes but these may not be exposed in the field

                                                        Laccoliths are somewhat large intrusions that result in uplift and folding of the preexisting rocks above the intrusion They are also concordant types of intrusions

                                                        Batholiths are very large intrusive bodies usually so large that there bottoms are rarely exposed Sometimes they are composed of several smaller intrusions

                                                        Stocks are smaller bodies that are likely fed from deeper level batholiths Stocks may have been feeders for volcanic eruptions but because large amounts of erosion are required to expose a stock or batholith the associated volcanic rocks are rarely exposed

                                                        27

                                                        RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                                        To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                                        Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                                        Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                                        Converging Plate Boundaries

                                                        Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                                        28

                                                        If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                        If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                        Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                        323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                        The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                        The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                        The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                        The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                        29

                                                        In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                        1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                        2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                        3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                        Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                        30

                                                        Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                        In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                        In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                        Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                        lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                        003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                        31

                                                        2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                        If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                        Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                        approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                        Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                        phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                        then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                        chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                        Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                        Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                        Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                        Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                        Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                        32

                                                        Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                        Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                        Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                        Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                        Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                        Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                        Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                        Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                        Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                        Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                        Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                        Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                        Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                        33

                                                        Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                        Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                        Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                        324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                        Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                        Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                        There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                        34

                                                        by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                        The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                        The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                        A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                        Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                        Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                        Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                        35

                                                        Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                        A

                                                        B

                                                        C

                                                        36

                                                        (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                        (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                        (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                        (Foid)ites

                                                        10

                                                        60 60

                                                        35 65

                                                        10

                                                        20 20

                                                        60 60

                                                        F

                                                        A P

                                                        Q

                                                        Rhyolite Dacite

                                                        Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                        Phonolite Tephrite

                                                        Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                        2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                        Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                        37

                                                        Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                        4 General chemical classification

                                                        SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                        Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                        general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                        38

                                                        o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                        Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                        Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                        Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                        Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                        Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                        39

                                                        Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                        AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                        Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                        40

                                                        33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                        331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                        Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                        Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                        Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                        recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                        Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                        1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                        bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                        Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                        Carbonate rocks

                                                        Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                        Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                        source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                        Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                        Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                        evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                        1

                                                        1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                        3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                        CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                        Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                        Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                        Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                        Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                        Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                        Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                        The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                        Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                        2

                                                        Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                        Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                        Gravel

                                                        1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                        0125-025 0625-0125

                                                        Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                        Sand

                                                        0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                        Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                        Silt

                                                        lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                        transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                        Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                        3

                                                        Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                        Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                        Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                        Sandstones

                                                        A B

                                                        C

                                                        4

                                                        bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                        feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                        bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                        Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                        quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                        feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                        lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                        Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                        5

                                                        1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                        Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                        Mudstones

                                                        Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                        smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                        bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                        bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                        ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                        6

                                                        ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                        ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                        Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                        CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                        Carbonate sediments

                                                        These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                        Limestones

                                                        They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                        Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                        7

                                                        Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                        Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                        Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                        Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                        i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                        ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                        8

                                                        iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                        Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                        1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                        2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                        3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                        Dolomitedolostone

                                                        Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                        Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                        Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                        Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                        Diagenesis

                                                        After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                        ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                        ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                        than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                        9

                                                        Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                        Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                        Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                        Lacks mud and is grain

                                                        supported

                                                        Crystalline Carbonates

                                                        Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                        Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                        (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                        (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                        Packstone Boundstone

                                                        Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                        calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                        Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                        Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                        Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                        conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                        include

                                                        1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                        1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                        Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                        types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                        Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                        micrite

                                                        Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                        Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                        10

                                                        Evaporitic sediments

                                                        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                        Siliceous sediments

                                                        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                        variety of chert

                                                        Organic sediments

                                                        Coals

                                                        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                        11

                                                        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                        Coal Formation

                                                        bull Delta continental environments

                                                        bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                        Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                        Oil shale

                                                        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                        Types of Oil Shale

                                                        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                        12

                                                        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                        Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                        particles

                                                        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                        corners

                                                        13

                                                        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                        14

                                                        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                        Structures

                                                        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                        A Stratification and Bedding

                                                        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                        15

                                                        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                        100-300

                                                        30-100

                                                        10-30

                                                        3-10

                                                        1-3

                                                        03-1

                                                        lt 03

                                                        Massive

                                                        Very thickly bedded

                                                        Thickly bedded

                                                        Medium bedded

                                                        Thinly Bedded

                                                        Very thinly bedded

                                                        Thickly laminated

                                                        Thinly laminated

                                                        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                        16

                                                        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                        B Surface Features

                                                        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                        Bed set

                                                        Cross beds

                                                        Cross bed sets boundary

                                                        Graded bed

                                                        Upward direction of

                                                        the succession

                                                        17

                                                        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                        Back and forth movement of water

                                                        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                        Current or wind direction

                                                        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                        18

                                                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                        19

                                                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                        Types of depositional environments

                                                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                        Reef Environment

                                                        20

                                                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                        21

                                                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                        22

                                                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                        23

                                                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                        or alteration along cracks

                                                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                        24

                                                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                        25

                                                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                        26

                                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                        27

                                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                        28

                                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                        not defined

                                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                        not defined

                                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                        29

                                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                        Glaucophane schist

                                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                        30

                                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                        Psammites

                                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                        31

                                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                        32

                                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                        Textural classification

                                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                        Porphyroblast

                                                        33

                                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                                        Mineralogical classification

                                                        Poikiloblastic

                                                        34

                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                        35

                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                        36

                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                        37

                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                        38

                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                          RELATIONSHIPS TO PLATE TECTONICS

                                                          To a large extent the location of igneous bodies is related to plate tectonics

                                                          Diverging Plate Boundaries

                                                          Diverging plate boundaries are mostly beneath the oceans and occur at oceanic ridges Here basaltic magma is erupted at the oceanic ridge and is intruded beneath the ridge where it forms new oceanic crust Only rarely does the oceanic ridge build itself above the oceans surface One example of where this occurs is the island of Iceland in the northern Atlantic Ocean Eruptions of magma in Iceland are mostly basaltic

                                                          Converging Plate Boundaries

                                                          Where lithospheric plates converge oceanic lithosphere subducts beneath either another plate composed of oceanic lithosphere or another plate composed of continental lithosphere

                                                          28

                                                          If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                          If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                          Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                          323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                          The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                          The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                          The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                          The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                          29

                                                          In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                          1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                          2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                          3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                          Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                          30

                                                          Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                          In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                          In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                          Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                          lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                          003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                          31

                                                          2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                          If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                          Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                          approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                          Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                          phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                          then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                          chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                          Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                          Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                          Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                          Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                          Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                          32

                                                          Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                          Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                          Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                          Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                          Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                          Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                          Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                          Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                          Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                          Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                          Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                          Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                          Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                          33

                                                          Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                          Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                          Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                          324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                          Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                          Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                          There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                          34

                                                          by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                          The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                          The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                          A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                          Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                          Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                          Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                          35

                                                          Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                          A

                                                          B

                                                          C

                                                          36

                                                          (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                          (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                          (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                          (Foid)ites

                                                          10

                                                          60 60

                                                          35 65

                                                          10

                                                          20 20

                                                          60 60

                                                          F

                                                          A P

                                                          Q

                                                          Rhyolite Dacite

                                                          Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                          Phonolite Tephrite

                                                          Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                          2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                          Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                          37

                                                          Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                          4 General chemical classification

                                                          SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                          Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                          general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                          38

                                                          o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                          Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                          Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                          Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                          Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                          Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                          39

                                                          Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                          AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                          Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                          40

                                                          33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                          331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                          Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                          Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                          Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                          recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                          Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                          1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                          bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                          Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                          Carbonate rocks

                                                          Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                          Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                          source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                          Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                          Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                          evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                          1

                                                          1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                          3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                          CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                          Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                          Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                          Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                          Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                          Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                          Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                          The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                          Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                          2

                                                          Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                          Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                          Gravel

                                                          1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                          0125-025 0625-0125

                                                          Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                          Sand

                                                          0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                          Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                          Silt

                                                          lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                          transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                          Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                          3

                                                          Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                          Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                          Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                          Sandstones

                                                          A B

                                                          C

                                                          4

                                                          bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                          feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                          bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                          Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                          quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                          feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                          lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                          Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                          5

                                                          1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                          Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                          Mudstones

                                                          Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                          smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                          bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                          bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                          ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                          6

                                                          ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                          ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                          Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                          CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                          Carbonate sediments

                                                          These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                          Limestones

                                                          They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                          Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                          7

                                                          Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                          Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                          Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                          Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                          i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                          ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                          8

                                                          iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                          Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                          1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                          2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                          3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                          Dolomitedolostone

                                                          Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                          Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                          Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                          Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                          Diagenesis

                                                          After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                          ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                          ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                          than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                          9

                                                          Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                          Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                          Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                          Lacks mud and is grain

                                                          supported

                                                          Crystalline Carbonates

                                                          Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                          Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                          (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                          (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                          Packstone Boundstone

                                                          Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                          calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                          Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                          Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                          Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                          conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                          include

                                                          1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                          1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                          Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                          types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                          Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                          micrite

                                                          Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                          Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                          10

                                                          Evaporitic sediments

                                                          These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                          Siliceous sediments

                                                          Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                          microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                          areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                          and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                          variety of chert

                                                          Organic sediments

                                                          Coals

                                                          Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                          11

                                                          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                          Coal Formation

                                                          bull Delta continental environments

                                                          bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                          Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                          Oil shale

                                                          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                          Types of Oil Shale

                                                          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                          12

                                                          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                          Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                          particles

                                                          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                          corners

                                                          13

                                                          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                          14

                                                          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                          Structures

                                                          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                          A Stratification and Bedding

                                                          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                          15

                                                          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                          100-300

                                                          30-100

                                                          10-30

                                                          3-10

                                                          1-3

                                                          03-1

                                                          lt 03

                                                          Massive

                                                          Very thickly bedded

                                                          Thickly bedded

                                                          Medium bedded

                                                          Thinly Bedded

                                                          Very thinly bedded

                                                          Thickly laminated

                                                          Thinly laminated

                                                          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                          16

                                                          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                          B Surface Features

                                                          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                          Bed set

                                                          Cross beds

                                                          Cross bed sets boundary

                                                          Graded bed

                                                          Upward direction of

                                                          the succession

                                                          17

                                                          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                          Back and forth movement of water

                                                          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                          Current or wind direction

                                                          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                          18

                                                          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                          19

                                                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                          Types of depositional environments

                                                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                          Reef Environment

                                                          20

                                                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                          21

                                                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                          22

                                                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                          23

                                                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                          or alteration along cracks

                                                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                          24

                                                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                          25

                                                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                          26

                                                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                          27

                                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                          28

                                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                          not defined

                                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                          not defined

                                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                          29

                                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                          Glaucophane schist

                                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                          30

                                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                          Psammites

                                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                          31

                                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                          32

                                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                          Textural classification

                                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                          Porphyroblast

                                                          33

                                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                                          Mineralogical classification

                                                          Poikiloblastic

                                                          34

                                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                          35

                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                          36

                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                          37

                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                          38

                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                            If an oceanic lithospheric plate subducts beneath another oceanic lithospheric plate we find island arcs on the surface above the subduction zone These are volcanoes built of mostly andesitic lavas pyroclastic material although some basalts and rhyolites also occur

                                                            If an oceanic plate subducts beneath a plate composed of continental lithosphere we find continental margin arcs Again the volcanoes found here are composed mostly of andesitic lavas and pyroclastics It is likely that some magmas cool beneath the volcanic arc to form dioritic and granitic plutons

                                                            Hot SpotsAreas where rising plumes of hot mantle reach the surface usually at locations far removed from plate boundaries are called hot spots Because plates move relative to the underlying mantle hot spots beneath oceanic lithosphere produce a chain of volcanoes A volcano is active while it is over the vicinity of the hot spot but eventually plate motion results in the volcano moving away from the plume and the volcano becomes extinct and begins to erode

                                                            323 Textures of Igneous Rocks

                                                            The main factor that determines the texture of an igneous rock is the cooling rate (dTdt)Other factors involved are

                                                            The diffusion rate - the rate at which atoms or molecules can move (diffuse) through the liquid

                                                            The rate of nucleation of new crystals - the rate at which enough of the chemical constituents of a crystal can come together in one place without dissolving

                                                            The rate of growth of crystals - the rate at which new constituents can arrive at the surface of the growing crystal This depends largely on the diffusion rate of the molecules of concern

                                                            29

                                                            In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                            1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                            2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                            3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                            Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                            30

                                                            Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                            In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                            In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                            Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                            lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                            003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                            31

                                                            2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                            If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                            Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                            approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                            Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                            phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                            then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                            chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                            Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                            Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                            Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                            Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                            Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                            32

                                                            Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                            Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                            Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                            Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                            Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                            Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                            Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                            Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                            Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                            Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                            Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                            Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                            Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                            33

                                                            Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                            Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                            Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                            324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                            Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                            Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                            There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                            34

                                                            by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                            The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                            The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                            A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                            Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                            Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                            Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                            35

                                                            Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                            A

                                                            B

                                                            C

                                                            36

                                                            (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                            (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                            (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                            (Foid)ites

                                                            10

                                                            60 60

                                                            35 65

                                                            10

                                                            20 20

                                                            60 60

                                                            F

                                                            A P

                                                            Q

                                                            Rhyolite Dacite

                                                            Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                            Phonolite Tephrite

                                                            Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                            2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                            Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                            37

                                                            Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                            4 General chemical classification

                                                            SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                            Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                            general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                            38

                                                            o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                            Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                            Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                            Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                            Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                            Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                            39

                                                            Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                            AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                            Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                            40

                                                            33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                            331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                            Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                            Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                            Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                            recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                            Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                            1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                            bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                            Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                            Carbonate rocks

                                                            Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                            Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                            source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                            Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                            Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                            evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                            1

                                                            1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                            3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                            CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                            Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                            Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                            Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                            Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                            Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                            Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                            The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                            Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                            2

                                                            Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                            Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                            Gravel

                                                            1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                            0125-025 0625-0125

                                                            Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                            Sand

                                                            0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                            Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                            Silt

                                                            lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                            transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                            Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                            3

                                                            Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                            Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                            Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                            Sandstones

                                                            A B

                                                            C

                                                            4

                                                            bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                            feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                            bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                            Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                            quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                            feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                            lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                            Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                            5

                                                            1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                            Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                            Mudstones

                                                            Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                            smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                            bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                            bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                            ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                            6

                                                            ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                            ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                            Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                            CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                            Carbonate sediments

                                                            These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                            Limestones

                                                            They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                            Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                            7

                                                            Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                            Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                            Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                            Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                            i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                            ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                            8

                                                            iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                            Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                            1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                            2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                            3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                            Dolomitedolostone

                                                            Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                            Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                            Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                            Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                            Diagenesis

                                                            After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                            ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                            ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                            than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                            9

                                                            Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                            Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                            Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                            Lacks mud and is grain

                                                            supported

                                                            Crystalline Carbonates

                                                            Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                            Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                            (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                            (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                            Packstone Boundstone

                                                            Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                            calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                            Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                            Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                            Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                            conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                            include

                                                            1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                            1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                            Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                            types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                            Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                            micrite

                                                            Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                            Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                            10

                                                            Evaporitic sediments

                                                            These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                            Siliceous sediments

                                                            Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                            microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                            areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                            and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                            variety of chert

                                                            Organic sediments

                                                            Coals

                                                            Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                            11

                                                            1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                            2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                            Coal Formation

                                                            bull Delta continental environments

                                                            bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                            bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                            Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                            Oil shale

                                                            The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                            Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                            Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                            Types of Oil Shale

                                                            Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                            12

                                                            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                            Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                            particles

                                                            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                            corners

                                                            13

                                                            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                            14

                                                            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                            Structures

                                                            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                            A Stratification and Bedding

                                                            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                            15

                                                            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                            100-300

                                                            30-100

                                                            10-30

                                                            3-10

                                                            1-3

                                                            03-1

                                                            lt 03

                                                            Massive

                                                            Very thickly bedded

                                                            Thickly bedded

                                                            Medium bedded

                                                            Thinly Bedded

                                                            Very thinly bedded

                                                            Thickly laminated

                                                            Thinly laminated

                                                            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                            16

                                                            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                            B Surface Features

                                                            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                            Bed set

                                                            Cross beds

                                                            Cross bed sets boundary

                                                            Graded bed

                                                            Upward direction of

                                                            the succession

                                                            17

                                                            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                            Back and forth movement of water

                                                            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                            Current or wind direction

                                                            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                            18

                                                            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                            19

                                                            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                            Types of depositional environments

                                                            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                            Reef Environment

                                                            20

                                                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                            21

                                                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                            22

                                                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                            23

                                                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                            or alteration along cracks

                                                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                            24

                                                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                            25

                                                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                            26

                                                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                            27

                                                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                            Metamorphic Facies

                                                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                            28

                                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                            not defined

                                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                            not defined

                                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                            29

                                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                            Glaucophane schist

                                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                            30

                                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                            Psammites

                                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                            31

                                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                            32

                                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                            Textural classification

                                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                            Porphyroblast

                                                            33

                                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                                            Mineralogical classification

                                                            Poikiloblastic

                                                            34

                                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                            35

                                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                            36

                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                            37

                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                            38

                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                              In order for a crystal to form in magma enough of the chemical constituents that will make up the crystal must be at the same place at the same time to form a nucleus of the crystal Once a nucleus forms the chemical constituents must diffuse through the liquid to arrive at the surface of the growing crystal The crystal can then grow until it runs into other crystals or the supply of chemical constituents is cut offAll of these rates are strongly dependent on the temperature of the system First nucleation and growth cannot occur until temperatures are below the temperature at which equilibrium crystallization begins Shown below are hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems Note that the rate of crystal growth and nucleation depends on how long the magma resides at a specified degree of undercooling (ΔT = Tm - T) and thus the rate at which temperature is lowered below the crystallization temperature Three cases are shown

                                                              1 For small degrees of undercooling (region A in the figure 310) the nucleation rate will be low and the growth rate moderate A few crystals will form and grow at a moderate rate until they run into each other Because there are few nuclei the crystals will be able to grow to relatively large size and a coarse grained texture will result This would be called a phaneritic texture

                                                              2 At larger degrees of undercooling the nucleation rate will be high and the growth rate also high This will result in many crystals all growing rapidly but because there are so many crystals they will run into each other before they have time to grow and the resulting texture will be a fine grained texture If the sizes of the grains are so small that crystals cannot be distinguished with a handlens the texture is said to be aphanitic

                                                              3 At high degrees of undercooling both the growth rate and nucleation rate will be low Thus few crystals will form and they will not grow to any large size The resulting texture will be glassy with a few tiny crystals called microlites A completely glassy texture is called holohyaline texture

                                                              Two stages of cooling ie slow cooling to grow a few large crystals followed by rapid cooling to grow many smaller crystals could result in a porphyritic texture a texture with two or more distinct sizes of grains Single stage cooling can also produce a porphyritic texture In a porphyritic texture the larger grains are called phenocrysts and the material surrounding the phenocrysts is called groundmass or matrix

                                                              30

                                                              Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                              In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                              In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                              Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                              lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                              003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                              31

                                                              2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                              If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                              Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                              approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                              Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                              phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                              then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                              chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                              Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                              Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                              Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                              Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                              Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                              32

                                                              Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                              Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                              Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                              Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                              Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                              Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                              Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                              Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                              Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                              Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                              Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                              Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                              Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                              33

                                                              Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                              Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                              Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                              324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                              Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                              Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                              There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                              34

                                                              by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                              The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                              The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                              A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                              Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                              Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                              Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                              35

                                                              Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                              A

                                                              B

                                                              C

                                                              36

                                                              (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                              (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                              (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                              (Foid)ites

                                                              10

                                                              60 60

                                                              35 65

                                                              10

                                                              20 20

                                                              60 60

                                                              F

                                                              A P

                                                              Q

                                                              Rhyolite Dacite

                                                              Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                              Phonolite Tephrite

                                                              Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                              2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                              Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                              37

                                                              Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                              4 General chemical classification

                                                              SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                              Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                              general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                              38

                                                              o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                              Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                              Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                              Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                              Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                              Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                              39

                                                              Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                              AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                              Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                              40

                                                              33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                              331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                              Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                              Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                              Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                              recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                              Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                              1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                              bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                              Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                              Carbonate rocks

                                                              Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                              Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                              source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                              Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                              Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                              evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                              1

                                                              1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                              3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                              CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                              Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                              Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                              Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                              Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                              Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                              Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                              The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                              Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                              2

                                                              Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                              Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                              Gravel

                                                              1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                              0125-025 0625-0125

                                                              Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                              Sand

                                                              0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                              Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                              Silt

                                                              lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                              transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                              Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                              3

                                                              Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                              Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                              Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                              Sandstones

                                                              A B

                                                              C

                                                              4

                                                              bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                              feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                              bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                              Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                              quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                              feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                              lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                              Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                              5

                                                              1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                              Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                              Mudstones

                                                              Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                              smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                              bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                              bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                              ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                              6

                                                              ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                              ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                              Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                              CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                              Carbonate sediments

                                                              These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                              Limestones

                                                              They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                              Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                              7

                                                              Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                              Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                              Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                              Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                              i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                              ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                              8

                                                              iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                              Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                              1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                              2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                              3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                              Dolomitedolostone

                                                              Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                              Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                              Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                              Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                              Diagenesis

                                                              After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                              ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                              ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                              than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                              9

                                                              Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                              Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                              Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                              Lacks mud and is grain

                                                              supported

                                                              Crystalline Carbonates

                                                              Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                              Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                              (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                              (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                              Packstone Boundstone

                                                              Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                              calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                              Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                              Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                              Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                              conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                              include

                                                              1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                              1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                              Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                              types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                              Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                              micrite

                                                              Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                              Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                              10

                                                              Evaporitic sediments

                                                              These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                              Siliceous sediments

                                                              Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                              microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                              areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                              and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                              variety of chert

                                                              Organic sediments

                                                              Coals

                                                              Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                              11

                                                              1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                              2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                              Coal Formation

                                                              bull Delta continental environments

                                                              bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                              bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                              Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                              Oil shale

                                                              The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                              Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                              Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                              Types of Oil Shale

                                                              Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                              12

                                                              2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                              Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                              bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                              bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                              332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                              TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                              bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                              particles

                                                              bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                              Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                              Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                              Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                              corners

                                                              13

                                                              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                              14

                                                              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                              Structures

                                                              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                              A Stratification and Bedding

                                                              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                              15

                                                              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                              100-300

                                                              30-100

                                                              10-30

                                                              3-10

                                                              1-3

                                                              03-1

                                                              lt 03

                                                              Massive

                                                              Very thickly bedded

                                                              Thickly bedded

                                                              Medium bedded

                                                              Thinly Bedded

                                                              Very thinly bedded

                                                              Thickly laminated

                                                              Thinly laminated

                                                              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                              16

                                                              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                              B Surface Features

                                                              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                              Bed set

                                                              Cross beds

                                                              Cross bed sets boundary

                                                              Graded bed

                                                              Upward direction of

                                                              the succession

                                                              17

                                                              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                              Back and forth movement of water

                                                              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                              Current or wind direction

                                                              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                              18

                                                              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                              19

                                                              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                              Types of depositional environments

                                                              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                              Reef Environment

                                                              20

                                                              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                              21

                                                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                              22

                                                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                              23

                                                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                              or alteration along cracks

                                                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                              24

                                                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                              25

                                                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                              26

                                                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                              27

                                                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                              Metamorphic Facies

                                                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                              28

                                                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                              not defined

                                                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                              not defined

                                                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                              Epidote-amphibolite

                                                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                              29

                                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                              Glaucophane schist

                                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                              30

                                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                              Psammites

                                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                              31

                                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                              32

                                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                              Textural classification

                                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                              Porphyroblast

                                                              33

                                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                                              Mineralogical classification

                                                              Poikiloblastic

                                                              34

                                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                              35

                                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                              36

                                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                              37

                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                              38

                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                Figure 310 A hypothetical nucleation and growth rate curves based on experiments in simple systems

                                                                In a rock with a phaneritic texture where all grains are about the same size we use the grain size ranges shown below to describe the texture

                                                                In a rock with a porphyritic texture we use the above table to define the grain size of the groundmass or matrix and this table to describe the phenocrysts

                                                                Another aspect of texture particularly in medium to coarse grained rocks is referred to as fabric Fabric refers to the mutual relationship between the grains Three types of fabric are commonly referred to1 If most of the grains are euhedral - that is they are bounded by well-formed crystal faces The fabric is said to be idomorphic granular

                                                                lt1 mm fine grained 1 - 5 mm medium grained 5 - 3 cm coarse grained gt 3 cm very coarse grained

                                                                003 - 03 mm microphenocrysts 03 - 5 mm phenocrysts gt 5 mm megaphenocrysts

                                                                31

                                                                2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                                If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                                Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                                approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                                Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                                phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                                then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                                chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                                Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                                Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                                Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                                Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                                Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                                32

                                                                Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                                Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                                Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                                Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                                Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                                Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                                Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                                Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                                Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                                Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                                Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                                Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                                Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                                33

                                                                Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                                Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                                Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                                324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                                Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                                Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                                There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                                34

                                                                by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                                The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                                The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                                A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                                Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                                Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                                Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                                35

                                                                Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                                A

                                                                B

                                                                C

                                                                36

                                                                (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                (Foid)ites

                                                                10

                                                                60 60

                                                                35 65

                                                                10

                                                                20 20

                                                                60 60

                                                                F

                                                                A P

                                                                Q

                                                                Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                37

                                                                Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                4 General chemical classification

                                                                SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                38

                                                                o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                39

                                                                Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                40

                                                                33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                Carbonate rocks

                                                                Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                1

                                                                1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                2

                                                                Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                Gravel

                                                                1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                Sand

                                                                0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                Silt

                                                                lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                3

                                                                Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                Sandstones

                                                                A B

                                                                C

                                                                4

                                                                bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                5

                                                                1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                Mudstones

                                                                Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                6

                                                                ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                Carbonate sediments

                                                                These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                Limestones

                                                                They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                7

                                                                Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                8

                                                                iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                Dolomitedolostone

                                                                Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                Diagenesis

                                                                After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                9

                                                                Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                supported

                                                                Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                Packstone Boundstone

                                                                Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                include

                                                                1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                micrite

                                                                Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                10

                                                                Evaporitic sediments

                                                                These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                Siliceous sediments

                                                                Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                variety of chert

                                                                Organic sediments

                                                                Coals

                                                                Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                11

                                                                1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                Coal Formation

                                                                bull Delta continental environments

                                                                bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                Oil shale

                                                                The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                Types of Oil Shale

                                                                Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                12

                                                                2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                particles

                                                                bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                corners

                                                                13

                                                                Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                14

                                                                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                Structures

                                                                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                15

                                                                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                100-300

                                                                30-100

                                                                10-30

                                                                3-10

                                                                1-3

                                                                03-1

                                                                lt 03

                                                                Massive

                                                                Very thickly bedded

                                                                Thickly bedded

                                                                Medium bedded

                                                                Thinly Bedded

                                                                Very thinly bedded

                                                                Thickly laminated

                                                                Thinly laminated

                                                                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                16

                                                                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                B Surface Features

                                                                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                Bed set

                                                                Cross beds

                                                                Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                Graded bed

                                                                Upward direction of

                                                                the succession

                                                                17

                                                                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                Back and forth movement of water

                                                                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                Current or wind direction

                                                                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                18

                                                                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                19

                                                                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                Types of depositional environments

                                                                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                Reef Environment

                                                                20

                                                                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                21

                                                                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                22

                                                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                23

                                                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                or alteration along cracks

                                                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                24

                                                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                25

                                                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                26

                                                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                27

                                                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                Metamorphic Facies

                                                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                28

                                                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                not defined

                                                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                not defined

                                                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                29

                                                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                Glaucophane schist

                                                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                30

                                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                Psammites

                                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                31

                                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                32

                                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                Textural classification

                                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                Porphyroblast

                                                                33

                                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                                34

                                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                35

                                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                36

                                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                37

                                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                38

                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                  2 If most of the grains are subhedral - that is they bounded by only a few well-formed crystal faces the fabric is said to be hypidiomorphic granular3 If most of the grains are anhedral - that is they are generally not bounded by crystal faces the fabric is said to be allotriomorphic granular

                                                                  If the grains have particularly descriptive shapes then it is essential to describe the individual grains Some common grain shapes are

                                                                  Tabular - a term used to describe grains with rectangular tablet shapes Equant - a term used to describe grains that have all of their boundaries of

                                                                  approximately equal length Fibrous - a term used to describe grains that occur as long fibers Acicular - a term used to describe grains that occur as long slender crystals Prismatic - a term used to describe grains that show an abundance of prism faces

                                                                  Other terms may apply to certain situations and should be noted if found in a rock Vesicular - if the rock contains numerous holes that were once occupied by a gas

                                                                  phase then this term is added to the textural description of the rock Glomeroporphyritic - if phenocrysts are found to occur as clusters of crystals

                                                                  then the rock should be described as glomeroporphyritic instead of porphyritic Amygdular - if vesicles have been filled with material (usually calcite

                                                                  chalcedony or quartz then the term amygdular should be added to the textural description of the rock An amygdule is defined as a refilled vesicle

                                                                  Pumiceous - if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density less than 1 (ie it would float in water) then the rock is pumiceous

                                                                  Scoraceous- if vesicles are so abundant that they make up over 50 of the rock and the rock has a density greater than 1 then the rock is said to be scoraceous

                                                                  Graphic - a texture consisting of intergrowths of quartz and alkali feldspar wherein the orientation of the quartz grains resembles cuneiform writing This texture is most commonly observed in pegmatites

                                                                  Spherulitic - a texture commonly found in glassy rhyolites wherein spherical intergrowths of radiating quartz and feldspar replace glass as a result of devitrification

                                                                  Obicular - a texture usually restricted to coarser grained rocks that consists of concentrically banded spheres wherein the bands consist of alternating light colored and dark colored minerals

                                                                  32

                                                                  Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                                  Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                                  Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                                  Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                                  Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                                  Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                                  Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                                  Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                                  Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                                  Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                                  Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                                  Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                                  Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                                  33

                                                                  Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                                  Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                                  Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                                  324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                                  Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                                  Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                                  There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                                  34

                                                                  by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                                  The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                                  The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                                  A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                                  Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                                  Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                                  Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                                  35

                                                                  Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                                  A

                                                                  B

                                                                  C

                                                                  36

                                                                  (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                  (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                  (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                  (Foid)ites

                                                                  10

                                                                  60 60

                                                                  35 65

                                                                  10

                                                                  20 20

                                                                  60 60

                                                                  F

                                                                  A P

                                                                  Q

                                                                  Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                  Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                  Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                  Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                  2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                  Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                  37

                                                                  Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                  4 General chemical classification

                                                                  SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                  Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                  general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                  38

                                                                  o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                  Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                  Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                  Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                  Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                  Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                  39

                                                                  Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                  AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                  Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                  40

                                                                  33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                  331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                  Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                  Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                  Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                  recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                  Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                  1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                  bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                  Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                  Carbonate rocks

                                                                  Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                  Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                  source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                  Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                  Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                  evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                  1

                                                                  1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                  3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                  CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                  Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                  Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                  Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                  Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                  Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                  Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                  The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                  Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                  2

                                                                  Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                  Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                  Gravel

                                                                  1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                  0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                  Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                  Sand

                                                                  0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                  Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                  Silt

                                                                  lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                  transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                  Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                  3

                                                                  Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                  Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                  Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                  Sandstones

                                                                  A B

                                                                  C

                                                                  4

                                                                  bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                  feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                  bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                  Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                  quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                  feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                  lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                  Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                  5

                                                                  1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                  Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                  Mudstones

                                                                  Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                  smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                  bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                  bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                  ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                  6

                                                                  ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                  ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                  Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                  CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                  Carbonate sediments

                                                                  These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                  Limestones

                                                                  They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                  Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                  7

                                                                  Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                  Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                  Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                  Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                  i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                  ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                  8

                                                                  iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                  Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                  1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                  2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                  3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                  Dolomitedolostone

                                                                  Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                  Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                  Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                  Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                  Diagenesis

                                                                  After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                  ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                  ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                  than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                  9

                                                                  Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                  Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                  Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                  Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                  supported

                                                                  Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                  Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                  Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                  (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                  (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                  Packstone Boundstone

                                                                  Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                  calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                  Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                  Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                  Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                  conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                  include

                                                                  1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                  1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                  Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                  types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                  Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                  micrite

                                                                  Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                  Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                  10

                                                                  Evaporitic sediments

                                                                  These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                  Siliceous sediments

                                                                  Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                  microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                  areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                  and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                  variety of chert

                                                                  Organic sediments

                                                                  Coals

                                                                  Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                  11

                                                                  1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                  2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                  Coal Formation

                                                                  bull Delta continental environments

                                                                  bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                  bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                  Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                  Oil shale

                                                                  The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                  Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                  Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                  Types of Oil Shale

                                                                  Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                  12

                                                                  2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                  Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                  bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                  bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                  332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                  TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                  bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                  particles

                                                                  bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                  Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                  Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                  Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                  corners

                                                                  13

                                                                  Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                  Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                  Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                  14

                                                                  A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                  Structures

                                                                  The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                  A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                  1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                  15

                                                                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                  100-300

                                                                  30-100

                                                                  10-30

                                                                  3-10

                                                                  1-3

                                                                  03-1

                                                                  lt 03

                                                                  Massive

                                                                  Very thickly bedded

                                                                  Thickly bedded

                                                                  Medium bedded

                                                                  Thinly Bedded

                                                                  Very thinly bedded

                                                                  Thickly laminated

                                                                  Thinly laminated

                                                                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                  16

                                                                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                  B Surface Features

                                                                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                  Bed set

                                                                  Cross beds

                                                                  Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                  Graded bed

                                                                  Upward direction of

                                                                  the succession

                                                                  17

                                                                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                  Back and forth movement of water

                                                                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                  Current or wind direction

                                                                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                  18

                                                                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                  19

                                                                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                  Types of depositional environments

                                                                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                  Reef Environment

                                                                  20

                                                                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                  21

                                                                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                  22

                                                                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                  23

                                                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                  or alteration along cracks

                                                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                  24

                                                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                  25

                                                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                  26

                                                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                  27

                                                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                  28

                                                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                  not defined

                                                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                  not defined

                                                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                  29

                                                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                  Glaucophane schist

                                                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                  30

                                                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                  Psammites

                                                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                  31

                                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                  32

                                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                  Textural classification

                                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                                  33

                                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                                  34

                                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                  35

                                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                  36

                                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                  37

                                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                  38

                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                    Other textures that may be evident on microscopic examination of igneous rocks are as follows

                                                                    Myrmekitic texture - an intergrowth of quartz and plagioclase that shows small wormlike bodies of quartz enclosed in plagioclase This texture is found in granites

                                                                    Ophitic texture - laths of plagioclase in a coarse grained matrix of pyroxene crystals wherein the plagioclase is totally surrounded by pyroxene grains This texture is common in diabases and gabbros

                                                                    Subophitic texture - similar to ophitic texture wherein the plagioclase grains are not completely enclosed in a matrix of pyroxene grains

                                                                    Poikilitic texture - smaller grains of one mineral are completely enclosed in large optically continuous grains of another mineral

                                                                    Intergranular texture - a texture in which the angular interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by grains of ferromagnesium minerals such as olivine pyroxene or iron titanium oxides

                                                                    Intersertal texture - a texture similar to intergranular texture except that the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                                    Hyaloophitic texture - a texture similar to ophitic texture except that glass completely surrounds the plagioclase laths

                                                                    Hyalopilitic texture - a texture wherein microlites of plagioclase are more abundant than groundmass and the groundmass consists of glass which occupies the tiny interstices between plagioclase grains

                                                                    Trachytic texture - a texture wherein plagioclase grains show a preferred orientation due to flowage and the interstices between plagioclase grains are occupied by glass or cryptocrystalline material

                                                                    Coronas or reaction rims - often times reaction rims or coronas surround individual crystals as a result of the crystal becoming unstable and reacting with its surrounding crystals or melt If such rims are present on crystals they should be noted in the textural description

                                                                    Patchy zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase crystals where irregularly shaped patches of the crystal show different compositions as evidenced by going extinct at angles different from other zones in the crystal

                                                                    Oscillatory zoning - This sometimes occurs in plagioclase grains wherein concentric zones around the grain show thin zones of different composition as evidenced by extinction phenomena

                                                                    33

                                                                    Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                                    Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                                    Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                                    324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                                    Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                                    Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                                    There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                                    34

                                                                    by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                                    The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                                    The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                                    A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                                    Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                                    Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                                    Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                                    35

                                                                    Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                                    A

                                                                    B

                                                                    C

                                                                    36

                                                                    (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                    (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                    (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                    (Foid)ites

                                                                    10

                                                                    60 60

                                                                    35 65

                                                                    10

                                                                    20 20

                                                                    60 60

                                                                    F

                                                                    A P

                                                                    Q

                                                                    Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                    Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                    Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                    Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                    2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                    Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                    37

                                                                    Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                    4 General chemical classification

                                                                    SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                    Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                    general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                    38

                                                                    o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                    Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                    Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                    Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                    Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                    Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                    39

                                                                    Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                    AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                    Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                    40

                                                                    33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                    Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                    Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                    Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                    recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                    Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                    1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                    bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                    Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                    Carbonate rocks

                                                                    Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                    Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                    source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                    Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                    Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                    evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                    1

                                                                    1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                    3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                    CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                    Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                    Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                    Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                    Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                    Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                    Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                    The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                    Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                    2

                                                                    Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                    Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                    Gravel

                                                                    1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                    0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                    Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                    Sand

                                                                    0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                    Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                    Silt

                                                                    lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                    transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                    Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                    3

                                                                    Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                    Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                    Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                    Sandstones

                                                                    A B

                                                                    C

                                                                    4

                                                                    bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                    feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                    bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                    Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                    quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                    feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                    lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                    Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                    5

                                                                    1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                    Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                    Mudstones

                                                                    Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                    smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                    bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                    bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                    ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                    6

                                                                    ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                    ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                    Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                    CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                    Carbonate sediments

                                                                    These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                    Limestones

                                                                    They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                    Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                    7

                                                                    Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                    Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                    Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                    Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                    i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                    ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                    8

                                                                    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                    Dolomitedolostone

                                                                    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                    Diagenesis

                                                                    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                    than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                    9

                                                                    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                    Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                    supported

                                                                    Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                    Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                    Packstone Boundstone

                                                                    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                    include

                                                                    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                    micrite

                                                                    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                    10

                                                                    Evaporitic sediments

                                                                    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                    Siliceous sediments

                                                                    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                    variety of chert

                                                                    Organic sediments

                                                                    Coals

                                                                    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                    11

                                                                    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                    Coal Formation

                                                                    bull Delta continental environments

                                                                    bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                    Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                    Oil shale

                                                                    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                    Types of Oil Shale

                                                                    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                    12

                                                                    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                    Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                    particles

                                                                    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                    corners

                                                                    13

                                                                    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                    14

                                                                    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                    Structures

                                                                    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                    A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                    15

                                                                    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                    100-300

                                                                    30-100

                                                                    10-30

                                                                    3-10

                                                                    1-3

                                                                    03-1

                                                                    lt 03

                                                                    Massive

                                                                    Very thickly bedded

                                                                    Thickly bedded

                                                                    Medium bedded

                                                                    Thinly Bedded

                                                                    Very thinly bedded

                                                                    Thickly laminated

                                                                    Thinly laminated

                                                                    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                    16

                                                                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                    B Surface Features

                                                                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                    Bed set

                                                                    Cross beds

                                                                    Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                    Graded bed

                                                                    Upward direction of

                                                                    the succession

                                                                    17

                                                                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                    Back and forth movement of water

                                                                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                    Current or wind direction

                                                                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                    18

                                                                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                    19

                                                                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                    Types of depositional environments

                                                                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                    Reef Environment

                                                                    20

                                                                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                    21

                                                                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                    22

                                                                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                    23

                                                                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                    or alteration along cracks

                                                                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                    24

                                                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                    25

                                                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                    26

                                                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                    27

                                                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                    28

                                                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                    not defined

                                                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                    not defined

                                                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                    29

                                                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                    Glaucophane schist

                                                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                    30

                                                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                    Psammites

                                                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                    31

                                                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                    32

                                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                    Textural classification

                                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                                    33

                                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                                    34

                                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                    35

                                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                    36

                                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                    37

                                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                    38

                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                      Moth eaten texture (also called sieve texture)- This sometimes occurs in plagioclase wherein individual plagioclase grains show an abundance of glassy inclusions

                                                                      Perthitic texture - Exsolution lamellae of albite occurring in orthoclase or microcline

                                                                      Antiperthitic texture ndash Exsolution lamellae of orthoclase or microcline occurring in albite

                                                                      324 Classification of Igneous rocks

                                                                      Classification of igneous rocks is one of the most confusing aspects of geology This is partly due to historical reasons partly due to the nature of magmas and partly due to the various criteria that could potentially be used to classify rocks

                                                                      Early in the days of geology there were few rocks described and classified In those days each new rock described by a geologist could have shown characteristics different than the rocks that had already been described so there was a tendency to give the new and different rock a new name Because such factors as cooling conditions chemical composition of the original magma and weathering effects there is a potential to see an infinite variety of igneous rocks and thus a classification scheme based solely on the description of the rock would eventually lead to a plethora of rock names Still because of the history of the science many of these rock names are firmly entrenched in the literature so the student must be aware of all of these names or at least know where to look to find out what the various rocks names mean Magmas from which all igneous rocks are derived are complex liquid solutions Because they are solutions their chemical composition can vary continuously within a range of compositions Because of the continuous variation in chemical composition there is no easy way to set limits within a classification scheme

                                                                      There are various criteria that could be used to classify igneous rocks Among them are1 Minerals Present in the Rock (the mode) The minerals present in a rock and their relative proportions in the rock depend largely on the chemical composition of the magma This works well as a classification scheme if all of the minerals that could potentially crystallize from the magma have done so - usually the case for slowly cooled plutonic igneous rocks But volcanic rocks usually have their crystallization interrupted

                                                                      34

                                                                      by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                                      The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                                      The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                                      A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                                      Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                                      Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                                      Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                                      35

                                                                      Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                                      A

                                                                      B

                                                                      C

                                                                      36

                                                                      (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                      (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                      (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                      (Foid)ites

                                                                      10

                                                                      60 60

                                                                      35 65

                                                                      10

                                                                      20 20

                                                                      60 60

                                                                      F

                                                                      A P

                                                                      Q

                                                                      Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                      Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                      Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                      Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                      2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                      Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                      37

                                                                      Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                      4 General chemical classification

                                                                      SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                      Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                      general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                      38

                                                                      o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                      Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                      Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                      Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                      Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                      Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                      39

                                                                      Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                      AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                      Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                      40

                                                                      33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                      331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                      Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                      Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                      Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                      recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                      Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                      1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                      bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                      Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                      Carbonate rocks

                                                                      Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                      Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                      source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                      Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                      Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                      evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                      1

                                                                      1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                      3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                      CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                      Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                      Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                      Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                      Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                      Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                      Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                      The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                      Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                      2

                                                                      Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                      Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                      Gravel

                                                                      1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                      0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                      Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                      Sand

                                                                      0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                      Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                      Silt

                                                                      lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                      transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                      Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                      3

                                                                      Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                      Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                      Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                      Sandstones

                                                                      A B

                                                                      C

                                                                      4

                                                                      bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                      feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                      bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                      Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                      quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                      feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                      lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                      Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                      5

                                                                      1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                      Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                      Mudstones

                                                                      Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                      smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                      bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                      bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                      ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                      6

                                                                      ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                      ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                      Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                      CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                      Carbonate sediments

                                                                      These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                      Limestones

                                                                      They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                      Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                      7

                                                                      Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                      Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                      Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                      Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                      i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                      ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                      8

                                                                      iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                      Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                      1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                      2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                      3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                      Dolomitedolostone

                                                                      Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                      Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                      Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                      Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                      Diagenesis

                                                                      After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                      ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                      ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                      than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                      9

                                                                      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                      Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                      supported

                                                                      Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                      Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                      Packstone Boundstone

                                                                      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                      include

                                                                      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                      micrite

                                                                      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                      10

                                                                      Evaporitic sediments

                                                                      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                      Siliceous sediments

                                                                      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                      variety of chert

                                                                      Organic sediments

                                                                      Coals

                                                                      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                      11

                                                                      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                      Coal Formation

                                                                      bull Delta continental environments

                                                                      bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                      Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                      Oil shale

                                                                      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                      Types of Oil Shale

                                                                      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                      12

                                                                      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                      Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                      particles

                                                                      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                      corners

                                                                      13

                                                                      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                      14

                                                                      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                      Structures

                                                                      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                      A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                      15

                                                                      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                      100-300

                                                                      30-100

                                                                      10-30

                                                                      3-10

                                                                      1-3

                                                                      03-1

                                                                      lt 03

                                                                      Massive

                                                                      Very thickly bedded

                                                                      Thickly bedded

                                                                      Medium bedded

                                                                      Thinly Bedded

                                                                      Very thinly bedded

                                                                      Thickly laminated

                                                                      Thinly laminated

                                                                      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                      16

                                                                      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                      B Surface Features

                                                                      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                      Bed set

                                                                      Cross beds

                                                                      Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                      Graded bed

                                                                      Upward direction of

                                                                      the succession

                                                                      17

                                                                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                      Back and forth movement of water

                                                                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                      Current or wind direction

                                                                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                      18

                                                                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                      19

                                                                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                      Types of depositional environments

                                                                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                      Reef Environment

                                                                      20

                                                                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                      21

                                                                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                      22

                                                                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                      23

                                                                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                      or alteration along cracks

                                                                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                      24

                                                                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                      25

                                                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                      26

                                                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                      27

                                                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                      28

                                                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                      not defined

                                                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                      not defined

                                                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                      29

                                                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                      Glaucophane schist

                                                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                      30

                                                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                      Psammites

                                                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                      31

                                                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                      32

                                                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                      Textural classification

                                                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                      Porphyroblast

                                                                      33

                                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                                      34

                                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                      35

                                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                      36

                                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                      37

                                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                      38

                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                        by eruption and rapid cooling on the surface In such rocks there is often glass or the minerals are too small to be readily identified2 Texture of the Rock Rock texture depends to a large extent on cooling history of the magma Thus rocks with the same chemical composition and same minerals present could have widely different textures In fact we generally use textural criteria to subdivide igneous rocks in to plutonic (usually medium to coarse grained) and volcanic (usually fine grained glassy or porphyritic) varieties3 Color Color of a rock depends on the minerals present and on their grain size Generally rocks that contain lots of feldspar and quartz are light colored and rocks that contain lots of pyroxenes olivines and amphiboles (ferromagnesium minerals) are dark colored But color can be misleading when applied to rocks of the same composition but different grain size For example granite consists of lots of quartz and feldspar and is generally light colored But a rapidly cooled volcanic rock with the same composition as the granite could be entirely glassy and black colored (ie an obsidian) Still we can divide rocks in general into felsic rocks (those with lots of feldspar and quartz) and mafic rocks (those with lots of ferromagnesium minerals) But this does not allow for a very detailed classification scheme4 Chemical Composition Chemical composition of igneous rocks is the most distinguishing feature

                                                                        The composition usually reflects the composition of the magma and thus provides information on the source of the rock

                                                                        The chemical composition of the magma determines the minerals that will crystallize and their proportions

                                                                        A set of hypothetical minerals that could crystallize from a magma with the same chemical composition as the rock (called the Norm) can facilitate comparison between rocks

                                                                        Still because chemical composition can vary continuously there are few natural breaks to facilitate divisions between different rocks

                                                                        Chemical composition cannot be easily determined in the field making classification based on chemistry impractical

                                                                        Because of the limitations of the various criteria that can used to classify igneous rocks geologists use an approach based on the information obtainable at various stages of examining the rocks1 In the field a simple field based classification must be used This is usually based on mineralogical content and texture For plutonic and volcanic rocks the IUGS system of classification can be used (Figs 311 and 312) and for pyroclastic rocks (Fig 313)

                                                                        35

                                                                        Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                                        A

                                                                        B

                                                                        C

                                                                        36

                                                                        (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                        (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                        (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                        (Foid)ites

                                                                        10

                                                                        60 60

                                                                        35 65

                                                                        10

                                                                        20 20

                                                                        60 60

                                                                        F

                                                                        A P

                                                                        Q

                                                                        Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                        Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                        Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                        Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                        2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                        Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                        37

                                                                        Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                        4 General chemical classification

                                                                        SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                        Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                        general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                        38

                                                                        o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                        Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                        Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                        Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                        Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                        Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                        39

                                                                        Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                        AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                        Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                        40

                                                                        33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                        331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                        Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                        Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                        Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                        recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                        Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                        1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                        bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                        Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                        Carbonate rocks

                                                                        Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                        Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                        source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                        Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                        Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                        evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                        1

                                                                        1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                        3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                        CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                        Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                        Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                        Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                        Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                        Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                        Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                        The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                        Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                        2

                                                                        Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                        Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                        Gravel

                                                                        1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                        0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                        Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                        Sand

                                                                        0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                        Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                        Silt

                                                                        lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                        transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                        Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                        3

                                                                        Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                        Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                        Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                        Sandstones

                                                                        A B

                                                                        C

                                                                        4

                                                                        bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                        feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                        bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                        Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                        quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                        feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                        lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                        Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                        5

                                                                        1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                        Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                        Mudstones

                                                                        Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                        smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                        bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                        bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                        ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                        6

                                                                        ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                        ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                        Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                        CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                        Carbonate sediments

                                                                        These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                        Limestones

                                                                        They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                        Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                        7

                                                                        Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                        Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                        Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                        Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                        i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                        ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                        8

                                                                        iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                        Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                        1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                        2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                        3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                        Dolomitedolostone

                                                                        Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                        Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                        Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                        Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                        Diagenesis

                                                                        After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                        ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                        ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                        than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                        9

                                                                        Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                        Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                        Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                        Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                        supported

                                                                        Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                        Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                        Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                        (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                        (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                        Packstone Boundstone

                                                                        Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                        calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                        Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                        Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                        Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                        conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                        include

                                                                        1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                        1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                        Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                        types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                        Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                        micrite

                                                                        Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                        Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                        10

                                                                        Evaporitic sediments

                                                                        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                        Siliceous sediments

                                                                        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                        variety of chert

                                                                        Organic sediments

                                                                        Coals

                                                                        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                        11

                                                                        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                        Coal Formation

                                                                        bull Delta continental environments

                                                                        bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                        Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                        Oil shale

                                                                        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                        Types of Oil Shale

                                                                        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                        12

                                                                        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                        Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                        particles

                                                                        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                        corners

                                                                        13

                                                                        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                        14

                                                                        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                        Structures

                                                                        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                        A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                        15

                                                                        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                        100-300

                                                                        30-100

                                                                        10-30

                                                                        3-10

                                                                        1-3

                                                                        03-1

                                                                        lt 03

                                                                        Massive

                                                                        Very thickly bedded

                                                                        Thickly bedded

                                                                        Medium bedded

                                                                        Thinly Bedded

                                                                        Very thinly bedded

                                                                        Thickly laminated

                                                                        Thinly laminated

                                                                        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                        16

                                                                        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                        B Surface Features

                                                                        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                        Bed set

                                                                        Cross beds

                                                                        Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                        Graded bed

                                                                        Upward direction of

                                                                        the succession

                                                                        17

                                                                        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                        Back and forth movement of water

                                                                        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                        Current or wind direction

                                                                        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                        18

                                                                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                        19

                                                                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                        Types of depositional environments

                                                                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                        Reef Environment

                                                                        20

                                                                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                        21

                                                                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                        22

                                                                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                        23

                                                                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                        or alteration along cracks

                                                                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                        24

                                                                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                        25

                                                                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                        26

                                                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                        27

                                                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                        28

                                                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                        not defined

                                                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                        not defined

                                                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                        29

                                                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                        Glaucophane schist

                                                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                        30

                                                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                        Psammites

                                                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                        31

                                                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                        32

                                                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                        Textural classification

                                                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                        Porphyroblast

                                                                        33

                                                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                        Mineralogical classification

                                                                        Poikiloblastic

                                                                        34

                                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                        35

                                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                        36

                                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                        37

                                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                        38

                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                          Figure 311 IUGS classification of plutonic rocks (a) Felsic rocks (b) Mafic rocks and (c) Ultramafic rocks

                                                                          A

                                                                          B

                                                                          C

                                                                          36

                                                                          (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                          (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                          (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                          (Foid)ites

                                                                          10

                                                                          60 60

                                                                          35 65

                                                                          10

                                                                          20 20

                                                                          60 60

                                                                          F

                                                                          A P

                                                                          Q

                                                                          Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                          Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                          Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                          Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                          2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                          Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                          37

                                                                          Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                          4 General chemical classification

                                                                          SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                          Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                          general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                          38

                                                                          o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                          Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                          Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                          Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                          Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                          Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                          39

                                                                          Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                          AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                          Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                          40

                                                                          33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                          331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                          Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                          Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                          Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                          recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                          Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                          1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                          bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                          Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                          Carbonate rocks

                                                                          Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                          Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                          source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                          Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                          Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                          evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                          1

                                                                          1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                          3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                          CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                          Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                          Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                          Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                          Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                          Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                          Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                          The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                          Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                          2

                                                                          Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                          Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                          Gravel

                                                                          1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                          0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                          Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                          Sand

                                                                          0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                          Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                          Silt

                                                                          lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                          transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                          Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                          3

                                                                          Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                          Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                          Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                          Sandstones

                                                                          A B

                                                                          C

                                                                          4

                                                                          bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                          feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                          bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                          Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                          quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                          feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                          lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                          Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                          5

                                                                          1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                          Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                          Mudstones

                                                                          Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                          smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                          bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                          bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                          ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                          6

                                                                          ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                          ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                          Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                          CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                          Carbonate sediments

                                                                          These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                          Limestones

                                                                          They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                          Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                          7

                                                                          Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                          Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                          Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                          Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                          i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                          ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                          8

                                                                          iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                          Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                          1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                          2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                          3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                          Dolomitedolostone

                                                                          Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                          Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                          Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                          Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                          Diagenesis

                                                                          After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                          ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                          ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                          than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                          9

                                                                          Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                          Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                          Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                          Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                          supported

                                                                          Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                          Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                          Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                          (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                          (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                          Packstone Boundstone

                                                                          Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                          calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                          Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                          Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                          Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                          conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                          include

                                                                          1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                          1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                          Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                          types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                          Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                          micrite

                                                                          Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                          Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                          10

                                                                          Evaporitic sediments

                                                                          These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                          Siliceous sediments

                                                                          Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                          microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                          areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                          and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                          variety of chert

                                                                          Organic sediments

                                                                          Coals

                                                                          Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                          11

                                                                          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                          Coal Formation

                                                                          bull Delta continental environments

                                                                          bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                          Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                          Oil shale

                                                                          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                          Types of Oil Shale

                                                                          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                          12

                                                                          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                          Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                          particles

                                                                          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                          corners

                                                                          13

                                                                          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                          14

                                                                          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                          Structures

                                                                          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                          A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                          15

                                                                          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                          100-300

                                                                          30-100

                                                                          10-30

                                                                          3-10

                                                                          1-3

                                                                          03-1

                                                                          lt 03

                                                                          Massive

                                                                          Very thickly bedded

                                                                          Thickly bedded

                                                                          Medium bedded

                                                                          Thinly Bedded

                                                                          Very thinly bedded

                                                                          Thickly laminated

                                                                          Thinly laminated

                                                                          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                          16

                                                                          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                          B Surface Features

                                                                          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                          Bed set

                                                                          Cross beds

                                                                          Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                          Graded bed

                                                                          Upward direction of

                                                                          the succession

                                                                          17

                                                                          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                          Back and forth movement of water

                                                                          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                          Current or wind direction

                                                                          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                          18

                                                                          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                          19

                                                                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                          Types of depositional environments

                                                                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                          Reef Environment

                                                                          20

                                                                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                          21

                                                                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                          22

                                                                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                          23

                                                                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                          or alteration along cracks

                                                                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                          24

                                                                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                          25

                                                                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                          26

                                                                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                          27

                                                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                          28

                                                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                          not defined

                                                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                          not defined

                                                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                          29

                                                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                          Glaucophane schist

                                                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                          30

                                                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                          Psammites

                                                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                          31

                                                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                          32

                                                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                          Textural classification

                                                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                          Porphyroblast

                                                                          33

                                                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                          Mineralogical classification

                                                                          Poikiloblastic

                                                                          34

                                                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                          35

                                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                          36

                                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                          37

                                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                          38

                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                            (foid)-bearing Trachyte

                                                                            (foid)-bearing Latite

                                                                            (foid)-bearing AndesiteBasalt

                                                                            (Foid)ites

                                                                            10

                                                                            60 60

                                                                            35 65

                                                                            10

                                                                            20 20

                                                                            60 60

                                                                            F

                                                                            A P

                                                                            Q

                                                                            Rhyolite Dacite

                                                                            Trachyte Latite AndesiteBasalt

                                                                            Phonolite Tephrite

                                                                            Figure 312 Classification of volcanic rocks recommended by IUGS

                                                                            2 Once the rocks are brought back to the laboratory and thin sections can be made these are examined mineralogical content can be more precisely determined and refinements in the mineralogical and textural classification can be made3 Chemical analyses can be obtained and a chemical classification such as the LeBas etal IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O +K2O] vs SiO2 (Fig 314)

                                                                            Figure 313 Classification of the pyroclastic rocks a Based on type of material After Pettijohn (1975) Sedimentary Rocks Harper amp Row and Schmid (1981) Geology 9 40-43 b Based on the size of the material After Fisher (1966) Earth Sci Rev 1 287-298

                                                                            37

                                                                            Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                            4 General chemical classification

                                                                            SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                            Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                            general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                            38

                                                                            o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                            Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                            Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                            Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                            Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                            Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                            39

                                                                            Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                            AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                            Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                            40

                                                                            33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                            331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                            Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                            Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                            Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                            recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                            Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                            1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                            bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                            Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                            Carbonate rocks

                                                                            Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                            Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                            source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                            Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                            Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                            evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                            1

                                                                            1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                            3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                            CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                            Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                            Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                            Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                            Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                            Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                            Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                            The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                            Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                            2

                                                                            Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                            Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                            Gravel

                                                                            1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                            0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                            Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                            Sand

                                                                            0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                            Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                            Silt

                                                                            lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                            transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                            Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                            3

                                                                            Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                            Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                            Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                            Sandstones

                                                                            A B

                                                                            C

                                                                            4

                                                                            bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                            feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                            bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                            Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                            quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                            feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                            lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                            Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                            5

                                                                            1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                            Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                            Mudstones

                                                                            Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                            smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                            bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                            bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                            ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                            6

                                                                            ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                            ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                            Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                            CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                            Carbonate sediments

                                                                            These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                            Limestones

                                                                            They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                            Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                            7

                                                                            Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                            Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                            Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                            Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                            i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                            ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                            8

                                                                            iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                            Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                            1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                            2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                            3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                            Dolomitedolostone

                                                                            Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                            Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                            Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                            Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                            Diagenesis

                                                                            After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                            ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                            ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                            than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                            9

                                                                            Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                            Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                            Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                            Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                            supported

                                                                            Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                            Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                            Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                            (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                            (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                            Packstone Boundstone

                                                                            Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                            calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                            Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                            Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                            Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                            conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                            include

                                                                            1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                            1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                            Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                            types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                            Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                            micrite

                                                                            Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                            Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                            10

                                                                            Evaporitic sediments

                                                                            These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                            Siliceous sediments

                                                                            Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                            microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                            areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                            and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                            variety of chert

                                                                            Organic sediments

                                                                            Coals

                                                                            Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                            11

                                                                            1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                            2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                            Coal Formation

                                                                            bull Delta continental environments

                                                                            bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                            bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                            Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                            Oil shale

                                                                            The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                            Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                            Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                            Types of Oil Shale

                                                                            Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                            12

                                                                            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                            Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                            particles

                                                                            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                            corners

                                                                            13

                                                                            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                            14

                                                                            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                            Structures

                                                                            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                            A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                            15

                                                                            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                            100-300

                                                                            30-100

                                                                            10-30

                                                                            3-10

                                                                            1-3

                                                                            03-1

                                                                            lt 03

                                                                            Massive

                                                                            Very thickly bedded

                                                                            Thickly bedded

                                                                            Medium bedded

                                                                            Thinly Bedded

                                                                            Very thinly bedded

                                                                            Thickly laminated

                                                                            Thinly laminated

                                                                            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                            16

                                                                            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                            B Surface Features

                                                                            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                            Bed set

                                                                            Cross beds

                                                                            Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                            Graded bed

                                                                            Upward direction of

                                                                            the succession

                                                                            17

                                                                            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                            Back and forth movement of water

                                                                            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                            Current or wind direction

                                                                            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                            18

                                                                            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                            19

                                                                            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                            Types of depositional environments

                                                                            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                            Reef Environment

                                                                            20

                                                                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                            21

                                                                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                            22

                                                                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                            23

                                                                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                            or alteration along cracks

                                                                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                            24

                                                                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                            25

                                                                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                            26

                                                                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                            27

                                                                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                            Metamorphic Facies

                                                                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                            28

                                                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                            not defined

                                                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                            not defined

                                                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                            29

                                                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                            Glaucophane schist

                                                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                            30

                                                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                            Psammites

                                                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                            31

                                                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                            32

                                                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                            Textural classification

                                                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                            Porphyroblast

                                                                            33

                                                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                            Mineralogical classification

                                                                            Poikiloblastic

                                                                            34

                                                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                            35

                                                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                            36

                                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                            37

                                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                            38

                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                              Figure 314 IUGS chemical classification of volcanic rocks (based on total alkalies [Na2O + K2O] vs SiO2

                                                                              4 General chemical classification

                                                                              SiO2 (Silica) Contentgt 66 wt - Acid52-66 wt - Intermediate45-52 wt - Basiclt 45 wt - Ultrabasic

                                                                              Silica Saturation If magma is oversaturated with respect to Silica then a silica mineral such as quartz cristobalite tridymite or coesite should precipitate from the magma and be present in the rock On the other hand if magma is undersaturated with respect to silica then a silica mineral should not precipitate from the magma and thus should not be present in the rock The silica saturation concept can thus be used to divide rocks in silica undersaturated silica saturated and silica oversaturated rocks The first and last of these terms are most easily seen Silica Undersaturated Rocks - In these rocks we should find minerals that in

                                                                              general do not occur with quartz Such minerals are

                                                                              38

                                                                              o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                              Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                              Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                              Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                              Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                              Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                              39

                                                                              Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                              AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                              Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                              40

                                                                              33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                              331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                              Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                              Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                              Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                              recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                              Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                              1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                              bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                              Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                              Carbonate rocks

                                                                              Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                              Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                              source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                              Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                              Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                              evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                              1

                                                                              1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                              3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                              CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                              Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                              Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                              Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                              Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                              Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                              Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                              The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                              Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                              2

                                                                              Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                              Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                              Gravel

                                                                              1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                              0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                              Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                              Sand

                                                                              0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                              Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                              Silt

                                                                              lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                              transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                              Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                              3

                                                                              Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                              Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                              Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                              Sandstones

                                                                              A B

                                                                              C

                                                                              4

                                                                              bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                              feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                              bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                              Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                              quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                              feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                              lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                              Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                              5

                                                                              1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                              Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                              Mudstones

                                                                              Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                              smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                              bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                              bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                              ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                              6

                                                                              ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                              ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                              Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                              CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                              Carbonate sediments

                                                                              These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                              Limestones

                                                                              They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                              Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                              7

                                                                              Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                              Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                              Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                              Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                              i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                              ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                              8

                                                                              iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                              Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                              1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                              2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                              3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                              Dolomitedolostone

                                                                              Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                              Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                              Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                              Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                              Diagenesis

                                                                              After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                              ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                              ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                              than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                              9

                                                                              Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                              Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                              Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                              Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                              supported

                                                                              Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                              Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                              Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                              (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                              (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                              Packstone Boundstone

                                                                              Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                              calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                              Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                              Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                              Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                              conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                              include

                                                                              1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                              1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                              Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                              types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                              Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                              micrite

                                                                              Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                              Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                              10

                                                                              Evaporitic sediments

                                                                              These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                              Siliceous sediments

                                                                              Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                              microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                              areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                              and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                              variety of chert

                                                                              Organic sediments

                                                                              Coals

                                                                              Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                              11

                                                                              1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                              2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                              Coal Formation

                                                                              bull Delta continental environments

                                                                              bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                              bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                              Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                              Oil shale

                                                                              The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                              Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                              Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                              Types of Oil Shale

                                                                              Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                              12

                                                                              2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                              Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                              bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                              bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                              332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                              TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                              bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                              particles

                                                                              bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                              Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                              Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                              Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                              corners

                                                                              13

                                                                              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                              14

                                                                              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                              Structures

                                                                              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                              A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                              15

                                                                              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                              100-300

                                                                              30-100

                                                                              10-30

                                                                              3-10

                                                                              1-3

                                                                              03-1

                                                                              lt 03

                                                                              Massive

                                                                              Very thickly bedded

                                                                              Thickly bedded

                                                                              Medium bedded

                                                                              Thinly Bedded

                                                                              Very thinly bedded

                                                                              Thickly laminated

                                                                              Thinly laminated

                                                                              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                              16

                                                                              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                              B Surface Features

                                                                              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                              Bed set

                                                                              Cross beds

                                                                              Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                              Graded bed

                                                                              Upward direction of

                                                                              the succession

                                                                              17

                                                                              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                              Back and forth movement of water

                                                                              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                              Current or wind direction

                                                                              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                              18

                                                                              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                              19

                                                                              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                              Types of depositional environments

                                                                              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                              Reef Environment

                                                                              20

                                                                              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                              21

                                                                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                              22

                                                                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                              23

                                                                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                              or alteration along cracks

                                                                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                              24

                                                                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                              25

                                                                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                              26

                                                                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                              27

                                                                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                              Metamorphic Facies

                                                                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                              28

                                                                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                              not defined

                                                                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                              not defined

                                                                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                              Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                              29

                                                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                              Glaucophane schist

                                                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                              30

                                                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                              Psammites

                                                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                              31

                                                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                              32

                                                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                              Textural classification

                                                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                              Porphyroblast

                                                                              33

                                                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                              Mineralogical classification

                                                                              Poikiloblastic

                                                                              34

                                                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                              35

                                                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                              36

                                                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                              37

                                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                              38

                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                o Nepheline- NaAlSiO4 Leucite - KAlSi2O6o Forsteritic Olivine - Mg2SiO4 o Sodalite - 3NaAlSiO4o Perovskite - CaTiO3 o Melanite - Ca2Fe+3Si3O12o Melilite - (CaNa)2(MgFe+2AlSi)3O7

                                                                                Thus if we find any of these minerals in a rock with an exception that well see in a moment then we can expect the rock to be silica undersaturated

                                                                                Silica Oversaturated Rocks These rocks can be identified as possibly any rock that does not contain one of the minerals in the above list

                                                                                Silica Saturated Rocks These are rocks that contain just enough silica that quartz does not appear and just enough silica that one of the silica undersaturated minerals does not appear

                                                                                Alumina (Al2O3) SaturationAfter silica alumina is the second most abundant oxide constituent in igneous rocks Feldspars are in general the most abundant minerals that occur in igneous rocks Thus the concept of alumina saturation is based on whether or not there is an excess or lack of Al to make up the feldspars Note that Al2O3 occurs in feldspars in a ratio of 1 Al to 1 Na 1K or 1 CaKAlSi3O8 -- 12K2O 12Al2O3NaAlSi3O8 -- 12Na2O 12Al2O3CaAl2Si2O8 -- 1CaO 1Al2O3

                                                                                Three possible conditions exist1 If there is an excess of Alumina over that required forming feldspars we say that the rock is peraluminous This condition is expressed chemically on a molecular basis asAl2O3 gt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) In peraluminous rocks we expect to find an Al2O3-rich mineral present as a modal mineral - such as muscovite [KAl3Si3O10(OH)2] corundum [Al2O3] topaz [Al2SiO4(OHF)2] or an Al2SiO5- mineral like kyanite andalusite or sillimanite Peraluminous rocks will have corundum [Al2O3] in the CIPW norm and no diopside in the norm2 Metaluminous rocks are those for which the molecular percentages are as followsAl2O3 lt (CaO + Na2O + K2O) and Al2O3 gt (Na2O + K2O) These are the more common types of igneous rocks They are characterized by lack of an Al2O3-rich mineral and lack of sodic pyroxenes and amphiboles in the mode3 Peralkaline rocks are those that are oversaturated with alkalies (Na2O + K2O) and thus undersaturated with respect to Al2O3 On a molecular basis these rocks show

                                                                                39

                                                                                Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                                AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                                Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                                40

                                                                                33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                                331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                                Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                                Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                                recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                                Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                                1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                                bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                                Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                                Carbonate rocks

                                                                                Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                                Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                                source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                                Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                                Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                                evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                                1

                                                                                1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                                3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                                CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                                Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                                Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                                Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                                Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                                Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                                Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                                The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                                Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                                2

                                                                                Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                                Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                                Gravel

                                                                                1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                                0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                                Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                                Sand

                                                                                0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                                Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                                Silt

                                                                                lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                                transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                                Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                                3

                                                                                Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                                Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                                Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                                Sandstones

                                                                                A B

                                                                                C

                                                                                4

                                                                                bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                5

                                                                                1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                Mudstones

                                                                                Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                6

                                                                                ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                Carbonate sediments

                                                                                These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                Limestones

                                                                                They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                7

                                                                                Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                8

                                                                                iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                Diagenesis

                                                                                After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                9

                                                                                Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                supported

                                                                                Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                include

                                                                                1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                micrite

                                                                                Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                10

                                                                                Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                Siliceous sediments

                                                                                Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                variety of chert

                                                                                Organic sediments

                                                                                Coals

                                                                                Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                11

                                                                                1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                Coal Formation

                                                                                bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                Oil shale

                                                                                The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                12

                                                                                2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                particles

                                                                                bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                corners

                                                                                13

                                                                                Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                14

                                                                                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                Structures

                                                                                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                15

                                                                                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                100-300

                                                                                30-100

                                                                                10-30

                                                                                3-10

                                                                                1-3

                                                                                03-1

                                                                                lt 03

                                                                                Massive

                                                                                Very thickly bedded

                                                                                Thickly bedded

                                                                                Medium bedded

                                                                                Thinly Bedded

                                                                                Very thinly bedded

                                                                                Thickly laminated

                                                                                Thinly laminated

                                                                                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                16

                                                                                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                B Surface Features

                                                                                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                Bed set

                                                                                Cross beds

                                                                                Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                Graded bed

                                                                                Upward direction of

                                                                                the succession

                                                                                17

                                                                                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                Current or wind direction

                                                                                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                18

                                                                                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                19

                                                                                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                Types of depositional environments

                                                                                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                Reef Environment

                                                                                20

                                                                                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                21

                                                                                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                22

                                                                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                23

                                                                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                or alteration along cracks

                                                                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                24

                                                                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                25

                                                                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                26

                                                                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                27

                                                                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                28

                                                                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                not defined

                                                                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                not defined

                                                                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                29

                                                                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                Glaucophane schist

                                                                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                30

                                                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                Psammites

                                                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                31

                                                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                32

                                                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                Textural classification

                                                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                Porphyroblast

                                                                                33

                                                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                                                34

                                                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                35

                                                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                36

                                                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                37

                                                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                38

                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                  Al2O3 lt (Na2O + K2O) Peralkaline rocks are distinguished by the presence of Na-rich minerals like aegerine [NaFe+3Si2O6] riebeckite [Na2Fe3+2Fe2+3Si8O22(OH)2] arfvedsonite[Na3Fe4+2(AlFe+3)Si8O22(OH)2]or aenigmatite [Na2Fe5+2TiO2Si6O18] in the mode

                                                                                  AlkalineSubalkaline RocksOne last general classification scheme divides rocks that alkaline from those that are subalkaline Note that this criterion is based solely on an alkali vs silica diagram as shown below Alkaline rocks should not be confused with peralkaline rocks as discussed above While most peralkaline rocks are also alkaline alkaline rocks are not necessarily peralkaline On the other hand very alkaline rocks that are those that plot well above the dividing line in the figure below are also usually silica undersaturated

                                                                                  Figure 315 Diagram showing Alkaline and Subalkaline division

                                                                                  40

                                                                                  33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                                  331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                  Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                                  Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                                  Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                                  recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                                  Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                                  1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                                  bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                                  Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                                  Carbonate rocks

                                                                                  Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                                  Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                                  source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                                  Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                                  Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                                  evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                                  1

                                                                                  1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                                  3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                                  CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                                  Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                                  Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                                  Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                                  Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                                  Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                                  Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                                  The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                                  Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                                  2

                                                                                  Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                                  Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                                  Gravel

                                                                                  1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                                  0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                                  Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                                  Sand

                                                                                  0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                                  Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                                  Silt

                                                                                  lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                                  transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                                  Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                                  3

                                                                                  Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                                  Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                                  Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                                  Sandstones

                                                                                  A B

                                                                                  C

                                                                                  4

                                                                                  bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                  feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                  bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                  Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                  quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                  feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                  lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                  Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                  5

                                                                                  1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                  Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                  Mudstones

                                                                                  Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                  smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                  bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                  bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                  ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                  6

                                                                                  ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                  ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                  Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                  CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                  Carbonate sediments

                                                                                  These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                  Limestones

                                                                                  They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                  Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                  7

                                                                                  Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                  Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                  Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                  Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                  i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                  ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                  8

                                                                                  iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                  Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                  1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                  2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                  3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                  Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                  Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                  Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                  Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                  Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                  Diagenesis

                                                                                  After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                  ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                  ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                  than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                  9

                                                                                  Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                  Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                  Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                  Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                  supported

                                                                                  Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                  Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                  Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                  (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                  (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                  Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                  Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                  calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                  Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                  Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                  Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                  conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                  include

                                                                                  1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                  1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                  Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                  types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                  Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                  micrite

                                                                                  Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                  Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                  10

                                                                                  Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                  These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                  Siliceous sediments

                                                                                  Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                  microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                  areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                  and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                  variety of chert

                                                                                  Organic sediments

                                                                                  Coals

                                                                                  Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                  11

                                                                                  1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                  2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                  Coal Formation

                                                                                  bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                  bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                  bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                  Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                  Oil shale

                                                                                  The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                  Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                  Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                  Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                  Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                  12

                                                                                  2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                  Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                  bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                  bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                  332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                  TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                  bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                  particles

                                                                                  bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                  Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                  Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                  Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                  corners

                                                                                  13

                                                                                  Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                  Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                  Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                  14

                                                                                  A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                  Structures

                                                                                  The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                  A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                  1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                  15

                                                                                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                  100-300

                                                                                  30-100

                                                                                  10-30

                                                                                  3-10

                                                                                  1-3

                                                                                  03-1

                                                                                  lt 03

                                                                                  Massive

                                                                                  Very thickly bedded

                                                                                  Thickly bedded

                                                                                  Medium bedded

                                                                                  Thinly Bedded

                                                                                  Very thinly bedded

                                                                                  Thickly laminated

                                                                                  Thinly laminated

                                                                                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                  16

                                                                                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                  B Surface Features

                                                                                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                  Bed set

                                                                                  Cross beds

                                                                                  Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                  Graded bed

                                                                                  Upward direction of

                                                                                  the succession

                                                                                  17

                                                                                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                  Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                  Current or wind direction

                                                                                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                  18

                                                                                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                  19

                                                                                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                  Types of depositional environments

                                                                                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                  Reef Environment

                                                                                  20

                                                                                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                  21

                                                                                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                  22

                                                                                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                  23

                                                                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                  or alteration along cracks

                                                                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                  24

                                                                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                  25

                                                                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                  26

                                                                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                  27

                                                                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                  28

                                                                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                  29

                                                                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                  Glaucophane schist

                                                                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                  30

                                                                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                  Psammites

                                                                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                  31

                                                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                  32

                                                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                  Textural classification

                                                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                                                  33

                                                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                                                  34

                                                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                  35

                                                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                  36

                                                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                  37

                                                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                  38

                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                    33 Sedimentary Rocks

                                                                                    331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                    Sedimentary rocks are deposited on or near Surface of Earth by Mechanical or Chemical

                                                                                    Processes Sedimentary rocks are the principal repository for information about the

                                                                                    Earthrsquos past Environment Depositional environments in ancient sediments are

                                                                                    recognized using a combination of sedimentary facies sedimentary structures and fossils

                                                                                    Based on their origin and composition sedimentary rocks are classified in to three major classes

                                                                                    1 Clastic Rocks2 Chemical Rocks3 Bioclastic Rocks

                                                                                    bull Sandstonesbull Conglomeratesbull Brecciabull Shalemudstones

                                                                                    Clastic rocks Chemical rocks

                                                                                    Carbonate rocks

                                                                                    Bioclastic (organic) rocks

                                                                                    Form basically from CaCO3 ndash both by chemical leaching and by organic

                                                                                    source (biochemical) eg Limestone dolomite

                                                                                    Form due to decomposition of organic remains under temperature and pressure eg CoalLignite etc

                                                                                    Evaporitic rocksThese rocks are formed due to

                                                                                    evaporation of Saline water (sea water) eg Gypsum Halite (rock salt)

                                                                                    1

                                                                                    1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                                    3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                                    CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                                    Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                                    Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                                    Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                                    Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                                    Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                                    Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                                    The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                                    Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                                    2

                                                                                    Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                                    Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                                    Gravel

                                                                                    1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                                    0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                                    Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                                    Sand

                                                                                    0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                                    Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                                    Silt

                                                                                    lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                                    transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                                    Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                                    3

                                                                                    Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                                    Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                                    Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                                    Sandstones

                                                                                    A B

                                                                                    C

                                                                                    4

                                                                                    bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                    feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                    bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                    Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                    quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                    feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                    lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                    Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                    5

                                                                                    1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                    Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                    Mudstones

                                                                                    Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                    smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                    bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                    bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                    ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                    6

                                                                                    ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                    ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                    Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                    CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                    Carbonate sediments

                                                                                    These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                    Limestones

                                                                                    They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                    Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                    7

                                                                                    Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                    Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                    Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                    Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                    i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                    ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                    8

                                                                                    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                    Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                    Diagenesis

                                                                                    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                    than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                    9

                                                                                    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                    Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                    supported

                                                                                    Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                    Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                    Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                    include

                                                                                    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                    micrite

                                                                                    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                    10

                                                                                    Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                    Siliceous sediments

                                                                                    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                    variety of chert

                                                                                    Organic sediments

                                                                                    Coals

                                                                                    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                    11

                                                                                    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                    Coal Formation

                                                                                    bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                    bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                    Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                    Oil shale

                                                                                    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                    Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                    12

                                                                                    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                    Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                    particles

                                                                                    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                    corners

                                                                                    13

                                                                                    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                    14

                                                                                    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                    Structures

                                                                                    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                    A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                    15

                                                                                    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                    100-300

                                                                                    30-100

                                                                                    10-30

                                                                                    3-10

                                                                                    1-3

                                                                                    03-1

                                                                                    lt 03

                                                                                    Massive

                                                                                    Very thickly bedded

                                                                                    Thickly bedded

                                                                                    Medium bedded

                                                                                    Thinly Bedded

                                                                                    Very thinly bedded

                                                                                    Thickly laminated

                                                                                    Thinly laminated

                                                                                    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                    16

                                                                                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                    B Surface Features

                                                                                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                    Bed set

                                                                                    Cross beds

                                                                                    Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                    Graded bed

                                                                                    Upward direction of

                                                                                    the succession

                                                                                    17

                                                                                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                    Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                    Current or wind direction

                                                                                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                    18

                                                                                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                    19

                                                                                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                    Types of depositional environments

                                                                                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                    Reef Environment

                                                                                    20

                                                                                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                    21

                                                                                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                    22

                                                                                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                    23

                                                                                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                    or alteration along cracks

                                                                                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                    24

                                                                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                    25

                                                                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                    26

                                                                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                    27

                                                                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                    28

                                                                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                    29

                                                                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                    Glaucophane schist

                                                                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                    30

                                                                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                    Psammites

                                                                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                    31

                                                                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                    32

                                                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                    Textural classification

                                                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                                                    33

                                                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                                                    34

                                                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                    35

                                                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                    36

                                                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                    37

                                                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                    38

                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                      1 Clastic Rocks Those rocks composed of fragments (clasts) of any pre-existing rocks The fragments may be of a single mineral (clay minerals mica grains quartz grains feldspar grains hellip) or may also be fragments of rocks (eg Shale clasts granite pebbles hellip) Regardless of their origin and composition such clasts are further classified by their size (see grain size parameter)2 Chemical Rocks These rocks are the products of chemical andor biological precipitation of sediments from chemically saturated water These includes carbonates (limestone and dolomite) evaporates (halite gypsum anhydrite) and chert (SiO2)

                                                                                      3 Bioclastic Rocks Composed of organic debris such as plants (lignite coal) of shells (coquina fossiliferous limestone) and of microorganisms (oilshale cocoliths radiolarian earth)

                                                                                      CLASTIC ROCKS

                                                                                      Formed from broken rock fragments weathered and eroded by river glacier wind and sea waves These clastic sediments are found deposited on floodplains beaches in desert and on the sea floors

                                                                                      Clastic rocks are classified bybull Grain Size bull Grain Composition bull Texture

                                                                                      Clastic rocks are classified on the basis of the grain size in to conglomerate sandstone mudstone etc

                                                                                      Conglomerates amp Breccias gt 30 gravel (gt2 mm) and larger clastic grains (lt 5 )

                                                                                      Sandstones gt 50 sand sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains ( 20 )

                                                                                      Mudstones gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) andor clay (lt 0004 mm) ( 65 )

                                                                                      The formation of a clastic sedimentary rock involves three processes

                                                                                      Transportation- Sediment can be transported by sliding down slopes being picked up by the wind or by being carried by running water in streams rivers or ocean currents The distance the sediment is transported and the energy of the transporting medium all leave clues in the final sediment of the mode of transportation

                                                                                      2

                                                                                      Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                                      Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                                      Gravel

                                                                                      1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                                      0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                                      Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                                      Sand

                                                                                      0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                                      Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                                      Silt

                                                                                      lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                                      transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                                      Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                                      3

                                                                                      Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                                      Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                                      Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                                      Sandstones

                                                                                      A B

                                                                                      C

                                                                                      4

                                                                                      bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                      feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                      bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                      Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                      quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                      feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                      lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                      Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                      5

                                                                                      1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                      Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                      Mudstones

                                                                                      Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                      smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                      bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                      bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                      ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                      6

                                                                                      ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                      ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                      Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                      CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                      Carbonate sediments

                                                                                      These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                      Limestones

                                                                                      They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                      Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                      7

                                                                                      Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                      Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                      Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                      Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                      i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                      ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                      8

                                                                                      iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                      Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                      1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                      2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                      3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                      Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                      Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                      Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                      Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                      Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                      Diagenesis

                                                                                      After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                      ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                      ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                      than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                      9

                                                                                      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                      Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                      supported

                                                                                      Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                      Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                      Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                      include

                                                                                      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                      micrite

                                                                                      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                      10

                                                                                      Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                      Siliceous sediments

                                                                                      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                      variety of chert

                                                                                      Organic sediments

                                                                                      Coals

                                                                                      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                      11

                                                                                      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                      Coal Formation

                                                                                      bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                      bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                      Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                      Oil shale

                                                                                      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                      Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                      12

                                                                                      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                      Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                      particles

                                                                                      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                      corners

                                                                                      13

                                                                                      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                      14

                                                                                      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                      Structures

                                                                                      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                      A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                      15

                                                                                      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                      100-300

                                                                                      30-100

                                                                                      10-30

                                                                                      3-10

                                                                                      1-3

                                                                                      03-1

                                                                                      lt 03

                                                                                      Massive

                                                                                      Very thickly bedded

                                                                                      Thickly bedded

                                                                                      Medium bedded

                                                                                      Thinly Bedded

                                                                                      Very thinly bedded

                                                                                      Thickly laminated

                                                                                      Thinly laminated

                                                                                      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                      16

                                                                                      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                      B Surface Features

                                                                                      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                      Bed set

                                                                                      Cross beds

                                                                                      Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                      Graded bed

                                                                                      Upward direction of

                                                                                      the succession

                                                                                      17

                                                                                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                      Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                      Current or wind direction

                                                                                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                      18

                                                                                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                      19

                                                                                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                      Types of depositional environments

                                                                                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                      Reef Environment

                                                                                      20

                                                                                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                      21

                                                                                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                      22

                                                                                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                      23

                                                                                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                      or alteration along cracks

                                                                                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                      24

                                                                                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                      25

                                                                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                      26

                                                                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                      27

                                                                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                      28

                                                                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                      29

                                                                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                      Glaucophane schist

                                                                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                      30

                                                                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                      Psammites

                                                                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                      31

                                                                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                      32

                                                                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                      Textural classification

                                                                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                      Porphyroblast

                                                                                      33

                                                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                                                      34

                                                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                      35

                                                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                      36

                                                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                      37

                                                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                      38

                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                        Deposition - Sediment is deposited when the energy of the transporting medium becomes too low to continue the transport process In other words if the velocity of the The Udden-Wentworth grain-size scale Grain-size (mm) Sediment 64-256 4-64 2-4

                                                                                        Cobble Pebble Granule

                                                                                        Gravel

                                                                                        1-2 05-1 025-05

                                                                                        0125-025 0625-0125

                                                                                        Very Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Medium Sand Fine Sand Very Fine Sand

                                                                                        Sand

                                                                                        0031-0625 0016-0031 0008-0016 0004-0008

                                                                                        Coarse Silt Medium Silt Fine Silt Very Fine Silt

                                                                                        Silt

                                                                                        lt0004 Clay Clay

                                                                                        transporting medium becomes to low to transport sediment the sediment will fall out and become deposited The final sediment thus reflects the energy of the transporting medium

                                                                                        Diagenesis - is the process that turns sediment into rock The first stage of the process is compaction Compaction occurs as the weight of the overlying material increases Compaction forces the grains closer together reducing pore space and eliminating some of the contained water Some of this water may carry mineral components in solution and these constituents may later precipitate as new minerals in the pore spaces This causes cementation which will then start to bind the individual particles together Further compaction and burial may cause recrystallization of the minerals to make the rock even harder

                                                                                        3

                                                                                        Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                                        Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                                        Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                                        Sandstones

                                                                                        A B

                                                                                        C

                                                                                        4

                                                                                        bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                        feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                        bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                        Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                        quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                        feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                        lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                        Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                        5

                                                                                        1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                        Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                        Mudstones

                                                                                        Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                        smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                        bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                        bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                        ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                        6

                                                                                        ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                        ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                        Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                        CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                        Carbonate sediments

                                                                                        These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                        Limestones

                                                                                        They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                        Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                        7

                                                                                        Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                        Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                        Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                        Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                        i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                        ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                        8

                                                                                        iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                        Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                        1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                        2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                        3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                        Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                        Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                        Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                        Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                        Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                        Diagenesis

                                                                                        After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                        ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                        ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                        than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                        9

                                                                                        Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                        Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                        Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                        Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                        supported

                                                                                        Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                        Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                        Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                        (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                        (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                        Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                        Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                        calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                        Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                        Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                        Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                        conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                        include

                                                                                        1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                        1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                        Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                        types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                        Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                        micrite

                                                                                        Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                        Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                        10

                                                                                        Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                        Siliceous sediments

                                                                                        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                        variety of chert

                                                                                        Organic sediments

                                                                                        Coals

                                                                                        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                        11

                                                                                        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                        Coal Formation

                                                                                        bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                        bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                        Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                        Oil shale

                                                                                        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                        Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                        12

                                                                                        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                        Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                        particles

                                                                                        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                        corners

                                                                                        13

                                                                                        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                        14

                                                                                        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                        Structures

                                                                                        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                        A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                        15

                                                                                        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                        100-300

                                                                                        30-100

                                                                                        10-30

                                                                                        3-10

                                                                                        1-3

                                                                                        03-1

                                                                                        lt 03

                                                                                        Massive

                                                                                        Very thickly bedded

                                                                                        Thickly bedded

                                                                                        Medium bedded

                                                                                        Thinly Bedded

                                                                                        Very thinly bedded

                                                                                        Thickly laminated

                                                                                        Thinly laminated

                                                                                        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                        16

                                                                                        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                        B Surface Features

                                                                                        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                        Bed set

                                                                                        Cross beds

                                                                                        Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                        Graded bed

                                                                                        Upward direction of

                                                                                        the succession

                                                                                        17

                                                                                        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                        Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                        Current or wind direction

                                                                                        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                        18

                                                                                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                        19

                                                                                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                        Types of depositional environments

                                                                                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                        Reef Environment

                                                                                        20

                                                                                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                        21

                                                                                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                        22

                                                                                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                        23

                                                                                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                        or alteration along cracks

                                                                                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                        24

                                                                                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                        25

                                                                                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                        26

                                                                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                        27

                                                                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                        28

                                                                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                        29

                                                                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                        Glaucophane schist

                                                                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                        30

                                                                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                        Psammites

                                                                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                        31

                                                                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                        32

                                                                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                        Textural classification

                                                                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                        Porphyroblast

                                                                                        33

                                                                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                        Mineralogical classification

                                                                                        Poikiloblastic

                                                                                        34

                                                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                        35

                                                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                        36

                                                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                        37

                                                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                        38

                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                          Conglomerate and Breccia

                                                                                          Conglomerate and Breccia are clastic rocks consist of clasts greater than 2 mm size (gravel) If rounded clasts it is conglomerate and if angular clasts it is breccia

                                                                                          Figure 316 (a) Clasts and matrix (labeled) and iron oxide cement (reddish brown color) Rounded clasts (conglomerate) (b) and angular clasts (breccia) (c)

                                                                                          Sandstones

                                                                                          A B

                                                                                          C

                                                                                          4

                                                                                          bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                          feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                          bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                          Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                          quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                          feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                          lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                          Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                          5

                                                                                          1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                          Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                          Mudstones

                                                                                          Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                          smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                          bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                          bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                          ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                          6

                                                                                          ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                          ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                          Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                          CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                          Carbonate sediments

                                                                                          These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                          Limestones

                                                                                          They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                          Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                          7

                                                                                          Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                          Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                          Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                          Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                          i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                          ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                          8

                                                                                          iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                          Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                          1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                          2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                          3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                          Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                          Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                          Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                          Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                          Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                          Diagenesis

                                                                                          After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                          ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                          ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                          than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                          9

                                                                                          Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                          Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                          Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                          Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                          supported

                                                                                          Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                          Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                          Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                          (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                          (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                          Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                          Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                          calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                          Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                          Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                          Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                          conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                          include

                                                                                          1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                          1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                          Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                          types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                          Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                          micrite

                                                                                          Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                          Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                          10

                                                                                          Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                          These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                          Siliceous sediments

                                                                                          Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                          microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                          areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                          and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                          variety of chert

                                                                                          Organic sediments

                                                                                          Coals

                                                                                          Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                          11

                                                                                          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                          Coal Formation

                                                                                          bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                          bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                          Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                          Oil shale

                                                                                          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                          Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                          12

                                                                                          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                          Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                          particles

                                                                                          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                          corners

                                                                                          13

                                                                                          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                          14

                                                                                          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                          Structures

                                                                                          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                          A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                          15

                                                                                          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                          100-300

                                                                                          30-100

                                                                                          10-30

                                                                                          3-10

                                                                                          1-3

                                                                                          03-1

                                                                                          lt 03

                                                                                          Massive

                                                                                          Very thickly bedded

                                                                                          Thickly bedded

                                                                                          Medium bedded

                                                                                          Thinly Bedded

                                                                                          Very thinly bedded

                                                                                          Thickly laminated

                                                                                          Thinly laminated

                                                                                          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                          16

                                                                                          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                          B Surface Features

                                                                                          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                          Bed set

                                                                                          Cross beds

                                                                                          Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                          Graded bed

                                                                                          Upward direction of

                                                                                          the succession

                                                                                          17

                                                                                          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                          Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                          Current or wind direction

                                                                                          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                          18

                                                                                          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                          19

                                                                                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                          Types of depositional environments

                                                                                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                          Reef Environment

                                                                                          20

                                                                                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                          21

                                                                                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                          22

                                                                                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                          23

                                                                                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                          or alteration along cracks

                                                                                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                          24

                                                                                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                          25

                                                                                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                          26

                                                                                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                          27

                                                                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                          28

                                                                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                          29

                                                                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                          Glaucophane schist

                                                                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                          30

                                                                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                          Psammites

                                                                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                          31

                                                                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                          32

                                                                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                          Textural classification

                                                                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                          Porphyroblast

                                                                                          33

                                                                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                          Mineralogical classification

                                                                                          Poikiloblastic

                                                                                          34

                                                                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                          35

                                                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                          36

                                                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                          37

                                                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                          38

                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                            bull Sandstones ( gt 50 sand-sized (0062 - 2 mm) clastic grains )bull Sandstones are classified according to the types of clastic grains present (quartz

                                                                                            feldspar amp lithic fragments) and the presence (wackes) or absence (arenites) of significant fine-grained matrix material (lt 003 mm)

                                                                                            bull After this subdivision they are described in terms of the types of preserved sedimentary structures using terms like cross-bedded sandstone and relative maturity using criteria such as degree of sorting roundness of the clasts diversity of clast types etc

                                                                                            Arenites fine-grained matrix not visible to naked eye (lt10-15)

                                                                                            quartz arenite (~ 35 ) quartz grains sup3 90 Rare in the modern environment but quite common in late Precambrian and Paleozoic Tend to be relatively mature and may represent end product of several cycles of erosion transport and deposition Silica cement predominates synonym = orthoquartzite

                                                                                            feldspathic arenite (~ 15 ) feldspar (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 commonly developed in granitic terranes and therefore restricted to local basins but may also develop in cold or arid climates where feldspar is relatively resistant to decomposition or in areas of high erosion rates Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = arkose if felds is K-spar

                                                                                            lithic arenite(~ 20 ) rock fragments (felds + rock frag) sup3 50 The most abundant sandstone as the sand-sized sediment loads of most modern rivers are dominated by lithic clasts Furthermore if greywackes are derived from the decomposition of lithic and feldspar clasts then lithic arenites comprise 50 of all arenites Tend to be immature poorly sorted Typically cemented by calcitesynonym = subgreywacke

                                                                                            Greywacke sandstone with a fine-grained matrix visible to the naked eye (gt 10-15 matrix with lt 003 mm grain-size) Commonly the presence of this matrix gives the rock a dark grey color The clastic grains are typically polymictic and commonly relatively angular The matrix is composed of finely crystalline chlorite and sericite developed during diagenesis along with silt-size quartz and albite This fine-grained matrix has reacted with and obliterated the original outline of the clastic grains acting as the cementing agent There are two hypotheses for the origin of the matrix

                                                                                            5

                                                                                            1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                            Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                            Mudstones

                                                                                            Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                            smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                            bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                            bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                            ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                            6

                                                                                            ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                            ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                            Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                            CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                            Carbonate sediments

                                                                                            These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                            Limestones

                                                                                            They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                            Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                            7

                                                                                            Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                            Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                            Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                            Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                            i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                            ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                            8

                                                                                            iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                            Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                            1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                            2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                            3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                            Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                            Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                            Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                            Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                            Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                            Diagenesis

                                                                                            After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                            ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                            ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                            than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                            9

                                                                                            Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                            Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                            Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                            Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                            supported

                                                                                            Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                            Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                            Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                            (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                            (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                            Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                            Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                            calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                            Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                            Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                            Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                            conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                            include

                                                                                            1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                            1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                            Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                            types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                            Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                            micrite

                                                                                            Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                            Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                            10

                                                                                            Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                            These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                            Siliceous sediments

                                                                                            Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                            microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                            areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                            and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                            variety of chert

                                                                                            Organic sediments

                                                                                            Coals

                                                                                            Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                            11

                                                                                            1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                            2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                            Coal Formation

                                                                                            bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                            bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                            bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                            Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                            Oil shale

                                                                                            The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                            Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                            Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                            Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                            Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                            12

                                                                                            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                            Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                            particles

                                                                                            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                            corners

                                                                                            13

                                                                                            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                            14

                                                                                            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                            Structures

                                                                                            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                            A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                            15

                                                                                            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                            100-300

                                                                                            30-100

                                                                                            10-30

                                                                                            3-10

                                                                                            1-3

                                                                                            03-1

                                                                                            lt 03

                                                                                            Massive

                                                                                            Very thickly bedded

                                                                                            Thickly bedded

                                                                                            Medium bedded

                                                                                            Thinly Bedded

                                                                                            Very thinly bedded

                                                                                            Thickly laminated

                                                                                            Thinly laminated

                                                                                            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                            16

                                                                                            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                            B Surface Features

                                                                                            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                            Bed set

                                                                                            Cross beds

                                                                                            Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                            Graded bed

                                                                                            Upward direction of

                                                                                            the succession

                                                                                            17

                                                                                            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                            Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                            Current or wind direction

                                                                                            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                            18

                                                                                            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                            19

                                                                                            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                            Types of depositional environments

                                                                                            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                            Reef Environment

                                                                                            20

                                                                                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                            21

                                                                                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                            22

                                                                                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                            23

                                                                                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                            or alteration along cracks

                                                                                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                            24

                                                                                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                            25

                                                                                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                            26

                                                                                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                            27

                                                                                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                            Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                            28

                                                                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                            29

                                                                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                            Glaucophane schist

                                                                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                            30

                                                                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                            Psammites

                                                                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                            31

                                                                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                            32

                                                                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                            Textural classification

                                                                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                            Porphyroblast

                                                                                            33

                                                                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                            Mineralogical classification

                                                                                            Poikiloblastic

                                                                                            34

                                                                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                            35

                                                                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                            36

                                                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                            37

                                                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                            38

                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                              1 Diagenetically altered silt and clay that were initially present between the coarser sand-sized grains2 Diagentically altered lithic and feldspar clastic grains of a former lithic arenite

                                                                                              Figure 317 Classification of sandstones

                                                                                              Mudstones

                                                                                              Mudstones (gt 50 silt (0062 - 004 mm) and or clay (lt 0004 mm) bull Mudstones are composed of silt-sized quartz and feldspar grains and much

                                                                                              smaller clay mineral particles Depending of the relative proportions of these two types of grains mudstones range from siltstones to shales and claystones

                                                                                              bull Siltstones can be distinguished from shales and mudstones by biting a piece between your teeth If it feels gritty then it is a siltstone if it feels smooth or slick then it is a shale or claystone

                                                                                              bull One of the most important features of mud rocks is their color an indication of their oxidation state and the paleo-environment of their deposition

                                                                                              ndash Red shales are oxidized and typically represent sub-aerial detritus derived from the continents They may represent in sub-aerial deposits but also are formed by continental dust settling into organic-poor deep marine environments

                                                                                              6

                                                                                              ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                              ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                              Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                              CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                              Carbonate sediments

                                                                                              These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                              Limestones

                                                                                              They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                              Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                              7

                                                                                              Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                              Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                              Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                              Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                              i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                              ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                              8

                                                                                              iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                              Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                              1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                              2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                              3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                              Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                              Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                              Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                              Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                              Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                              Diagenesis

                                                                                              After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                              ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                              ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                              than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                              9

                                                                                              Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                              Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                              Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                              Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                              supported

                                                                                              Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                              Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                              Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                              (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                              (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                              Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                              Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                              calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                              Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                              Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                              Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                              conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                              include

                                                                                              1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                              1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                              Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                              types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                              Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                              micrite

                                                                                              Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                              Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                              10

                                                                                              Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                              These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                              Siliceous sediments

                                                                                              Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                              microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                              areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                              and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                              variety of chert

                                                                                              Organic sediments

                                                                                              Coals

                                                                                              Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                              11

                                                                                              1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                              2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                              Coal Formation

                                                                                              bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                              bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                              bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                              Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                              Oil shale

                                                                                              The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                              Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                              Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                              Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                              Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                              12

                                                                                              2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                              Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                              bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                              bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                              332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                              TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                              bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                              particles

                                                                                              bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                              Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                              Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                              Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                              corners

                                                                                              13

                                                                                              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                              14

                                                                                              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                              Structures

                                                                                              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                              A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                              15

                                                                                              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                              100-300

                                                                                              30-100

                                                                                              10-30

                                                                                              3-10

                                                                                              1-3

                                                                                              03-1

                                                                                              lt 03

                                                                                              Massive

                                                                                              Very thickly bedded

                                                                                              Thickly bedded

                                                                                              Medium bedded

                                                                                              Thinly Bedded

                                                                                              Very thinly bedded

                                                                                              Thickly laminated

                                                                                              Thinly laminated

                                                                                              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                              16

                                                                                              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                              B Surface Features

                                                                                              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                              Bed set

                                                                                              Cross beds

                                                                                              Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                              Graded bed

                                                                                              Upward direction of

                                                                                              the succession

                                                                                              17

                                                                                              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                              Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                              Current or wind direction

                                                                                              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                              18

                                                                                              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                              19

                                                                                              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                              Types of depositional environments

                                                                                              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                              Reef Environment

                                                                                              20

                                                                                              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                              21

                                                                                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                              22

                                                                                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                              23

                                                                                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                              or alteration along cracks

                                                                                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                              24

                                                                                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                              25

                                                                                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                              26

                                                                                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                              27

                                                                                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                              Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                              28

                                                                                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                              not defined

                                                                                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                              not defined

                                                                                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                              Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                              29

                                                                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                              Glaucophane schist

                                                                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                              30

                                                                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                              Psammites

                                                                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                              31

                                                                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                              32

                                                                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                              Textural classification

                                                                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                              Porphyroblast

                                                                                              33

                                                                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                              Mineralogical classification

                                                                                              Poikiloblastic

                                                                                              34

                                                                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                              35

                                                                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                              36

                                                                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                              37

                                                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                              38

                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                ndash Green shales are relatively reduced and common in the shallow submarine environments depleted in oxygen by the decay of organic matter

                                                                                                ndash Black shales are rich in organic matter and highly reduced typically deposited in anoxic environments They sometimes act as source rocks from which oil and gas are released during burial and diagenesis

                                                                                                Figure 318 Classification of mudstones

                                                                                                CHEMICAL ROCKS

                                                                                                Carbonate sediments

                                                                                                These are represented by limestone and dolomite

                                                                                                Limestones

                                                                                                They are a non-clastic rock formed either chemically or due to precipitation of calcite (CaCO3) from organisms usually (shell) These remains will result in formation of a limestone

                                                                                                Limestones formed by chemical precipitation are usually fine grained whereas in case of organic limestone the grain size vary depending upon the type of organism responsible for the formation

                                                                                                7

                                                                                                Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                                Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                                Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                                Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                                i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                                ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                                8

                                                                                                iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                                Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                                1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                                2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                                3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                                Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                                Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                                Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                                Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                                Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                                Diagenesis

                                                                                                After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                                ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                                ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                                than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                                9

                                                                                                Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                                Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                                Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                                Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                                supported

                                                                                                Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                                Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                                Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                                (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                                (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                                Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                                Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                                calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                                Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                                Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                                Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                                conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                                include

                                                                                                1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                                1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                                Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                                types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                                Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                                micrite

                                                                                                Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                                Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                                10

                                                                                                Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                Siliceous sediments

                                                                                                Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                                microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                                areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                                and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                                variety of chert

                                                                                                Organic sediments

                                                                                                Coals

                                                                                                Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                                11

                                                                                                1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                                2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                                Coal Formation

                                                                                                bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                                bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                                bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                                Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                                Oil shale

                                                                                                The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                                Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                                Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                                Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                                Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                                12

                                                                                                2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                particles

                                                                                                bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                corners

                                                                                                13

                                                                                                Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                14

                                                                                                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                Structures

                                                                                                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                15

                                                                                                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                100-300

                                                                                                30-100

                                                                                                10-30

                                                                                                3-10

                                                                                                1-3

                                                                                                03-1

                                                                                                lt 03

                                                                                                Massive

                                                                                                Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                Thickly bedded

                                                                                                Medium bedded

                                                                                                Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                Thickly laminated

                                                                                                Thinly laminated

                                                                                                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                16

                                                                                                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                B Surface Features

                                                                                                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                Bed set

                                                                                                Cross beds

                                                                                                Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                Graded bed

                                                                                                Upward direction of

                                                                                                the succession

                                                                                                17

                                                                                                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                Current or wind direction

                                                                                                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                18

                                                                                                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                19

                                                                                                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                Reef Environment

                                                                                                20

                                                                                                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                21

                                                                                                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                22

                                                                                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                23

                                                                                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                24

                                                                                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                25

                                                                                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                26

                                                                                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                27

                                                                                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                28

                                                                                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                not defined

                                                                                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                not defined

                                                                                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                29

                                                                                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                30

                                                                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                Psammites

                                                                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                31

                                                                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                32

                                                                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                Textural classification

                                                                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                Porphyroblast

                                                                                                33

                                                                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                34

                                                                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                35

                                                                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                36

                                                                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                37

                                                                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                38

                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                  Calcium carbonate exists as the mineral polymorphs calcite and aragonite Both may form as inorganic precipitates or as biological secretions in the hard parts of numerous organisms Aragonite does not usually precipitate from fresh water and is unstable under Earth surface conditions It is a high-pressure equilibrium carbonate

                                                                                                  Because of the charge similarity and ionic radius of Ca+2 and Mg+2 ions and because of the structure of the calcite lattice Mg+2 may substitute extensively for Ca2+ in calcite Hence those calcites with more than 5 MgCO3 are known as high-Mg calcites

                                                                                                  Recent shallow-water tropical and subtropical calcium carbonate deposits are predominantly composed of aragonite and high-Mg calcite whilst temperate shallow carbonates contain dominantly calcite

                                                                                                  Limestones are composed of such components that can be distinguished into four broad groups i) non-skeletal grains ii) skeletal grains iii) micrite and iv) cement

                                                                                                  i) Non-skeletal grains includes peloids ooids aggregates litho- and intraclasts Peloids are sand sized grains of mud-grade carbonate resulted from different processes Some classic varieties are known as pellets distinguished by their smaller size and well sortingOoids are also sand-sized grains with distinctive concentric coats of carbonate around shell fragments quartz grains or peloids Aggregates are sand-sized particles that have been agglutinated to form compound grainsLithoclasts are recognizable clasts of lithified pre-existing carbonate sediment dissimilar to its host sediment or to sediments associated with its host Intraclasts are clasts composed of sediments which are represented either in the host sediment or in associated sediments

                                                                                                  ii) Biogenic carbonates are the main components in most limestones and consist of the remains of calcareous protozoan metazoans and plants This calcareous material is broken down by physical chemical and biological processes with each kind of skeletal or calcareous plant material behaving differently Most of this biogenic material ends up as disarticulated abraded and fragmented detrital bioclasts but some especially the larger skeletons of colonial organisms are calcareous algae can remain in situ Such material commonly encrusted by other organisms or cemented by carbonate cement forms the framework of some types of reef

                                                                                                  8

                                                                                                  iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                                  Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                                  1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                                  2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                                  3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                                  Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                                  Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                                  Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                                  Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                                  Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                                  Diagenesis

                                                                                                  After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                                  ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                                  ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                                  than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                                  9

                                                                                                  Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                                  Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                                  Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                                  Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                                  supported

                                                                                                  Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                                  Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                                  Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                                  (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                                  (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                                  Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                                  Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                                  calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                                  Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                                  Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                                  Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                                  conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                                  include

                                                                                                  1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                                  1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                                  Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                                  types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                                  Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                                  micrite

                                                                                                  Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                                  Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                                  10

                                                                                                  Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                  These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                  Siliceous sediments

                                                                                                  Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                                  microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                                  areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                                  and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                                  variety of chert

                                                                                                  Organic sediments

                                                                                                  Coals

                                                                                                  Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                                  11

                                                                                                  1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                                  2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                                  Coal Formation

                                                                                                  bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                                  bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                                  bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                                  Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                                  Oil shale

                                                                                                  The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                                  Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                                  Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                                  Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                                  Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                                  12

                                                                                                  2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                  Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                  bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                  bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                  332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                  TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                  bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                  particles

                                                                                                  bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                  Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                  Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                  Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                  corners

                                                                                                  13

                                                                                                  Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                  Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                  Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                  14

                                                                                                  A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                  Structures

                                                                                                  The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                  A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                  1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                  15

                                                                                                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                  100-300

                                                                                                  30-100

                                                                                                  10-30

                                                                                                  3-10

                                                                                                  1-3

                                                                                                  03-1

                                                                                                  lt 03

                                                                                                  Massive

                                                                                                  Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                  Thickly bedded

                                                                                                  Medium bedded

                                                                                                  Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                  Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                  Thickly laminated

                                                                                                  Thinly laminated

                                                                                                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                  16

                                                                                                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                  B Surface Features

                                                                                                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                  Bed set

                                                                                                  Cross beds

                                                                                                  Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                  Graded bed

                                                                                                  Upward direction of

                                                                                                  the succession

                                                                                                  17

                                                                                                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                  Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                  Current or wind direction

                                                                                                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                  18

                                                                                                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                  19

                                                                                                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                  Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                  Reef Environment

                                                                                                  20

                                                                                                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                  21

                                                                                                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                  22

                                                                                                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                  23

                                                                                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                  or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                  24

                                                                                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                  25

                                                                                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                  26

                                                                                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                  27

                                                                                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                  28

                                                                                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                  29

                                                                                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                  Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                  30

                                                                                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                  Psammites

                                                                                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                  31

                                                                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                  32

                                                                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                  Textural classification

                                                                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                                                                  33

                                                                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                  34

                                                                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                  35

                                                                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                  36

                                                                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                  37

                                                                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                  38

                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                    iii) Carbonate mudmicrite is a major component of limestones and is also polygenic Calcareous algae in shallow waters particularly green algae are capable of producing vast quantities of aragonite mud as their calcified

                                                                                                    Three classification schemes are currently used each with a different emphasis but the third that of Dunham based on texture is now used more widely

                                                                                                    1 A very simple but often useful scheme divides limestones on the basis of grain size into calcirudite (most grains gt2mm) calcarenite (most grains between 2mm and 62um) and calcilutite (most grains lt62um)

                                                                                                    2 The classification scheme of RL Folk based mainly on composition distinguishes three components (a) the grains (allochems) (b) matrix chiefly micrite and (c) cement usually drusy sparite An abbreviations for the grains used as prefixes are bio- (referring skeletal components) oo- (for ooids) pel- (for peloids) and intra- (for intraclasts) together with either sparite or micrite whichever is the dominant Terms can be combined if two types of grains are dominant in a rock as in biopelsparite or bio-oosparite Terms can be modified to give an indication of coarse grain size as in biosparrudite or intramicrudite

                                                                                                    3 Dunham classification of limestones divides the rocks into grainstone grains without matrix (such as a bio- or oosparite) packstone grains in contact but with considerable matrix (eg biomicrite) wackstone grains are floating in a matrix (could also be a biomicrite) and a mudstone chiefly micrite with few grains (lt10) The terms can be qualified to give information on composition eg oolitic grainstone peloidal mudstone

                                                                                                    Dolomitedolostone

                                                                                                    Composed of gt 50 of the mineral dolomite

                                                                                                    Abundant from Precambrian to Holocene

                                                                                                    Some are obviously diagenetically altered limestones

                                                                                                    Origin of fine-grained dolostones remains elusive ndash ldquodolomite problem

                                                                                                    Diagenesis

                                                                                                    After deposition carbonate sediments are subjected to a variety of diagenetic processes

                                                                                                    ndash Changes in porosity mineralogy chemistry

                                                                                                    ndash Carbonate minerals more susceptible to dissolution recrystallization replacement

                                                                                                    than most siliciclastic minerals

                                                                                                    9

                                                                                                    Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                                    Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                                    Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                                    Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                                    supported

                                                                                                    Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                                    Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                                    Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                                    (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                                    (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                                    Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                                    Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                                    calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                                    Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                                    Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                                    Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                                    conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                                    include

                                                                                                    1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                                    1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                                    Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                                    types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                                    Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                                    micrite

                                                                                                    Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                                    Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                                    10

                                                                                                    Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                    These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                    Siliceous sediments

                                                                                                    Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                                    microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                                    areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                                    and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                                    variety of chert

                                                                                                    Organic sediments

                                                                                                    Coals

                                                                                                    Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                                    11

                                                                                                    1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                                    2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                                    Coal Formation

                                                                                                    bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                                    bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                                    bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                                    Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                                    Oil shale

                                                                                                    The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                                    Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                                    Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                                    Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                                    Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                                    12

                                                                                                    2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                    Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                    bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                    bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                    332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                    TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                    bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                    particles

                                                                                                    bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                    Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                    Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                    Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                    corners

                                                                                                    13

                                                                                                    Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                    Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                    Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                    14

                                                                                                    A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                    Structures

                                                                                                    The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                    A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                    1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                    15

                                                                                                    Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                    100-300

                                                                                                    30-100

                                                                                                    10-30

                                                                                                    3-10

                                                                                                    1-3

                                                                                                    03-1

                                                                                                    lt 03

                                                                                                    Massive

                                                                                                    Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                    Thickly bedded

                                                                                                    Medium bedded

                                                                                                    Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                    Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                    Thickly laminated

                                                                                                    Thinly laminated

                                                                                                    2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                    16

                                                                                                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                    B Surface Features

                                                                                                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                    Bed set

                                                                                                    Cross beds

                                                                                                    Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                    Graded bed

                                                                                                    Upward direction of

                                                                                                    the succession

                                                                                                    17

                                                                                                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                    Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                    Current or wind direction

                                                                                                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                    18

                                                                                                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                    19

                                                                                                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                    Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                    Reef Environment

                                                                                                    20

                                                                                                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                    21

                                                                                                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                    22

                                                                                                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                    23

                                                                                                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                    or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                    24

                                                                                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                    25

                                                                                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                    26

                                                                                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                    27

                                                                                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                    28

                                                                                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                    29

                                                                                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                    Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                    30

                                                                                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                    Psammites

                                                                                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                    31

                                                                                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                    32

                                                                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                    Textural classification

                                                                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                                                                    33

                                                                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                    34

                                                                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                    35

                                                                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                    36

                                                                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                    37

                                                                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                    38

                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                      Depositional Texture Recognizable Depositional texture not recognizable

                                                                                                      Original components not bound together during deposition Original components were bound together during deposition as shown by intergrown skeletal matter lamination contrary to gravity or sedimentat-floored cavities that are roffed over by organic or questionably organic matter and are too large to be interstices

                                                                                                      Contains mud (particles of clay and fine silt size)

                                                                                                      Lacks mud and is grain

                                                                                                      supported

                                                                                                      Crystalline Carbonates

                                                                                                      Mud-supported Grain-supported

                                                                                                      Grainstone(mudstonelt1)

                                                                                                      (subdivided according to classifications designed to bear on physical texture or diagenesis)Mudstone

                                                                                                      (Grainslt10)Wackstone(Grainsgt10)

                                                                                                      Packstone Boundstone

                                                                                                      Carbonate minerals may experience pervasive alteration of mineralogy Eg aragonite-

                                                                                                      calcite dolomitization These changes can alter or destroy original depositional textures

                                                                                                      Porosity may be reduced or enhanced

                                                                                                      Classification of Limestone based on depositional texture

                                                                                                      Summary Calcite aragonite and dolomite are most common carbonate minerals Environmental

                                                                                                      conditions need to be ldquojust rightrdquo for deposition of carbonate sediments These

                                                                                                      include

                                                                                                      1048708 Salinity temperature water depth etc

                                                                                                      1048708 Most carbonate sediments produced biologically or by biochemical mediation

                                                                                                      Limestones consist primarily of grains (allochems) micrite and sparry calcite Four

                                                                                                      types of carbonate grains lithoclasts skeletal particles precipitates peloids

                                                                                                      Modified Dunham classification uses (primarily) relative proportion of grains and

                                                                                                      micrite

                                                                                                      Dolostone (ldquodolomite rockrdquo) consists of gt50 dolomite Different origins possible

                                                                                                      Diagenesis can dramatically affect mineralogy porosity texture of carbonate rocks

                                                                                                      10

                                                                                                      Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                      These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                      Siliceous sediments

                                                                                                      Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                                      microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                                      areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                                      and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                                      variety of chert

                                                                                                      Organic sediments

                                                                                                      Coals

                                                                                                      Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                                      11

                                                                                                      1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                                      2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                                      Coal Formation

                                                                                                      bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                                      bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                                      bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                                      Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                                      Oil shale

                                                                                                      The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                                      Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                                      Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                                      Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                                      Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                                      12

                                                                                                      2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                      Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                      bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                      bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                      332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                      TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                      bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                      particles

                                                                                                      bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                      Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                      Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                      Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                      corners

                                                                                                      13

                                                                                                      Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                      Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                      Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                      14

                                                                                                      A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                      Structures

                                                                                                      The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                      A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                      1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                      15

                                                                                                      Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                      100-300

                                                                                                      30-100

                                                                                                      10-30

                                                                                                      3-10

                                                                                                      1-3

                                                                                                      03-1

                                                                                                      lt 03

                                                                                                      Massive

                                                                                                      Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                      Thickly bedded

                                                                                                      Medium bedded

                                                                                                      Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                      Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                      Thickly laminated

                                                                                                      Thinly laminated

                                                                                                      2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                      16

                                                                                                      3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                      B Surface Features

                                                                                                      These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                      1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                      Bed set

                                                                                                      Cross beds

                                                                                                      Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                      Graded bed

                                                                                                      Upward direction of

                                                                                                      the succession

                                                                                                      17

                                                                                                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                      Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                      Current or wind direction

                                                                                                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                      18

                                                                                                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                      19

                                                                                                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                      Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                      Reef Environment

                                                                                                      20

                                                                                                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                      21

                                                                                                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                      22

                                                                                                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                      23

                                                                                                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                      or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                      24

                                                                                                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                      25

                                                                                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                      26

                                                                                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                      27

                                                                                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                      28

                                                                                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                      29

                                                                                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                      Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                      30

                                                                                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                      Psammites

                                                                                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                      31

                                                                                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                      32

                                                                                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                      Textural classification

                                                                                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                      Porphyroblast

                                                                                                      33

                                                                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                      34

                                                                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                      35

                                                                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                      36

                                                                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                      37

                                                                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                      38

                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                        Evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                        These rocks are formed within the depositional basin from chemical substances dissolved in the seawater or lake water Gypsum and salt are good example of evaporitic sediments

                                                                                                        Siliceous sediments

                                                                                                        Chert is the most common chemical siliceous sediment It is a dense rock composed of one or several forms of silica (opal chalcedony

                                                                                                        microcrystalline quartz) It occurs either as nodular segregations mainly in a carbonate host rock or as

                                                                                                        areally extensive bedded deposits It has a tough splintery to conchoidal fracture It may be white or variously colored gray green blue pink red yellow brown

                                                                                                        and black Flint (feuerstein) is a term widely used both as a synonym for chert and as a

                                                                                                        variety of chert

                                                                                                        Organic sediments

                                                                                                        Coals

                                                                                                        Coals are carbon-rich rocks that are composed of the altered remains of woody plant debris The two principal types of coals are

                                                                                                        11

                                                                                                        1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                                        2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                                        Coal Formation

                                                                                                        bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                                        bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                                        bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                                        Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                                        Oil shale

                                                                                                        The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                                        Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                                        Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                                        Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                                        Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                                        12

                                                                                                        2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                        Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                        bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                        bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                        332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                        TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                        bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                        particles

                                                                                                        bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                        Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                        Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                        Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                        corners

                                                                                                        13

                                                                                                        Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                        Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                        Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                        14

                                                                                                        A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                        Structures

                                                                                                        The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                        A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                        1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                        15

                                                                                                        Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                        100-300

                                                                                                        30-100

                                                                                                        10-30

                                                                                                        3-10

                                                                                                        1-3

                                                                                                        03-1

                                                                                                        lt 03

                                                                                                        Massive

                                                                                                        Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                        Thickly bedded

                                                                                                        Medium bedded

                                                                                                        Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                        Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                        Thickly laminated

                                                                                                        Thinly laminated

                                                                                                        2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                        16

                                                                                                        3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                        B Surface Features

                                                                                                        These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                        1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                        Bed set

                                                                                                        Cross beds

                                                                                                        Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                        Graded bed

                                                                                                        Upward direction of

                                                                                                        the succession

                                                                                                        17

                                                                                                        ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                        Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                        Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                        Current or wind direction

                                                                                                        Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                        18

                                                                                                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                        19

                                                                                                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                        Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                        Reef Environment

                                                                                                        20

                                                                                                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                        21

                                                                                                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                        22

                                                                                                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                        23

                                                                                                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                        or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                        24

                                                                                                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                        25

                                                                                                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                        26

                                                                                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                        27

                                                                                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                        28

                                                                                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                        29

                                                                                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                        Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                        30

                                                                                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                        Psammites

                                                                                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                        31

                                                                                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                        32

                                                                                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                        Textural classification

                                                                                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                        Porphyroblast

                                                                                                        33

                                                                                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                        Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                        Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                        34

                                                                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                        35

                                                                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                        36

                                                                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                        37

                                                                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                        38

                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                          1 Lignite (brown coal) composed of loosely bound (friable) organic detritus including some clearly recognizable plant remains

                                                                                                          2 Bituminous coal highly compacted black coal composed of recrystallized carbon

                                                                                                          Coal Formation

                                                                                                          bull Delta continental environments

                                                                                                          bull Carbonized Woody Material

                                                                                                          bull Often fossilized trees leaves present

                                                                                                          Figure 319 Coal formation process

                                                                                                          Oil shale

                                                                                                          The term oil shale has been applied to any rock from which substantial quantities of oil can be extracted by heating

                                                                                                          Lithology is diverse and may include shales marlstones dolomitic limestones and siltstones

                                                                                                          Normally these rocks are fine textured and laminated They range in color from light shades of brown green to dark brown gray or black

                                                                                                          Types of Oil Shale

                                                                                                          Oil shales can be broadly categorized in three types- 1 Carbonate rich shale those which contain abundant carbonate minerals commonly varied hard and tough rocks

                                                                                                          12

                                                                                                          2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                          Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                          bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                          bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                          332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                          TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                          bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                          particles

                                                                                                          bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                          Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                          Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                          Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                          corners

                                                                                                          13

                                                                                                          Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                          Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                          Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                          14

                                                                                                          A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                          Structures

                                                                                                          The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                          A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                          1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                          15

                                                                                                          Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                          100-300

                                                                                                          30-100

                                                                                                          10-30

                                                                                                          3-10

                                                                                                          1-3

                                                                                                          03-1

                                                                                                          lt 03

                                                                                                          Massive

                                                                                                          Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                          Thickly bedded

                                                                                                          Medium bedded

                                                                                                          Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                          Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                          Thickly laminated

                                                                                                          Thinly laminated

                                                                                                          2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                          16

                                                                                                          3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                          B Surface Features

                                                                                                          These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                          1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                          Bed set

                                                                                                          Cross beds

                                                                                                          Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                          Graded bed

                                                                                                          Upward direction of

                                                                                                          the succession

                                                                                                          17

                                                                                                          ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                          Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                          Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                          Current or wind direction

                                                                                                          Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                          18

                                                                                                          2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                          3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                          - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                          - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                          4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                          5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                          6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                          19

                                                                                                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                          Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                          Reef Environment

                                                                                                          20

                                                                                                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                          21

                                                                                                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                          22

                                                                                                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                          23

                                                                                                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                          or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                          24

                                                                                                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                          25

                                                                                                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                          26

                                                                                                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                          27

                                                                                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                          28

                                                                                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                          29

                                                                                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                          Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                          30

                                                                                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                          Psammites

                                                                                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                          31

                                                                                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                          32

                                                                                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                          Textural classification

                                                                                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                          Porphyroblast

                                                                                                          33

                                                                                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                          Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                          Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                          34

                                                                                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                          35

                                                                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                          36

                                                                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                          37

                                                                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                          38

                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                            2 Siliceous shale those devoid of carbonate minerals with abundant siliceous minerals They are dark brown or black colored 3 Cannel Shale Those composed of algal remains containing so much mineral impurities dark brown or black color sometimes classed as impure cannel coal torbanite or some varieties of marine coals

                                                                                                            Volcanoclastic Sediments

                                                                                                            bull Fragmental volcanic rocks formed by any mechanism or origin emplaced in any physiographic environment (on land under water or under ice) or mixed with any nonvolcanic fragment types in any proportion are called Volcaniclastic sediments

                                                                                                            bull Volcaniclastic materials exhibit all possible degrees of sorting Some are very well sorted and finely laminated others are chaotic and unsorted and contain debris ranging from the finest ash to great blocks of either cognate or noncognate (accidental) rocks

                                                                                                            332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                            TextureTexture- refers to the size shape arrangement of the grains that make up the rock

                                                                                                            bull Clastic- composed of individual fragments that were transported and deposited as

                                                                                                            particles

                                                                                                            bull Crystalline- results from the in situ precipitation of solid mineral crystals

                                                                                                            Grain size- grain diameter (boulders pebbles cobbles sand silt or clay)

                                                                                                            Shape- is described in terms of sphericity

                                                                                                            Roundness or (angularity) refers to the sharpness or smoothness of their

                                                                                                            corners

                                                                                                            13

                                                                                                            Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                            Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                            Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                            14

                                                                                                            A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                            Structures

                                                                                                            The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                            A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                            1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                            15

                                                                                                            Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                            100-300

                                                                                                            30-100

                                                                                                            10-30

                                                                                                            3-10

                                                                                                            1-3

                                                                                                            03-1

                                                                                                            lt 03

                                                                                                            Massive

                                                                                                            Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                            Thickly bedded

                                                                                                            Medium bedded

                                                                                                            Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                            Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                            Thickly laminated

                                                                                                            Thinly laminated

                                                                                                            2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                            16

                                                                                                            3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                            B Surface Features

                                                                                                            These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                            1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                            Bed set

                                                                                                            Cross beds

                                                                                                            Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                            Graded bed

                                                                                                            Upward direction of

                                                                                                            the succession

                                                                                                            17

                                                                                                            ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                            Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                            Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                            Current or wind direction

                                                                                                            Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                            18

                                                                                                            2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                            3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                            - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                            - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                            4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                            5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                            6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                            19

                                                                                                            333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                            Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                            1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                            Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                            Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                            Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                            Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                            Reef Environment

                                                                                                            20

                                                                                                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                            21

                                                                                                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                            22

                                                                                                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                            23

                                                                                                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                            or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                            24

                                                                                                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                            25

                                                                                                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                            26

                                                                                                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                            27

                                                                                                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                            Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                            28

                                                                                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                            29

                                                                                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                            Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                            30

                                                                                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                            Psammites

                                                                                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                            31

                                                                                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                            32

                                                                                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                            Textural classification

                                                                                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                            Porphyroblast

                                                                                                            33

                                                                                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                            Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                            Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                            34

                                                                                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                            35

                                                                                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                            36

                                                                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                            37

                                                                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                            38

                                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                              Figure 320 Relationships between Sphericity and Roundness

                                                                                                              Analyzing the parameters of clastic rocks one may realize about the matrix content sorting roundness and composition of a clastic rock at hand An important aspect dealing with such variations is known as the maturity of the rock Two types of maturity textural and compositional maturities are devised to analyze degree of weathering and energy level and persistency of transporting media during deposition

                                                                                                              Texturally immature sediments are those with much matrix poor sorting and angular grains Texturally mature sediments on the other hand are characterized by little matrix moderate to good sorting and subrounded to rounded grains Sediments with no matrix very good sorting and well-rounded grains are known as super matured Textural maturity in sandstones is largely a reflection of the depositional process although it can be modified by diagenetic processes Where there has been minimal current activity the sediments generally are texturally immature persistent current or wind activity results in more mature sandstone

                                                                                                              14

                                                                                                              A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                              Structures

                                                                                                              The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                              A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                              1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                              15

                                                                                                              Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                              100-300

                                                                                                              30-100

                                                                                                              10-30

                                                                                                              3-10

                                                                                                              1-3

                                                                                                              03-1

                                                                                                              lt 03

                                                                                                              Massive

                                                                                                              Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                              Thickly bedded

                                                                                                              Medium bedded

                                                                                                              Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                              Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                              Thickly laminated

                                                                                                              Thinly laminated

                                                                                                              2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                              16

                                                                                                              3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                              B Surface Features

                                                                                                              These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                              1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                              Bed set

                                                                                                              Cross beds

                                                                                                              Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                              Graded bed

                                                                                                              Upward direction of

                                                                                                              the succession

                                                                                                              17

                                                                                                              ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                              Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                              Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                              Current or wind direction

                                                                                                              Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                              18

                                                                                                              2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                              3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                              - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                              - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                              4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                              5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                              6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                              19

                                                                                                              333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                              Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                              1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                              Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                              Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                              Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                              Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                              Reef Environment

                                                                                                              20

                                                                                                              Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                              21

                                                                                                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                              22

                                                                                                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                              23

                                                                                                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                              or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                              24

                                                                                                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                              25

                                                                                                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                              26

                                                                                                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                              27

                                                                                                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                              Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                              28

                                                                                                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                              not defined

                                                                                                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                              not defined

                                                                                                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                              Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                              29

                                                                                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                              Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                              30

                                                                                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                              Psammites

                                                                                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                              31

                                                                                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                              32

                                                                                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                              Textural classification

                                                                                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                              Porphyroblast

                                                                                                              33

                                                                                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                              Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                              Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                              34

                                                                                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                              35

                                                                                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                              36

                                                                                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                              37

                                                                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                              38

                                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                A compositionally immature sandstone contains many unstable grains (ie unstable rock fragments and minerals) and much feldspar Where rock fragments are of a more stable variety and there is some feldspar and much quartz then the sediment is referred to as mature For sandstone composed almost entirely of quartz grains the term supermature is aapplied Compositional maturity can be expressed by the ratio of quartz+chert grains to feldspars+rock fragments This compositional maturity index is useful if comparisons between different sandstones are required Compositional maturity basically reflects the weathering processes in the source area and the degree and extent of reworking and transportation Typically compositionally immature sediments are located close to their source area or they have been rapidly transported and deposited with little reworking from a source area of limited physical and chemical weathering Here a caution with the concept of compositional maturity is that they can considerably changed a) if the source area itself consists of mature sediments and b) if the sediments are supplied directly to a beach and nearshore area from adjacent igneous-metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                Structures

                                                                                                                The process of deposition usually imparts variations in layering bed forms or other structures that point to the environments in which deposition occurred Such things as water depth current velocity and current direction can some times be determined from sedimentary structures Thus it is important to recognize various sedimentary structures to infer the depositional environments of ancient sediments In the study of stratigraphy especially in the deformed and folded areas sedimentary structures are so important to understand which way is updown so that able to determine the sequence of events occurred in the area The structural features that tell us which way is updown are often referred to as top and bottom indicators

                                                                                                                A Stratification and Bedding

                                                                                                                1 Layering (bedding) One of the most obvious features of sedimentary rocks is layering structure or stratification The layers are evident because of differences in mineralogy grain size degree of sorting or color of the different layers In rocks these differences may be made more prominent by the differences in resistance to weathering or color changes brought out by weathering Layering is usually described on the basis of layer thickness as shown in the table below Distinctive types of layering are described below

                                                                                                                15

                                                                                                                Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                                100-300

                                                                                                                30-100

                                                                                                                10-30

                                                                                                                3-10

                                                                                                                1-3

                                                                                                                03-1

                                                                                                                lt 03

                                                                                                                Massive

                                                                                                                Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                                Thickly bedded

                                                                                                                Medium bedded

                                                                                                                Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                                Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                                Thickly laminated

                                                                                                                Thinly laminated

                                                                                                                2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                                16

                                                                                                                3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                                B Surface Features

                                                                                                                These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                                1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                                Bed set

                                                                                                                Cross beds

                                                                                                                Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                                Graded bed

                                                                                                                Upward direction of

                                                                                                                the succession

                                                                                                                17

                                                                                                                ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                                Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                                Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                                Current or wind direction

                                                                                                                Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                                18

                                                                                                                2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                                3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                                - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                                - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                                4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                                5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                                6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                                19

                                                                                                                333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                                Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                                1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                                Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                                Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                                Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                                Reef Environment

                                                                                                                20

                                                                                                                Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                21

                                                                                                                34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                22

                                                                                                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                23

                                                                                                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                24

                                                                                                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                25

                                                                                                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                26

                                                                                                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                27

                                                                                                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                28

                                                                                                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                not defined

                                                                                                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                not defined

                                                                                                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                29

                                                                                                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                30

                                                                                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                Psammites

                                                                                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                31

                                                                                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                32

                                                                                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                Textural classification

                                                                                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                33

                                                                                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                34

                                                                                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                35

                                                                                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                36

                                                                                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                37

                                                                                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                38

                                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                  Description of beds in accordance with their thickness Bed thicknesses (cm) gt300

                                                                                                                  100-300

                                                                                                                  30-100

                                                                                                                  10-30

                                                                                                                  3-10

                                                                                                                  1-3

                                                                                                                  03-1

                                                                                                                  lt 03

                                                                                                                  Massive

                                                                                                                  Very thickly bedded

                                                                                                                  Thickly bedded

                                                                                                                  Medium bedded

                                                                                                                  Thinly Bedded

                                                                                                                  Very thinly bedded

                                                                                                                  Thickly laminated

                                                                                                                  Thinly laminated

                                                                                                                  2 Cross bedding consists of sets of beds that are inclined with respect to one another The beds are inclined in the direction that the wind or water was moving at the time of deposition Boundaries between sets of cross beds usually represent an erosional surface Cross bedding is very common in beache deposits sand dunes and river sediments Individual beds within cross bedded strata are useful indicators of current direction and to indicate the top and bottom part of the bed All cross beds have asymptotic contact in their lower contact on which they were deposited

                                                                                                                  16

                                                                                                                  3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                                  B Surface Features

                                                                                                                  These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                                  1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                                  Bed set

                                                                                                                  Cross beds

                                                                                                                  Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                                  Graded bed

                                                                                                                  Upward direction of

                                                                                                                  the succession

                                                                                                                  17

                                                                                                                  ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                                  Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                                  Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                                  Current or wind direction

                                                                                                                  Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                                  18

                                                                                                                  2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                                  3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                                  - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                                  - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                                  4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                                  5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                                  6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                                  19

                                                                                                                  333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                                  Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                                  1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                                  Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                  Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                                  Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                                  Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                                  Reef Environment

                                                                                                                  20

                                                                                                                  Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                  21

                                                                                                                  34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                  341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                  Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                  bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                  bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                  bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                  22

                                                                                                                  Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                  Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                  Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                  TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                  23

                                                                                                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                  or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                  24

                                                                                                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                  25

                                                                                                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                  26

                                                                                                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                  27

                                                                                                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                  28

                                                                                                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                  29

                                                                                                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                  Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                  30

                                                                                                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                  Psammites

                                                                                                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                  31

                                                                                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                  32

                                                                                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                  Textural classification

                                                                                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                  33

                                                                                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                  34

                                                                                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                  35

                                                                                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                  36

                                                                                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                  37

                                                                                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                  38

                                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                    3 Graded bedding with decreasing of current velocity larger or more dense particles are deposited first and followed by smaller particles If this occurred within a bed then it results in the formation of a bed that sows decreasing of grain size upwards This structure is important in determination of tops and bottoms of beds Commonly reverse graded bedding cannot be occurred as current velocity increased This is because as the velocity of the current increased it will start to erode the surface of the bed instead of progressive deposition of coarser materials

                                                                                                                    B Surface Features

                                                                                                                    These sedimentary structures are developed on the surface of the beds and tell us about water currents wind direction and climate conditions

                                                                                                                    1 Ripple marks Ripple marks are characteristic of shallow water deposition They are caused by waves or winds piling up the sediments into long

                                                                                                                    Bed set

                                                                                                                    Cross beds

                                                                                                                    Cross bed sets boundary

                                                                                                                    Graded bed

                                                                                                                    Upward direction of

                                                                                                                    the succession

                                                                                                                    17

                                                                                                                    ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                                    Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                                    Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                                    Current or wind direction

                                                                                                                    Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                                    18

                                                                                                                    2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                                    3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                                    - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                                    - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                                    4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                                    5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                                    6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                                    19

                                                                                                                    333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                                    Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                                    1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                                    Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                    Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                                    Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                                    Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                                    Reef Environment

                                                                                                                    20

                                                                                                                    Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                    21

                                                                                                                    34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                    341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                    Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                    bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                    bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                    bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                    22

                                                                                                                    Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                    Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                    Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                    TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                    23

                                                                                                                    important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                    Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                    Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                    Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                    If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                    bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                    bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                    bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                    or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                    342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                    24

                                                                                                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                    25

                                                                                                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                    26

                                                                                                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                    27

                                                                                                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                    28

                                                                                                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                    29

                                                                                                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                    Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                    30

                                                                                                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                    Psammites

                                                                                                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                    31

                                                                                                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                    32

                                                                                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                    Textural classification

                                                                                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                    33

                                                                                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                    34

                                                                                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                    35

                                                                                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                    36

                                                                                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                    37

                                                                                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                    38

                                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                      ridges Based on their geometry two types of ripple marks are known Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Asymmetrical ripple marks can give an indication of current direction of water or wind direction Symmetrical ripples formed under the condition when the water moves back and forth Symmetrical ripple marks typify standing water with a steady back and forth movement such as tidal action

                                                                                                                      Back and forth movement of water

                                                                                                                      Schematic draw of symmetric ripple marks( repetition of lines is to illustrate their appearance in 3D)

                                                                                                                      Current or wind direction

                                                                                                                      Asymmetric ripple marks(nearly vertical in the windward side and gentle slope in the leeward side)

                                                                                                                      18

                                                                                                                      2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                                      3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                                      - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                                      - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                                      4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                                      5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                                      6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                                      19

                                                                                                                      333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                                      Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                                      1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                                      Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                      Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                                      Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                                      Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                                      Reef Environment

                                                                                                                      20

                                                                                                                      Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                      21

                                                                                                                      34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                      341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                      Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                      bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                      bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                      bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                      22

                                                                                                                      Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                      Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                      Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                      TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                      23

                                                                                                                      important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                      Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                      Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                      Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                      If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                      bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                      bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                      bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                      or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                      342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                      24

                                                                                                                      There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                      1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                      CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                      Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                      25

                                                                                                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                      26

                                                                                                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                      27

                                                                                                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                      28

                                                                                                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                      29

                                                                                                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                      Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                      30

                                                                                                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                      Psammites

                                                                                                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                      31

                                                                                                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                      32

                                                                                                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                      Textural classification

                                                                                                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                      Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                      33

                                                                                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                      34

                                                                                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                      35

                                                                                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                      36

                                                                                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                      37

                                                                                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                      38

                                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                        2 Mud cracks These structures result from the drying out of wet sediments at the surface of the earth The cracks are due to shrinkage of the sediments (clays) on drying In cross section the mud cracks tend to curl up thus becoming a good topbottom indicator The presence of mud cracks indicates that the sediments were exposed to the surface shortly after deposition

                                                                                                                        3 Casts and Molds Any depression formed on the surface of previously deposited sediment at the interface of water and sediment may become a mold for any sediment that come later The body of the newly sediment that takes on the shape of the mold is referred to as cast

                                                                                                                        - Load casts These are bulbous protrusions that are formed when compaction causes sediment to be pushed downward in to softer sediments

                                                                                                                        - Flute casts (Sole marks) Flutes are elongated depressions formed at the surface of the formerly deposited sediment by current erosion The flutes form an elongated mold for the new sediment Preservation of the overlying sediment as cast resulted in flute casts which are some times referred to as sole marks Flute casts are excellent indicators of current direction and topsbottoms of beds

                                                                                                                        4 Tracks and Trails These features result from organisms moving across the sediment as they walk crawl or drag their body parts through the sediments

                                                                                                                        5 Burrow marks Any organism that burrows in to soft sediment can disturb the sediment and destroy many of the structures If burrowing is not extensive the holes made by such organisms can later become filled with water that deposits new sediment in the holes Burrow marks are also used to indicate top and bottom parts of beds If animals were churning up and intensively burrowed through the sediment bioturbation may be resulted Bioturbation disrupts and even destroys primary bedding and lamination It may produce nodularity in the sediment with subtle grain-size differences between burrow and surrounding sediments A color mottling can be produced by burrowing organisms

                                                                                                                        6 Slump folds formed by down slope mass movement of sediment up on glide plane involving significant bending of sediment layers

                                                                                                                        19

                                                                                                                        333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                                        Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                                        1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                                        Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                        Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                                        Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                                        Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                                        Reef Environment

                                                                                                                        20

                                                                                                                        Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                        21

                                                                                                                        34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                        341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                        Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                        bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                        bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                        bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                        22

                                                                                                                        Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                        Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                        Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                        TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                        23

                                                                                                                        important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                        Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                        Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                        Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                        If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                        bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                        bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                        bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                        or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                        342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                        24

                                                                                                                        There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                        1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                        CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                        Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                        25

                                                                                                                        REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                        Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                        CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                        Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                        26

                                                                                                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                        27

                                                                                                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                        28

                                                                                                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                        29

                                                                                                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                        Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                        30

                                                                                                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                        Psammites

                                                                                                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                        31

                                                                                                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                        32

                                                                                                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                        Textural classification

                                                                                                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                        Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                        33

                                                                                                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                        Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                        Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                        34

                                                                                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                        35

                                                                                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                        36

                                                                                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                        37

                                                                                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                        38

                                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                          333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks

                                                                                                                          Sediments are formed and accumulated in different places under different conditions The sedimentary depositional environment describes the combination of physical chemical and biological processes took place during the deposition of a particular type of sediment Determination of depositional environment of sediments is important to construct the paleogeography and paleoclimatic condition in the study of the geologic history of an area and to infer economically potential parts of the basin in the exploration of hydrocarbons and minerals In most cases ancient depositional environments are found to be analogous to the existing sedimentation areas Important parameters to determine the depositional environment of sediment are

                                                                                                                          1 lithologic composition and rock association2 texture3 sedimentary structures4 fossil content5 the geometry of the sediment

                                                                                                                          Types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                          Continental Environments- Alluvial Environment- Aeolian Environment- Fluvial Environment- Lacustrine lake Environment- Glacial Environment

                                                                                                                          Transitional Environments- Deltaic Environment- Tidal Environment- Lagoonal Environment- Beach Environment

                                                                                                                          Marine Environment- Shallow water marine- Deep water Marine

                                                                                                                          Reef Environment

                                                                                                                          20

                                                                                                                          Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                          21

                                                                                                                          34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                          341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                          Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                          bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                          bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                          bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                          22

                                                                                                                          Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                          Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                          Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                          TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                          23

                                                                                                                          important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                          Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                          Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                          Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                          If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                          bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                          bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                          bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                          or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                          342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                          24

                                                                                                                          There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                          1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                          CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                          Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                          25

                                                                                                                          REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                          Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                          CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                          Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                          26

                                                                                                                          HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                          Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                          BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                          When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                          SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                          When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                          27

                                                                                                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                          28

                                                                                                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                          29

                                                                                                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                          Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                          30

                                                                                                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                          Psammites

                                                                                                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                          31

                                                                                                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                          32

                                                                                                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                          Textural classification

                                                                                                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                          Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                          33

                                                                                                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                          Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                          Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                          34

                                                                                                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                          35

                                                                                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                          36

                                                                                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                          37

                                                                                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                          38

                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                            Figure 321 Block diagram showing the types of depositional environments

                                                                                                                            21

                                                                                                                            34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                            341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                            Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                            bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                            bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                            bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                            22

                                                                                                                            Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                            Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                            Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                            TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                            23

                                                                                                                            important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                            Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                            Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                            Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                            If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                            bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                            bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                            bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                            or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                            342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                            24

                                                                                                                            There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                            1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                            CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                            Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                            25

                                                                                                                            REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                            Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                            CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                            Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                            26

                                                                                                                            HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                            Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                            BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                            When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                            SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                            When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                            27

                                                                                                                            343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                            Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                            As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                            Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                            In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                            28

                                                                                                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                            29

                                                                                                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                            Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                            30

                                                                                                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                            Psammites

                                                                                                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                            31

                                                                                                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                            32

                                                                                                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                            Textural classification

                                                                                                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                            Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                            33

                                                                                                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                            Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                            Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                            34

                                                                                                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                            35

                                                                                                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                            36

                                                                                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                            37

                                                                                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                            38

                                                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                              34 Metamorphic Rocks

                                                                                                                              341 Definitions of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                              Metamorphism is defined as the mineralogical and structural adjustment of solid rocks to physical and chemical conditions that have been imposed at depths below the near surface zones of weathering and diagenesis and which differ from conditions under which the rocks in question originated The word Metamorphism comes from the Greek meta = change morph = form so metamorphism means to change form In geology this refers to the changes in mineral assemblage and texture that result from subjecting a rock to conditions such pressures temperatures and chemical environments different from those under which the rock originally formed Metamorphism is characterized by (i) phase changes - growth of new physically discrete separable components (minerals) either with or without (isochemical) addition of new material andor (ii) textural changes - recrystallization alignment andor grain size usually as a result of unequal application of stress

                                                                                                                              bull Note that Diagenesis is also a change in form that occurs in sedimentary rocks In geology however we restrict diagenetic processes to those which occur at temperatures below 200oC and pressures below about 300 MPa (MPa stands for Mega Pascals) this is equivalent to about 3 kilobars of pressure (1kb = 100 MPa)

                                                                                                                              bull Metamorphism therefore occurs at temperatures and pressures higher than 200oC and 300 MPa Rocks can be subjected to these higher temperatures and pressures as they are buried deeper in the Earth Such burial usually takes place as a result of tectonic processes such as continental collisions or subduction

                                                                                                                              bull The upper limit of metamorphism occurs at the pressure and temperature where melting of the rock in question begins Once melting begins the process changes to an igneous process rather than a metamorphic process

                                                                                                                              22

                                                                                                                              Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                              Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                              Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                              TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                              23

                                                                                                                              important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                              Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                              Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                              Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                              If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                              bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                              bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                              bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                              or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                              342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                              24

                                                                                                                              There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                              1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                              CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                              Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                              25

                                                                                                                              REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                              Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                              CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                              Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                              26

                                                                                                                              HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                              Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                              BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                              When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                              SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                              When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                              27

                                                                                                                              343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                              Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                              As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                              Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                              In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                              28

                                                                                                                              Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                              Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                              Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                              Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                              Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                              (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                              not defined

                                                                                                                              Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                              Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                              not defined

                                                                                                                              Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                              chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                              Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                              hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                              almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                              Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                              garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                              Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                              garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                              29

                                                                                                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                              Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                              30

                                                                                                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                              Psammites

                                                                                                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                              31

                                                                                                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                              32

                                                                                                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                              Textural classification

                                                                                                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                              Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                              33

                                                                                                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                              Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                              Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                              34

                                                                                                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                              35

                                                                                                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                              36

                                                                                                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                              37

                                                                                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                              38

                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                Figure 322 Diagram showing limits of metamorphism

                                                                                                                                Factors that Control Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                Metamorphism occurs because some minerals are stable only under certain conditions of pressure and temperature When pressure and temperature change chemical reactions occur to cause the minerals in the rock to change to an assemblage that is stable at the new pressure and temperature conditions But the process is complicated by such things as how the pressure is applied the time over which the rock is subjected to the higher pressure and temperature and whether or not there is a fluid phase present during metamorphism

                                                                                                                                TemperatureTemperature increases with depth in the Earth along the Geothermal Gradient Thus higher temperature can occur by burial of rock Temperature can also increase due to igneous intrusion PressurePressure increases with depth of burial thus both pressure and temperature will vary with depth in the Earth Pressure is defined as force acting equally from all directionsIt is a type of stress called hydrostatic stress or uniform stress If the stress is not equal from all directions then the stress is called a differential stress Fluid Phase Any existing open space between mineral grains in rocks can potentially contain a fluid This fluid is mostly H2O but contains dissolved mineral matter The fluid phase is

                                                                                                                                23

                                                                                                                                important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                                Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                                Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                                Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                                If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                                bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                                bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                                bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                                or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                                342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                24

                                                                                                                                There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                                1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                                25

                                                                                                                                REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                                CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                                26

                                                                                                                                HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                                BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                                SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                                When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                                27

                                                                                                                                343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                                As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                                In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                                28

                                                                                                                                Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                not defined

                                                                                                                                Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                not defined

                                                                                                                                Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                29

                                                                                                                                Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                30

                                                                                                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                Psammites

                                                                                                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                31

                                                                                                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                32

                                                                                                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                Textural classification

                                                                                                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                33

                                                                                                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                34

                                                                                                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                35

                                                                                                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                36

                                                                                                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                37

                                                                                                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                38

                                                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                  important because chemical reactions that involve one solid mineral changing into another solid mineral can be greatly speeded up by having dissolved ions transported by the fluid Within increasing pressure of metamorphism the pore spaces in which the fluid resides is reduced and thus the fluid is driven off Thus no fluid will be present when pressure and temperature decrease and as discussed earlier retrograde metamorphism will be inhibited Time The chemical reactions involved in metamorphism along with recrystallization and growth of new minerals are extremely slow processes Laboratory experiments suggest that the longer the time available for metamorphism the larger are the sizes of the mineral grains produced Thus coarse grained metamorphic rocks involve long times of metamorphism Experiments suggest that the time involved is millions of years

                                                                                                                                  Mineral AsseemblageParagenesis

                                                                                                                                  Minerals those possessing the lowest chemical potential energy under the conditions of metamorphism are said to be in equilibrium These equilibrium minerals referred to simply as Mineral assemblage or Mineral paragenesis Mineral assemblages will be written as lists of mineral names separated by plus signs thus A+B+C

                                                                                                                                  Most Granoblastic texture rocks are often associated with equilibrium but rocks without these may also have equilibrium mineral assemblages R Manson (1984) assumes that metamorphic rocks have equilibrium mineral assemblages unless there is definite evidence to the contrary

                                                                                                                                  If a rock is to be regarded as having an equilibrium mineral assemblage are as follows

                                                                                                                                  bull Each mineral in the assemblage list must have a boundary somewhere in the rock with all the other members

                                                                                                                                  bull The texture must be of a type thought to have formed by metamorphic recrystallization not by fragmentation during dynamic metamorphism or igneous crystallization from a melt

                                                                                                                                  bull The minerals must not show compositional zoning bull The minerals must not show obvious replacement textures such as reaction rims

                                                                                                                                  or alteration along cracks

                                                                                                                                  342 Types of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                  24

                                                                                                                                  There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                                  1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                  CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                  Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                                  25

                                                                                                                                  REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                  Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                                  CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                  Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                                  26

                                                                                                                                  HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                  Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                                  BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                  When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                                  SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                                  When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                                  27

                                                                                                                                  343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                  Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                                  As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                  Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                                  In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                                  28

                                                                                                                                  Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                  Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                  Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                  Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                  Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                  (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                                                                  Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                  Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                  not defined

                                                                                                                                  Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                  chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                  Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                  hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                  almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                  Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                  garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                  Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                  garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                  29

                                                                                                                                  Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                  clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                  cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                  Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                  Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                  sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                  Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                  glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                  High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                  clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                  Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                  At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                  30

                                                                                                                                  Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                  344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                  1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                  Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                  Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                  Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                  Psammites

                                                                                                                                  Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                  Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                  31

                                                                                                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                  32

                                                                                                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                  Textural classification

                                                                                                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                  33

                                                                                                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                  34

                                                                                                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                  35

                                                                                                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                  36

                                                                                                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                  37

                                                                                                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                  38

                                                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                    There are six types of metamorphism These are-

                                                                                                                                    1 Contact Metamorphism 2 Regional Metamorphism3 Cataclastic Metamorphism4 Hydrothermal Metamorphism5 Burial Metamorphism6 Shock (impact) Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                    CONTACT METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                    Contact metamorphism is often referred to as high temperature low pressure metamorphism The rock produced is often a fine-grained rock that shows no foliation called a hornfels It occurs adjacent to igneous intrusions and results from high temperatures associated with the igneous intrusion Since only a small area surrounding the intrusion is heated by the magma metamorphism is restricted to the zone surrounding the intrusion called a metamorphic or contact aureole Outside of the contact aureole the rocks are not affected by the intrusive event The grade of metamorphism increases in all directions toward the intrusion Because the temperature contrast between the surrounding rock and the intruded magma is larger at shallow levels in the crust where pressure is low

                                                                                                                                    25

                                                                                                                                    REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                    Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                                    CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                    Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                                    26

                                                                                                                                    HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                    Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                                    BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                    When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                                    SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                                    When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                                    27

                                                                                                                                    343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                    Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                                    As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                    Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                                    In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                                    28

                                                                                                                                    Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                    Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                    Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                    Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                    Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                    (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                                                                    Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                    Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                    not defined

                                                                                                                                    Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                    chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                    Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                    hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                    almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                    Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                    garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                    Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                    garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                    29

                                                                                                                                    Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                    clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                    cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                    Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                    Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                    sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                    Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                    glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                    High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                    clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                    Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                    At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                    30

                                                                                                                                    Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                    344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                    1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                    Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                    Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                    Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                    Psammites

                                                                                                                                    Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                    Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                    31

                                                                                                                                    Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                    Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                    Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                    Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                    Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                    Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                    Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                    Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                    Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                    32

                                                                                                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                    Textural classification

                                                                                                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                    33

                                                                                                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                    34

                                                                                                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                    35

                                                                                                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                    36

                                                                                                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                    37

                                                                                                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                    38

                                                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                      REGIONAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                      Occurs over large areas and generally does not show any relationship to igneous bodies Most regional metamorphism is accompanied by deformation under non-hydrostatic or differential stress conditions Thus regional metamorphism usually results in forming metamorphic rocks that are strongly foliated such as slates schist and gneisses The differential stress usually results from tectonic forces that produce compressional stresses in the rocks such as when two continental masses collide Thus regionally metamorphosed rocks occur in the cores of foldthrust mountain belts or in eroded mountain ranges Compressive stresses result in folding of rock and thickening of the crust which tends to push rocks to deeper levels where they are subjected to higher temperatures and pressures

                                                                                                                                      CATACLASTIC METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                      Occurs as a result of mechanical deformation like when two bodies of rock slide past one another along a fault zone Heat is generated by the friction of sliding along such a shear zone and the rocks tend to be mechanically deformed being crushed and pulverized due to the shearing Is not very common and is restricted to a narrow zone along which the shearing occurred

                                                                                                                                      26

                                                                                                                                      HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                      Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                                      BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                      When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                                      SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                                      When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                                      27

                                                                                                                                      343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                      Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                                      As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                      Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                                      In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                                      28

                                                                                                                                      Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                      Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                      Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                      Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                      Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                      (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                                                                      Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                      Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                      not defined

                                                                                                                                      Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                      chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                      Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                      hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                      almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                      Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                      garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                      Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                      garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                      29

                                                                                                                                      Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                      clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                      cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                      Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                      Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                      sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                      Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                      glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                      High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                      clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                      Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                      At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                      30

                                                                                                                                      Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                      344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                      1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                      Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                      Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                      Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                      Psammites

                                                                                                                                      Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                      Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                      31

                                                                                                                                      Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                      Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                      Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                      Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                      Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                      Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                      Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                      Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                      Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                      32

                                                                                                                                      hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                      Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                      Textural classification

                                                                                                                                      The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                      Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                      Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                      ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                      Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                      Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                      33

                                                                                                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                      34

                                                                                                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                      35

                                                                                                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                      36

                                                                                                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                      37

                                                                                                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                      38

                                                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                        HYDROTHERMAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                        Rocks that are altered at high temperatures and moderate pressures by hydrothermal fluids This is common in basaltic rocks that generally lack hydrous minerals The hydrothermal metamorphism results in alteration to Mg-Fe rich hydrous minerals such as talc chlorite serpentine actinolite tremolite zeolites and clay minerals Rich ore deposits are often formed as a result of hydrothermal metamorphism

                                                                                                                                        BURIAL METAMORPHISM

                                                                                                                                        When sedimentary rocks are buried to depths of several hundred meters temperatures greater than 300oC may develop in the absence of differential stress New minerals grow but the rock does not appear to be metamorphosed The main minerals produced are often the Zeolites Overlaps to some extent with diagenesis and grades into regional metamorphism as temperature and pressure increase

                                                                                                                                        SHOCK METAMORPHISM (IMPACT METAMORPHISM)

                                                                                                                                        When an extraterrestrial body such as a meteorite or comet impacts with the Earth or if there is a very large volcanic explosion ultrahigh pressures can be generated in the impacted rock These ultrahigh pressures can produce minerals that are only stable at very high pressure such as the SiO2 polymorphs coesite and stishovite produce textures known as shock lamellae in mineral grains and such textures as shatter cones in the impacted rock

                                                                                                                                        27

                                                                                                                                        343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                        Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                                        As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                        Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                                        In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                                        28

                                                                                                                                        Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                        Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                        Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                        Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                        Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                        (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                                                                        Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                        Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                        not defined

                                                                                                                                        Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                        chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                        Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                        hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                        almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                        Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                        garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                        Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                        garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                        29

                                                                                                                                        Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                        clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                        cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                        Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                        Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                        sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                        Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                        glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                        High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                        clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                        Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                        At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                        30

                                                                                                                                        Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                        344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                        1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                        Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                        Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                        Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                        Psammites

                                                                                                                                        Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                        Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                        31

                                                                                                                                        Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                        Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                        Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                        Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                        Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                        Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                        Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                        Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                        Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                        32

                                                                                                                                        hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                        Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                        Textural classification

                                                                                                                                        The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                        Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                        Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                        ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                        Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                        Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                        Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                        33

                                                                                                                                        Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                        Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                        retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                        Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                        - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                        - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                        Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                        Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                        Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                        34

                                                                                                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                        35

                                                                                                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                        36

                                                                                                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                        37

                                                                                                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                        38

                                                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                          343 Grade of Metamorphism

                                                                                                                                          Metamorphic grade is a general term for describing the relative temperature and pressure conditions under which metamorphic rocks form Low-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures between about 200 to 320oC and relatively low pressure Low grade metamorphic rocks are generally characterized by an abundance of hydrous minerals With increasing grade of metamorphism the hydrous minerals begin to react with other minerals andor break down to less hydrous mineralsHigh-grade metamorphism takes place at temperatures greater than 320oC and relatively high pressure As grade of metamorphism increases hydrous minerals become less hydrous by losing H2O and non-hydrous minerals become more common

                                                                                                                                          As the temperature andor pressure increases on a body of rock we say that the rock undergoes prograde metamorphism or that the grade of metamorphism increases Whereas as temperature and pressure fall due to erosion of overlying rock or due to tectonic uplift one might expect metamorphism to a follow a reverse path and eventually return the rocks to their original unmetamorphosed state Such a process is referred to as retrograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                          Metamorphic Facies

                                                                                                                                          In general metamorphic rocks do not undergo significant changes in chemical composition during metamorphism The changes in mineral assemblages are due to changes in the temperature and pressure conditions of metamorphism Thus the mineral assemblages that are observed must be an indication of the temperature and pressure environment that the rock was subjected to This pressure and temperature environment is referred to as metamorphic Facies (This is similar to the concept of sedimentary facies in that a sedimentary facies is also a set of environmental conditions present during deposition) The sequence of metamorphic facies observed in any metamorphic terrain depends on the geothermal gradient that was present during metamorphism (Fig 323) A high geothermal gradient might be present around an igneous intrusion and would result in metamorphic rocks belonging to the hornfels facies Under a normal geothermal gradient would progress from zeolite facies to greenschist amphibolite and eclogite facies as the grade of metamorphism (or depth of burial) increased If a low geothermal gradient was present then rocks would progress from zeolite facies to blueschist facies to eclogite facies Thus if we know the facies of metamorphic rocks in the region we can determine what the geothermal gradient must have been like at the time the metamorphism occurred

                                                                                                                                          28

                                                                                                                                          Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                          Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                          Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                          Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                          Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                          (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                                                                          Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                          Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                          not defined

                                                                                                                                          Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                          chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                          Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                          hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                          almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                          Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                          garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                          Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                          garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                          29

                                                                                                                                          Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                          clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                          cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                          Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                          Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                          sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                          Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                          glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                          High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                          clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                          Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                          At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                          30

                                                                                                                                          Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                          344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                          1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                          Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                          Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                          Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                          Psammites

                                                                                                                                          Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                          Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                          31

                                                                                                                                          Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                          Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                          Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                          Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                          Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                          Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                          Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                          Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                          Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                          32

                                                                                                                                          hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                          Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                          Textural classification

                                                                                                                                          The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                          Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                          Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                          ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                          Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                          Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                          Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                          33

                                                                                                                                          Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                          Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                          retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                          Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                          - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                          - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                          Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                          Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                          Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                          34

                                                                                                                                          The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                          Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                          Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                          Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                          Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                          Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                          Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                          Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                          Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                          35

                                                                                                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                          36

                                                                                                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                          37

                                                                                                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                          38

                                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                            Figure 323 Metamorphic facies encountered during prograde metamorphism

                                                                                                                                            Names of metamorphic facies and typical mineral assemblages of basic igneous rocks and pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                            Facies Typical mineral assemblages in basic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                            Typical mineral assemblages in pelitic rocks

                                                                                                                                            Prehnite-pumpellyite

                                                                                                                                            (with relict igneous plagioclase and clinopyroxene)

                                                                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                                                                            Medium pressure and Medium temperature

                                                                                                                                            Zeolite smectite + zeolite (with relict igneous plagioclase)

                                                                                                                                            not defined

                                                                                                                                            Greenschist chlorite + actinolite + albite + epidote + quartz

                                                                                                                                            chlorite + muscovite + chloritoid + quartz

                                                                                                                                            Epidote-amphibolite

                                                                                                                                            hornblende + epidote albite + almandine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                            almandine garnet + chlorite + muscovite+ biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                            Amphibolite hornblende + andesine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                            garnet + biotite + muscovite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                            Granulite clinopyroxene + labradorite + orthopyroxene + quartz

                                                                                                                                            garnet + cordierite + biotite + sillimanite + quartz

                                                                                                                                            29

                                                                                                                                            Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                            clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                            cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                            Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                            Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                            sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                            Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                            glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                            High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                            clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                            Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                            At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                            30

                                                                                                                                            Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                            344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                            1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                            Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                            Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                            Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                            Psammites

                                                                                                                                            Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                            Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                            31

                                                                                                                                            Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                            Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                            Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                            Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                            Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                            Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                            Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                            Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                            Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                            32

                                                                                                                                            hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                            Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                            Textural classification

                                                                                                                                            The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                            Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                            Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                            ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                            Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                            Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                            Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                            33

                                                                                                                                            Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                            Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                            retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                            Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                            - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                            - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                            Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                            Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                            Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                            34

                                                                                                                                            The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                            Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                            Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                            Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                            Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                            Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                            Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                            Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                            Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                            35

                                                                                                                                            grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                            Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                            Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                            345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                            If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                            The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                            chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                            36

                                                                                                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                            37

                                                                                                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                            38

                                                                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                              Pyroxene hornfels

                                                                                                                                              clinopyroxene + labradorite + quartz

                                                                                                                                              cordierite + andalusite + biotite + quartz

                                                                                                                                              Low pressure and High temperature

                                                                                                                                              Sanidinite clinopyroxene + labradorite + Quartz

                                                                                                                                              sanidine + sillimanite + hypersthene + cordierite + quartz

                                                                                                                                              Glaucophane schist

                                                                                                                                              glaucophane + lawsonite + quartz muscovite + chlorite + spessartine garnet + quartz

                                                                                                                                              High pressure and Low temperatureEclogite pyrope-garnet + omphacite and

                                                                                                                                              clinopyroxene)not known

                                                                                                                                              Metamorphism and Plate Tectonics

                                                                                                                                              At present the geothermal gradients observed are strongly affected by plate tectonicsAlong zones where subduction is occurring magmas are generated near the subduction zone and intrude into shallow levels of the crust Because high temperature is brought near the surface the geothermal gradient (region A in Fig 324) in these regions becomes high and contact metamorphism (hornfels facies) results Because compression occurs along a subduction margin (the oceanic crust moves toward the volcanic arc) rocks may be pushed down to depths along either a normal or slightly higher than normal geothermal gradient Actually the geothermal gradient is likely to be slightly higher because the passage of magma through the crust will tend to heat the crust somewhat In these regions (region B in Fig 324) we expect to see greenschist amphibolite and granulite facies metamorphic rocks Along a subduction zone relatively cool oceanic lithosphere is pushed down to great depths This results in producing a low geothermal gradient (temperature increases slowly with depth) This low geothermal gradient results in metamorphism into the blueschist and eclogite facies (region C in Fig 324)

                                                                                                                                              30

                                                                                                                                              Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                              344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                              1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                              Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                              Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                              Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                              Psammites

                                                                                                                                              Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                              Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                              31

                                                                                                                                              Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                              Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                              Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                              Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                              Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                              Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                              Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                              Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                              Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                              32

                                                                                                                                              hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                              Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                              Textural classification

                                                                                                                                              The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                              Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                              Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                              ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                              Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                              Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                              Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                              33

                                                                                                                                              Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                              Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                              retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                              Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                              - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                              - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                              Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                              Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                              Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                              34

                                                                                                                                              The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                              Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                              Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                              Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                              Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                              Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                              Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                              Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                              Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                              35

                                                                                                                                              grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                              Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                              Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                              345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                              If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                              The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                              chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                              36

                                                                                                                                              Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                              Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                              Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                              In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                              37

                                                                                                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                              38

                                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                Figure 324 Relationships between metamorphism and plate tectonics

                                                                                                                                                344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks is based on mineral assemblage texture protolith and bulk chemical composition of the rock Metamorphic rock names are commonly derived utilizing any one or a combination of the following criterion (Yardley 1989)

                                                                                                                                                1) The nature of the parent material (bulk composition) 2) The rocks texture (grain size and fabric development) 3) The metamorphic mineralogy 4) Any appropriate special name

                                                                                                                                                Classification of metamorphic rocks based on the nature of the parent material (bulk composition)

                                                                                                                                                Parent Material Rock typeArgillaceousclay-rich sediments (lutites) Pelites

                                                                                                                                                Arenaceous (predominately sand-size) sediments

                                                                                                                                                Psammites

                                                                                                                                                Clay-sand mixtures Semi-peliteQuartz-sand (quartz arenite) Quartzite

                                                                                                                                                Marl (lime muds) Calc-silicatecalcareous

                                                                                                                                                31

                                                                                                                                                Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                                Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                                Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                                Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                                Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                                Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                                Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                                Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                                Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                                32

                                                                                                                                                hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                                Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                                Textural classification

                                                                                                                                                The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                                Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                                Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                                ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                                Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                                Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                                33

                                                                                                                                                Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                                retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                                Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                                - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                                - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                                Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                                Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                                Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                                34

                                                                                                                                                The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                                Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                                Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                                Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                                Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                                Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                                Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                                35

                                                                                                                                                grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                                Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                                Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                                345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                                The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                                chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                                36

                                                                                                                                                Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                37

                                                                                                                                                Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                38

                                                                                                                                                • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                  Limestone or dolostone Marble

                                                                                                                                                  Volcanics (basalt andsite rhyolite etc) Metavolcanics (metabasite (metandesitehellipetc)

                                                                                                                                                  Ultramafics Metaultramafics

                                                                                                                                                  Pelitic These rocks are derivatives of aluminous sedimentary rocks like shales and mudrocks Because of their high concentrations of alumina they are recognized by an abundance of aluminous minerals like clay minerals micas kyanite sillimanite andalusite and garnet

                                                                                                                                                  Quartzo-Feldspathic Rocks that originally contained mostly quartz and feldspar like granitic rocks and arkosic sandstones will also contain an abundance of quartz and feldspar as metamorphic rocks since these minerals are stable over a wide range of temperature and pressure Those that exhibit mostly quartz and feldspar with only minor amounts of aluminous minerals are termed quartzo-feldspathic

                                                                                                                                                  Calcareous Calcareous rocks are calcium rich They are usually derivatives of carbonate rocks although they contain other minerals that result from reaction of the carbonates with associated siliceous detrital minerals that were present in the rock At low grades of metamorphism calcareous rocks are recognized by their abundance of carbonate minerals like calcite and dolomite With increasing grade of metamorphism these are replaced by minerals like brucite phlogopite (Mg-rich biotite) chlorite and tremolite At even higher grades anhydrous minerals like diopside forsterite wollastonite grossularite and calcic plagioclase

                                                                                                                                                  Basic Just like in igneous rocks the general term basic refers to low silica content Basic metamorphic rocks are generally derivatives of basic igneous rocks like basalts and gabbros They have an abundance of Fe-Mg minerals like biotite chlorite and hornblende as well as calcic minerals like plagioclase and epidote

                                                                                                                                                  Magnesian Rocks that are rich in Mg with relatively less Fe are termed magnesian Such rocks would contain Mg-rich minerals like serpentine brucite talc dolomite and tremolite In general such rocks usually have an ultrabasic protolith like peridotite dunite or pyroxenite

                                                                                                                                                  Ferruginous Rocks that are rich in Fe with little Mg are termed ferriginous Such rocks could be derivatives of Fe-rich cherts or ironstones They are characterized by an abundance of Fe-rich minerals like greenalite (Fe-rich serpentine) minnesotaite (Fe-rich talc) ferroactinolite ferrocummingtonite

                                                                                                                                                  32

                                                                                                                                                  hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                                  Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                                  Textural classification

                                                                                                                                                  The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                                  Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                                  Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                                  ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                                  Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                  Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                                  33

                                                                                                                                                  Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                  Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                                  retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                                  Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                                  - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                                  - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                                  Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                                  Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                                  Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                                  34

                                                                                                                                                  The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                                  Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                  Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                                  Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                                  Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                                  Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                                  Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                  Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                                  Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                                  35

                                                                                                                                                  grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                                  Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                                  Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                                  345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                  If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                                  The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                                  chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                                  36

                                                                                                                                                  Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                  Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                  Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                  In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                  37

                                                                                                                                                  Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                  38

                                                                                                                                                  • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                  • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                  • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                  • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                  • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                  • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                  • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                  • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                    hematite and magnetite at low grades and ferrosilite fayalite ferrohedenbergite and almandine garnet at higher grades

                                                                                                                                                    Manganiferrous Rocks that are characterized by the presence of Mn-rich minerals are termed manganiferrous They are characterized by such minerals as Stilpnomelane and spessartine

                                                                                                                                                    Textural classification

                                                                                                                                                    The textures are used to differentiate the relative timing of crystal growth and deformation Like any field there is a large terminology developed Below is a list of common textures Note Many of the terms for metamorphic textures contain the suffix -blastic

                                                                                                                                                    Terms related to crystals shape orientation and content

                                                                                                                                                    Porphyroblast a mineral that is larger than its neighbors which grew in the solid state

                                                                                                                                                    ndash Idioblast euhedral (well developed crystal faces) porphyroblast ndash Xenoblast anhedral (poorly developed crystal faces) porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                                    Granoblastic polygonal a texture in which all grains are about the same size and have planar boundaries intersecting at approximately 120 degrees

                                                                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic a texture produced when a growing crystal face has enveloped inclusions from its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                    Porphyroblast

                                                                                                                                                    33

                                                                                                                                                    Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                    Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                                    retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                                    Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                                    - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                                    - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                                    Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                                    Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                                    Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                                    34

                                                                                                                                                    The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                                    Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                    Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                                    Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                                    Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                                    Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                                    Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                    Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                                    Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                                    35

                                                                                                                                                    grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                                    Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                                    Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                                    345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                    If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                                    The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                                    chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                                    36

                                                                                                                                                    Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                    Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                    Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                    In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                    37

                                                                                                                                                    Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                    38

                                                                                                                                                    • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                    • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                    • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                    • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                    • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                    • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                    • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                    • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                      Corona a ring of one or more minerals around another mineral or structure formed by reaction with its surroundings

                                                                                                                                                      Pseudomorph produced when one or more minerals replaces another mineral while

                                                                                                                                                      retaining its crystal shape

                                                                                                                                                      Terms related to deformation and timing of recrystallization

                                                                                                                                                      - Relict A texture of mineral that is inherited from unmetamorphosed rock or from another metamorphic grade (eg bedding)

                                                                                                                                                      - Helicitic applies to porphyroblasts or porphyroclasts possessing internal foliations (Si) that are curved

                                                                                                                                                      Metamorphic Fabric

                                                                                                                                                      Mineralogical classification

                                                                                                                                                      Poikiloblastic

                                                                                                                                                      34

                                                                                                                                                      The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                                      Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                      Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                                      Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                                      Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                                      Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                                      Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                      Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                                      Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                                      35

                                                                                                                                                      grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                                      Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                                      Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                                      345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                      If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                                      The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                                      chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                                      36

                                                                                                                                                      Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                      Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                      Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                      In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                      37

                                                                                                                                                      Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                      38

                                                                                                                                                      • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                      • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                      • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                      • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                      • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                      • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                      • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                      • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                        The most distinguishing minerals are used as a prefix to a textural term Thus a schist containing biotite garnet quartz and feldspar would be called biotite-garnet schist A gneiss containing hornblende pyroxene quartz and feldspar would be called hornblende-pyroxene gneiss A schist containing porphyroblasts of garnet would be called garnet porphyroblastic schist If a rock has undergone only slight metamorphism such that its original texture can still be observed then the rock is given a name based on its original name with the prefix meta- applied For example metabasalt metagraywacke meta-andesite metagranite

                                                                                                                                                        Special metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                        Amphibolites These are medium to coarse grained dark colored rocks whose principal minerals are hornblende and plagioclase They result from metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Foliation is highly variable but when present the term schist can be appended to the name (ie amphibolite schist)

                                                                                                                                                        Marbles These are rocks composed mostly of calcite and less commonly of dolomite They result from metamorphism of limestones and dolostones Some foliation may be present if the marble contains micas

                                                                                                                                                        Eclogites These are medium to coarse grained consisting mostly of garnet and green clinopyroxene called omphacite that result from high grade metamorphism of basic igneous rocks Eclogites usually do not show foliation

                                                                                                                                                        Quartzites Quartz arenites and chert both are composed mostly of SiO2 Since quartz is stable over a wide range of pressures and temperatures metamorphism of quartz arenites and cherts will result only in the recrystallization of quartz forming a hard rock with interlocking crystals of quartz Such a rock is called a quartzite

                                                                                                                                                        Serpentinites Serpentinites are rocks that consist mostly of serpentine These form by hydrothermal metamorphism of ultrabasic igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                        Soapstones Soapstones are rocks that contain an abundance of talc which gives the rock a greasy feel similar to that of soap Talc is an Mg-rich mineral and thus soapstones from ultrabasic igneous protoliths like peridotites dunites and pyroxenites usually by hydrothermal alteration

                                                                                                                                                        Skarns Skarns are rocks that originate from contact metamorphism of limestones or dolostones and show evidence of having exchanged constituents with the intruding magma Thus skarns are generally composed of minerals like calcite and dolomite from the original carbonate rock but contain abundant calcium and magnesium silicate minerals like andradite

                                                                                                                                                        35

                                                                                                                                                        grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                                        Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                                        Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                                        345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                        If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                                        The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                                        chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                                        36

                                                                                                                                                        Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                        Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                        Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                        In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                        37

                                                                                                                                                        Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                        38

                                                                                                                                                        • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                        • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                        • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                        • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                        • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                        • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                        • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                        • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                          grossularite epidote vesuvianite diopside and wollastonite that form by reaction of the original carbonate minerals with silica from the magma The chemical exchange is that takes place is called ldquoMetasomatismrdquo

                                                                                                                                                          Mylonites Mylonites are cataclastic metamorphic rocks that are produced along shear zones deep in the crust They are usually fine-grained sometimes glassy that are streaky or layered with the layers and streaks having been drawn out by ductile shear

                                                                                                                                                          Migmatites a mixed rock of schistose or gneissic portion intimately mixed with veins of apparently quartzo-feldspathic material (known as leucosomes) Migmatites and its related terms are best reserved for regional field studies and should not be used in hand specimen descriptions

                                                                                                                                                          345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                          If differential stress is present during metamorphism it can have a profound effect on the texture of the rock Rounded grains can become flattened in the direction of maximum compressional stress Minerals that crystallize or grow in the differential stress field may develop a preferred orientation Sheet silicates and minerals that have an elongated habit will grow with their sheets or direction of elongation orientated perpendicular to the direction of maximum stress This is because growth of such minerals is easier along directions parallel to sheets or along the direction of elongation and thus will grow along s3 or s2 perpendicular to s1

                                                                                                                                                          The type of structures formed during metamorphism is represented as follows Slatesphyllites form at low metamorphic grade by the growth of fine grained

                                                                                                                                                          chlorite and clay minerals The preferred orientation of these sheet silicates causes the rock to easily break planes parallel to the sheet silicates causing a slatey cleavage

                                                                                                                                                          36

                                                                                                                                                          Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                          Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                          Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                          In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                          37

                                                                                                                                                          Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                          38

                                                                                                                                                          • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                          • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                          • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                          • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                          • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                          • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                          • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                          • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                            Schist - The size of the mineral grains tends to enlarge with increasing grade of metamorphism Eventually the rock develops a near planar foliation caused by the preferred orientation of sheet silicates (mainly biotite and muscovite) Quartz and feldspar grains however show no preferred orientation The irregular planar foliation at this stage is called schistosity

                                                                                                                                                            Gneiss As metamorphic grade increases the sheet silicates become unstable and dark colored minerals like hornblende and pyroxene start to grow These dark colored minerals tend to become segregated into distinct bands through the rock (this process is called metamorphic differentiation) giving the rock a gneissic banding Because the dark colored minerals tend to form elongated crystals rather than sheet- like crystals they still have a preferred orientation with their long directions perpendicular to the maximum differential stress

                                                                                                                                                            Granulite - At the highest grades of metamorphism most of the hydrous minerals and sheet silicates become unstable and thus there are few minerals present that would show a preferred orientation The resulting rock will have a granulitic texture that is similar to a phaneritic texture in igneous rocks

                                                                                                                                                            In general the grain size of metamorphic rocks tends to increase with increasing grade of metamorphism as seen in the progression form fine grained shales to coarser (but still fine) grained slates to coarser grained schists and gneisses

                                                                                                                                                            37

                                                                                                                                                            Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                            38

                                                                                                                                                            • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                            • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                            • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                            • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                            • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                            • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                            • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                            • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                              Figure 325 Structural development in metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                              38

                                                                                                                                                              • Table of Contents
                                                                                                                                                              • 3 Minerals and Rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 31 Introduction to rock-forming minerals
                                                                                                                                                              • 32 Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 321 Origin of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 322 Mode of occurrence of igneous bodies
                                                                                                                                                              • 323 Textures of Igneous Rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 324 Classification of Igneous rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 33 Sedimentary Rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 331 Nature and Origin of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 332 Texture and Structure of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 333 Depositional Environments of Sedimentary rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 34 Metamorphic Rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 341 Definitions of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                              • 342 Types of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                              • 343 Grade of Metamorphism
                                                                                                                                                              • 344 Classification of Metamorphic rocks
                                                                                                                                                              • 345 Structure of Metamorphic rocks

                                                                                                                                                                top related